Home

Remark Office OMR 6 User's Guide

1. Preference Option Form templates Data Dictionaries Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences Home Directories General Preferences Type Directory Location ay General Form Templates C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Templates Set the generic Remark Office OMR Data C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Data Data Center preferences Dictionaries c tj WINDOWS system32 p File Storage Locations Set target file storage locations Image Search Directories A Recognition ian afferent 4 Image Directory Search List Ra 5 EEES ES Saa C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images Add Directory Dictionary Settings Active dictionary English det v soe Sets the default location in which to store form template files Highlight this selection and then click the Modify Directory button to set a directory The default directory is C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Templates Sets the default location in which to store data files Highlight this selection and then click the Modify Directory button to set a directory The default directory is C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Data Sets the default location in which to store spell check dictionary files Highlight this selection and then click the Modify Directory button to set a directory The default directory is C Windows System32 253 Re
2. 5 Click the first green arrow titled Search Forward to move to the next exception Or simply press Enter 6 The next exception is a multiple response in row three for question 15 Look at the Image Viewer to see the intended response In this case the student marked both D and E but crossed out D Use the drop down list in the Review Exceptions pane to select E from the list 90 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 7 Click the first green arrow titled Search Forward to move to the next exception Or simply press Enter 8 The next exception is a blank response in row 4 for question 6 Look at the Image Viewer to see the intended responses In this case the student truly left the question blank You may simply press Enter to ignore it The question will be marked as incorrect when the data are scored 9 When prompted click Yes to the message Are you sure you are finished reviewing exceptions 10 Click the Back button in the Review Exceptions pane to return to the regular Task Pane Your data is now ready to be saved and analyzed 5 3 4 Saving the Exam Data Remark Office OMR provides many file formats for exporting data to other applications For this tutorial the data will be saved to the Remark RMK format which is a proprietary format within the software This format saves the exception flags if any are present as well as the link from the data to the stored images so that you can open your data
3. Grade region Tabulate region Specifies whether to Specifies whether to grade Image regions in tabulate Image regions Remark Quick Stats by in Remark Quick Stats default by default Target directory Specifies a default path for storing Image Clips 297 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 2 15 Template Editor Preferences Barcode Regions Note All preferences are default settings to make form template creation faster However you can change settings on a region by region basis any time Preferences Preferences Default Region Definition Preferences EA General Data type Set general preferences Ei OMR regions O Grade region O Tabulate region Set default OMR region properties Jl Image regions Set default image region properties il Barcode regions Set default barcode region propertieg Set the preference values to use throughout the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting Barcode orientation Horizontal Textual Default Grading amp Survey Analysis ZB penn lt Grade region Specifies whether to grade Barcode regions in Remark Quick Stats by default 298 Tabulate region Specifies whether to tabulate Barcode regions in Remark Quick Stats by default Orientation Specifies the default orientation Horizontal or Vertical to be used when creating new Barcode regions Data type Speci
4. ccecceeseeseeeeeeeneees 274 B 9 Survey Pro STL File Format STL ST3 cecceeeeees 274 B 10 ASCII File Formats ASC ccccccccc ee ececeeeeeeeeeeeees 275 B 11 Spreadsheet File Formats TXT cccccceseeeeeeeeeeaes 276 B 12 The Survey System File Format DAT CRS 277 B 13 dBase Formats DBF cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeueaueees 277 B 14 Paradox Formats DB ccccccccee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 278 B 15 Lotus Formats WKS WK1 WK3 WK4 0085 279 B 16 LXR Test Format MRG ccccccceeceeeueeeeeeeeeeeenees 280 B 17 Report Format RPT cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneees 280 B 18 Data Interchange Format DIF ccceseeeseeeeeeees 280 B 19 CCI Assessment Format DAT ccccccceee ee eeeeeeees 281 B 20 XML Format XML ccccccee cece seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeuguanees 281 B 21 HTML Format HTM HTML cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 282 B2 ODBC iere T tnd crate at anlar Madani a a tie 282 B 23 Custom TXT ASC cccccccccccc cece ceeeeeeeeueeeeeeeeegeaeees 283 Remark Office OMR Windows 285 COVEN VIG W nics cored acchdares cach ede a a nate Me aide aa 285 C 2 The Remark Office OMR Template Editor 285 C 2 1 New Form Template Properties eeeeee 285 C 2 2 Create Page Elements ccceeeee eect rererere 286 C 2 3 Template Editor Main Window eeeeeees 287 C 2 4 OMR Regio
5. 206 8 7 5 c Reviewing Unrecognized Respondent Tracker IMAGES EN EE EEE TE E N A vent de tudeevaned sua 208 8 8 Batch ProceSSiINg ccceee cece eee cette eee ee teeta rererere 210 8 9 Server MOdEG ccc cece eect eee eee eens eee ee teen nett 212 8 10 Respondent Detection cceeeeee cece eee eee e eens 218 Working with Your Data 221 9 WOVERVICW asics sade Hine ea an eet aaa petersenii a weenie 221 9 2 Understanding the Template Grid eeeeeee eee 221 9 3 Editing the Template Grid cece eee e eee eee eee 222 9 3 1 Making Grid Selections cc cece eee rererere 222 9 3 2 Changing Cell Contents cceeeee cece eee reens 223 9 3 3 Cutting Copying Pasting and Deleting 224 9 3 4 Resizing Inserting and Deleting Rows 225 9 3 5 Using Find and Replace cccceceee rererere 226 9 4 Sorting Grid COIUMNS c cece eee cece ee eee eee eens 229 9 5 Saving Grid Data ccc eect ee ee eee eee eee 230 9 5 1 Advanced Saving Options ccceeeeee eee e eae 233 9 5 2 Remark Office Archive Format eccere 235 9 5 3 CUSLOM FOrM ab sieis aaia a e eaaa 237 9 6 Printing Grid Data sssssssssssssrrrsssrrrrrrrsrrrrrrrsrrree e 240 9 7 Opening Grid Data esssssssesrrrrsserrrrrrrerrrrrr neresine 241 Remark Quick Stats 245 LOM OVEFVIEW r en a A eed a EEEa AS 245 10 2 Tabulating SUrVeyS cece cec
6. O Reguired item Test Settings Do not grade this item Grade this item Testing Point System Item test type Objective item v Objective items are typically multiple choice questions Subjective items usually consist of short answer essay or other non scannable items Survey Settings I Do not tabul Tabulategfis item Correct points Incorrect points i Iann gt Tesponse points 0 000 I Respondent I D Mark this checkbox to designate the region as an identifier on your z reports The value from the region will display on select 1 000 Analysis Responi Recognition Threshold applies to region re p o rt S m Threshold value 3 a Blank Exception Handling Multiple Exception Handling Rec og n iti on Replace with BLANK BLANK v Multiple responses Not alowed x Threshold MULT MULT Iv Select a value to determine the sensitivity of the software In most Blank Exception Handling Select the output to display when a blank response is encountered The default value is BLANK For Grid regions you may also customize how blank characters are flagged within the region Multiple Exception Handling Select whether multiple responses are allowed Select the output to display when a multiple response is encountered The default value is MULT cases you will want to use the default value of 3 Required i
7. Remark Office OMR Version 6 User s Guide division of Remark Office OMR User s Guide PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT BEFORE INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE BY INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE YOU AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT YOU MAY OBTAIN A FULL REFUND OF YOUR PURCHASE PRICE BY RETURNING THE SOFTWARE THE USER GUIDE AND ALL PACKAGING AND RELATED MATERIALS TOGETHER WITH YOUR DATED PROOF OF PURCHASE WITHIN FIVE DAYS AFTER YOUR DATE OF PURCHASE TO THE PARTY FROM WHOM YOU PURCHASED THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT 1 License Principia Products a division of Gravic Inc Principia grants to you a non exclusive license of this copy of the Remark Office OMR Software Software and User s Guide and related materials Documentation subject to the following conditions This License continues until any violation by you of any of the following conditions in which event this License will automatically terminate without notice from Principia and you will return to Principia or destroy all copies of the Software and Documentation While you own the physical disks and materials on which the Software and Documentation are located Principia retains exclusive copyright title and ownership to and the right to periodically modify the Software and Documentation You agree to take all reasonable actions to protect the confidentiality and Principia s
8. Create Page Elements Create Page Elements Use the acquire button to obtain the image fil Selec you want to use for yi Read from scanner Scanner Pr O Read From image files Image Acquisition Acquire Images from Scanner files Choose this option to import previously scanned image files as the basis for your form template form template pages thod to Use for Image Acquisition Acquire Images from Scanner File After selecting the image acquisition method click this button to acquire the image s Image Preview Use this window to preview your image s Use the icons at the bottom to move between multiple images or delete images 286 Navigation Buttons Use Delete to delete the current image and Delete All to delete all pages Use the Next and Back buttons to review your images Remark Office OMR Windows C 2 3 Template Editor Main Window Tree View List of elements Toolbar Contains the basic pages and regions in the form functions within the software template Regions will be read Hover the mouse over any in the order in which they button to see its function appear here H Hospit l Division H Hospital Unit REMARK MEDICAL FE A H Length of Stay cd CONSORTIUM Ai H Room Number Hospital Stay Survey if Evaluation H Comments Form Template Options H Define regions Define regions to be recognized on
9. Use the Lookup drop down list to select a field in the connected database to which you want to link this region When the forms are processed the respondents answers will be verified against the values in this database field If the answer is found in the database field Remark Office OMR will 150 13 14 15 16 17 Using the Template Editor output the Replace value If the answer is not found in the database field Remark Office OMR will flag it for review Use the Replace drop down list to select a field in the connected database to return when the Lookup field is verified If you only want to verify data and not replace it with anything else use the same field in both the Lookup and Replace lists If you want to lookup the value and then replace it with a different database field s information select the appropriate field in the Replace list If desired select database fields from the ioe oes Additional Return Seen i Fields list to insert additional information from the database into the data grid during form processing You Properties Barcode Region First Name Use Database Lookup Properties Excel 97 2003 Q Region item properties o o Set properties for items within a region ES eee een EJ Question text and names Set question text and question names for the region s items By Tracking Set region as page form or respondent identifier B Lookup amp Return Lookup Student I
10. bubbles the respondents will darken and the specifics of the data the user requires The form template defines the backend database you will use for storage of the processed data You will create a form template for each form that you wish to process using the software 5 1 1 b How are Form Templates Created Form templates are created by scanning an unmarked copy of the form to create an equivalent image in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor You then use the mouse to drag boxes called regions around the marks e g bubbles and other areas you want to have recognized on your form These regions tell the software where each piece of information you want to capture is located on the page and other pertinent information about the form They also tell the software what type of data you need the software to output from each area 5 2 Tutorial 1 The Hospital Stay Evaluation Survey The first tutorial will quickly teach you how to use the basic software functions and how to easily navigate the software s user interface You will create a form template for a hospital stay evaluation This evaluation is a typical survey form containing several types of areas that Remark Office OMR will recognize including a barcode OMR bubbles and an area for gathering comments The survey asks previous hospital patients to provide details about when and where they stayed and then answer some basic questions to evaluate their stay A survey such as this one
11. Cmo Places tee The first tutorial illustrated the basics of using the software including e Creating a form template e Processing forms e Reviewing data e Saving data e Analyzing the results To gain a better understanding of some of the more advanced software functions use the Remark Office OMR tutorial Il Learning Remark Office OMR 5 3 Tutorial 2 The General Exam Answer Sheet The second tutorial will quickly teach you more about basic software functions as well as some of the more advanced features You will create a form template for a generic test This test is a typical test answer sheet containing different types of areas that Remark Office OMR will recognize including a barcode and several types of OMR bubbles We recommend that you perform Tutorial 1 before completing this tutorial as the first tutorial contains more in depth descriptions of software features aimed at new users of the software You will perform the following steps in this tutorial e Create the General Answer Sheet form template e Process completed test answer sheets e Review and correct the data output e Save the test data e Analyze the test data with Remark Quick Stats e Export the Student Grade report 5 3 1 Creating a Form Template for the General Answer Sheet The General Answer Sheet tutorial is designed to provide you with experience in the basic and advanced functions of creating a form template and processing forms The follo
12. Grid cells are delimited by either commas or tabs Grid rows are delimited by a carriage return line feed sequence The file extension used by other applications for ASCII files can vary Here are some of the more common extensions ASC CSV TSV TXT 275 Remark Office OMR User s Guide ASC Extension i Options E Limitations Save Headers The Save Headers option in the Save Data window will save the grid column headers region names as the first record in the ASCII file Save Image Names The Save Image Names option in the Save Data window will save the path and names of image files for each scanned page as the columns at the end of the data set If saving a comma delimited ASCII file other applications may have difficulty opening the file if the data contain multiple responses Multiple responses typically contain commas which are also used as cell delimiters Consider using the Custom format if you have questions that allow more than one response B 11 Spreadsheet File Formats TXT The Spreadsheet file formats are generic and can therefore be used by many different applications The Spreadsheet formats are identical to the ASCII formats with one exception spreadsheet formats place quotes around textual data Grid cells are delimited by either commas or tabs Grid rows are delimited by a carriage return line feed sequence 276 Extension Options E TXT Save Headers The Save Header option in the Sa
13. Image target directory C Program Files Principia Products Remar fice OMR 6 Images Save images in a subfolder based o Saved image type TIF Image compression level Gr e Form template s name Saved image type Select a format for the stored images PCX TIF or PDF to use PDF support must be enabled in the Preferences Image compression level For TIF and PDF formats choose a compression level for the stored images Save multiple page form templates as multiple page image files For multi page templates mark this checkbox to store one respondent s complete form images as one file 301 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 3 4 Read Wizard Image Selection Window Folder containing images Select a folder containing the images you wish to process Available I mages A list of images in the folder designated in the Select the Images to Read drop down list Remark Office OMR Read Wigard Image Selection Select the images that youfwould like to read Select the Images to Read Tutorial 2 09876 pcx 12345 pcx 67890 pcx key pex Tutorial 2 General Answer Sheet pcx Cancel 302 Supported I mage Types Listing of supported image file formats You may select a specific format from the list to narrow down the image types that appear in the available ima
14. Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for detailed information about using the Read Wizard 11 Follow the batch header form with the forms that correspond with the group identified on the batch header form 12 When the first group of forms has been processed insert a new batch header form and follow it with the corresponding forms 13 Continue processing forms in this fashion until you have processed all of your batches Tip If you have already created a batch file and want to open it without using the Batch Wizard select the File menu click Open and then click Form Template Change the Files of type drop down list to Remark Batch Files to view available batch files 8 9 Server Mode 212 Server Mode is a mode of operation in which Remark Office OMR runs in the background processing pages or image files according to your instructions Server Mode allows you to simultaneously use your computer for other projects while using Remark Office OMR to process forms Server Mode can also be used to process completed forms that are received as image files over a network or by fax You can use Server Mode in conjunction with Auto Form ID to process a variety of form types Server Mode works in two ways continuously polling the scanner for pages and or checking a user specified directory on your computer for image files The following table summarizes how each event works Action Event Read from scanner Read from image files Processing
15. Setting parameters in the advanced saving window does not make any changes to the form template 233 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 234 The following advanced features are available Option Description Include Mark this checkbox to include the region question in the database Name Use this column to enter a new field name to be used in the exported database if desired Changing the field name in this window will not affect the region s name in the form template Data Type Use this column to change the data type for this question Size Use this column to specify a field size for the data for this question Do not specify a size that is smaller than what is in your data To use advanced saving options 1 Select the File menu and then click Save Data As The Save Data window opens allowing you to choose a file name a file type the directory in which you would like the file saved and advanced saving options 2 Select the desired directory location using the Look in drop down box 3 Enter a name in the box titled File name 4 Select the desired output format in the box titled Save as type 5 If saving to a database type that supports internal table names enter a table name in the box titled Table name 6 Click the Advanced button 7 OPTIONAL If you have previously saved a definition file for this data set click the Load button to locate the appropriate INI file containing your settings Otherwise co
16. earth care notice that the Region Definition m Se 3 and Region Layout areas have bees arden conser Set properties for Roms within a regon already been pre filled with the information from the previous OMR mamat E region i s o 3 In the Possible label scales rti a box type 7 and then press paeme Enter The labels 7 12 will ee automatically fill the Labels grid 4 Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window Grade 1 7 Level 2 8 You will now see two dark green boxes around 3 9 the columns representing grades 1 6 and 7 12 S be in the image area identifying them as linked 6 12 OMR regions To define the exam questions as OMR regions The 50 exam questions are broken into five sections each containing ten questions You will create an OMR region for the first ten questions and then copy and paste that region to the other four sections Tip When creating similar regions using copy and paste can save time Once you paste a region you can access its properties to 9 Learning Remark Office OMR make any changes However by copying similar regions you save time in entering all of the region information Highlight the Grade Level node in the tree view Click the green toolbar button to insert an OMR region and use the crosshair to draw a box around the first set of ten questions When the Properties OMR Region box opens enter Question in the Region name box We will
17. ereere eee ee teeta 90 5 3 5 Grading the Exam Data aeee errereen 91 5 3 6 Reviewing Grade Results ccceeeee eee e cetaceans 95 5 3 7 Exporting the Student Grade Reports 6 95 5 3 8 Tutorial 2 SUMMALPY cece eee eee ee teeta eens 96 Designing Forms 97 Contents 6 WOVEMNVIEW sosis e sis neice alee ett caraeg dates deers 97 6 2 Finding an Application for Designing Forms 98 6 3 Mark Selection cc ccc ee cece eee eee eee eee eee ee eee 99 6 4 Form Spacing ws nsec site vase cath eek eee eaten eee 100 6 5 Grouping QUESTIONS cece ete eee eee ete eee tees 100 6 60 Shain Gaas ae aai a aa a a E NE 101 6 7 Margin Seesen alse O EEE gam 102 6 8 Barcodes ii anana deg laden a eee a en 102 6 9 PAPO aihen ae ta inde olen nas a A A E EEN 103 6 10 Form Duplication cece eect e eee 104 GT FOrM TeSting s saecanecgr ienie a n A A a aleve meee 105 6 12 Form Review ServiCe ccceeeeee cece cece eee e ee eee ee eee 105 Using the Template Editor 107 Telr OVEIVICW baci iiitr an dapaed Utes sel poadeewae nase papi aTi 107 7 2 Creating Form Templates ccceeeeee eee eee eee eas 108 7 2 1 Understanding the Template Editor Interface 108 7 2 2 Beginning the Form Template ceeee eae 109 7 2 3 Creating REGIONS 0 cee eee eee eee nett tee eee eae eaes 112 7 2 4 Creating an OMR ReGiON cceeeeee eee ee teeta ee
18. i lt gt gt Rows in the region x c you selected You need only define the Labels and Values if desired section of the window 4 Make any necessary changes to the region definition and then click the OK button Regions that are defined with the Append Linked Region feature are automatically linked to the previous region These regions are a dark green color in the image representation window to represent their linked status Tip Only regions of the same OMR type data type and orientation can be linked To make changes to a region that is already linked first separate the regions then make the changes and relink the regions Many properties can only be accessed by first separating the linked regions To separate a linked region 1 Use the tree view or image representation area to select one of the OMR boxes within the linked set you want to separate 2 Select the Region menu and then click Break Region Link or click oF The regions will be separated into individual OMR regions If you need to make changes to the regions edit the regions and then relink them Using the Template Editor To relink regions 1 While holding down the Shift key select each OMR region to be linked by either clicking its node or clicking it in the image representation area 2 After all regions are hted select the Region menu and then click Link Regions or click csc 7 2 7 OMR Region Colors Each region in th
19. only select one image at a singing time however you can go a File name Tutorial 1 Hospital Stay Evaluationpex 7 Open back to this window to ei ocw E E ae select more images in Hep succession A thumbnail image of the form will appear in the Image window If acquiring multiple images use the Previous Page and Next Page icons under the image to view all images You may delete any images you do not wish to keep by clicking the Delete icons 4 Repeat Steps 2 3 to add any other form images to the form template 5 If you are satisfied with the image s click the OK button Otherwise click Acquire I mages from File again to reselect an image To reset a single page You may optionally reset the image for a single page instead of using the Reset Images function 1 Double click the page node in the tree view representing the page you want to reset Using the Template Editor 2 Inthe Page Properties window reacquire the image via the scanner or an image file See the previous sections for information about acquiring images 3 Click the OK button to save the updated image Once the new image is acquired the existing image will automatically be overwritten Once you have reset your images you will see all of your exiting fields with the new image s You may find that you need to adjust the existing fields so that they are in the right position on the new image s You may move or delete fields as needed to line them up with the ne
20. press and hold the Shift key and then click an ending column header Single Row Click the row header Multiple Rows Click and drag a range of row headers or click a beginning row header press and hold the Shift key and then click an ending row header Entire Grid Select the Edit menu and then click Select All or click the upper left most grid header cell 9 3 2 Changing Cell Contents The template grid allows in cell editing by clicking within a particular cell The grid employs two cell types to store data text and list The cell type depends on the kind of region being used Each cell changes to either a text box or list box depending on its region type Grid Add and Binary OMR regions barcode regions and Image regions without the use of Database Lookup are considered text regions You will not have a drop down box for these region types All other types of OMR regions are considered list regions and will have a drop down box from which you can choose correct responses as they were defined in the form template To change the contents of a text cell 1 Select the cell by clicking within its borders 2 Type the desired cell contents into the cell and press Enter T h th t t f S Remark Office OMR Data Cooter Tutorlal2 omr Untitled 1 Dols o Mange rne ConTentS o ayaa aaaxiawiz siaaa O EOE a list cell Tentes O a E aee Gant Gard ea Ram G E a GE JE me nat o t 9 a 1 Select the cell by clicking within
21. the Add File s button to add it to the Batch Header Form Batch Wizard Step 1 Select Primary Form Template n Look in jo Templates x aga lt gt batch header omr gt Final Exam omr Primary Form Template a C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Templates Final Exam omr Batch Wizard Step 2 Select Batch Header Form Template s Look in Templates xl aga lt gt batch header omr lt gt Final Exam omr Batch Header Form Templates f Add File s C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Templates batch header omr Templates box You may select multiple batch header form templates if desired Click the Next gt gt button to continue In the Batch Wizard Step 3 window enter a file name for the new combined batch file The Data Center will combine the form template s and batch header form template s into one batch file The new combined file will have a obf file extension Click the Create Batch button to combine the templates and exit the Batch Wizard 211 Remark Office OMR User s Guide When the batch file opens in the template grid a blue line will define the end of the batch header form template regions from the beginning of the primary form regions 10 Process the first batch header form or forms by starting the Read Wizard and either scanning forms or reading image files See Section 8 3 The
22. you want to use the scanner s default brightness setting If however you need to make shading or a lightly colored paper background drop out disappear you could raise the brightness setting to accomplish these tasks On the same token you could set the brightness setting to a darker level to help compensate for light marks or lightly filled marks on forms Tip It is important to remember that the settings used to create the template should also be used to scan the filled in forms in order to maintain a level of consistency and achieve optimum recognition rates 4 3 2 a Controlling the TWAIN User Interface Not all TWAIN drivers support having their user interface hidden It is recommended that you turn on the option to Show TWAIN interface in the Scanner Properties window When you scan the scanner manufacturer s TWAIN interface will appear In this interface you can specify TWAIN settings The following table recaps the settings of which you should be aware Option Appropriate Setting Resolution 200 DPI Scan Mode Black and White or Line Art the software will convert grayscale and color images to black and white but scanning in black and white mode is faster ADF Yes On Page Size Letter or your specific paper size Remark Office OMR User s Guide 42 Once you have scanned a page successfully it may be possible to hide the scanner s user interface in Remark Office OMR by turning off the Show TWAIN interface chec
23. 11 Scanner Properties cc cece cee cece eee eee eee 308 C 3 12 Preferences General ccc cece cece eee cette 309 C 3 13 Preferences File Storage Locations 310 C 3 14 Preferences Recognition cceeeee eee ee ees 311 Understanding Error Messages 313 D 1 Error Message Details cece cece ee neces teeta eeeeaenas 313 Glossary 329 Index 335 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Remark Office OMR Overview Chapter 1 Remark Office OMR is a software package designed to collect data from marks bubbles checkboxes and barcodes on plain paper forms The software works in conjunction with an image scanner to collect the data The software then analyzes that data or allows you to export it to various file formats The following overview provides the basic steps to using the software e Create a scannable form in the software package of your choice word processing survey design etc Remark Office OMR can read marks bubbles checkboxes etc and barcodes You are allowed a great deal of flexibility in the design process because you do not need special marks or drop out inks nor do your respondents need to use a number 2 pencil to fill in the forms Because Remark Office OMR works with forms that you create Principia Products provides form design guidelines to help you get the best results possible Please refer to Chapter 6 for form creation guidelines and tips e Use the Te
24. 2 ee ngs to acquire new images for all existing form ie ee zt cae i G a Iso fn lente rm template images Reni o rom this window 7 5 Saving a Form Template You may save a form template at any time It is recommended that you save your form templates as you go in case you are interrupted To save a form template 1 Select the File menu and then click Save or click to save the region definitions You may also use the Save As function to save the form template under a new name 2 Inthe Save dialog box enter a file name in the box titled File name 3 Choose a directory location in the box titled Save in 4 Click the Save button Using the Template Editor i Save As ax Save in S Templates xl amp c E 4 4 My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents 3 My Computer a File name My Form Template ind Save D My Network Save as type Form Template Files omr X Cancel Places Help Form templates can only be saved with a omr file extension The form template images will be stored automatically as part of the overall form template file 7 6 Editing an Existing Form Template You can edit previously created form templates to add or delete pages or to make changes to the region definitions or page layout Note Changing the structure of a form template after processing a batch of forms can cause compatibility conflicts between the form template
25. 228 Selecting Cells i ia e E a 222 Scannel eia ae n NE 37 Separating Linked Regions 4 126 Server Mode 180 185 212 252 303 Setting Up Sane Mic veel eas 35 308 Software INCIUSIONS cceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 10 13 Sorting Grid COlIUMMNS cccscceceeeeeesessesees 229 Spell Check 0cccseccceesssseeeeeeees 160 254 Spreadsheet File Format 08 276 SPSS File Formatii oiii 272 Missing Value osasse 272 Val label ruinn neiaa ii 272 Value NUMbESS cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 272 Variable Labels cccccccseeesesseeeees 272 SRV aTe e e Oe ace 274 Remark Office OMR User s Guide SS aia alesis ee ee 274 Starting Remark Office OMR cseeeeee 17 SlaliStiCS 4h i ee eee 245 Salus Balsio heuer wan ehiies 19 STL Creating ninine Ante 275 Survey Pro File Format 274 Survey Settings cccceeceeeeeeesseeeeeees 136 Survey System File Format 006 277 Survey Tabulation 0 ccccceeeeeeees 247 Survey Wizard 2 0 2 cceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeees 247 System Requirement eseese eeen 15 Tabulating SurveyS cccceeeseeeeees 247 Task Pane 20 287 288 289 290 291 299 333 Technical Support Contacting 02 eee ceeeteeeeeeteteeeetaeeeeeneeees 14 Template Editor Preferences 167 ES ata EEE E EEE 108 WINdOW cece eceeeeeeeececeeceeeeeteeteenteaeees 285 Template Grid cccecesseeeeeeees 18
26. 5 Search for values greater than or equal to specified value m 226 Search Option Case sensitive Include partial matches Search for values greater than or equal to specified value Search selected block only Working with Your Data Result Mark this checkbox to make the search case sensitive Mark this checkbox to search for part of the text does not require the entire contents of the cell to match what you have entered in the Find what box If searching for numeric data mark this checkbox to search for numeric values that are greater than or equal to the value you have typed in the Find what box Mark this checkbox to search in the selected cell s only 4 Click the Find Next button If Remark Office OMR locates a match the grid scrolls to display the cell where the match is found 5 Make any necessary changes to the grid 6 Click Find Next to continue searching 7 When you have completed searching the data click the Cancel button To find and replace text 1 Select the Edit menu and then click Replace 2 Enter the search text in the box titled Find what 3 Select the other options you want to use to control the search Find Find what Mi g Find Replace xi find this phrase Replace with and replace it with this one x O Include partial matches O Search for values greater than or equal to specified value Close 227
27. Center see Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template Read forms from either scanner or image file i selecting the Tools menu and then clicking Read Wizard or by clicking See Section 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for more details about processing forms 201 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 202 After recognizing the page and respondent Remark Office OMR places the data into the appropriate data grid section Each unique respondent tracker will produce a new row of data in the data grid 8 7 4 Reviewing Unrecognized I mages Forms that are not recognized while processing in Auto Form ID Auto Page ID or Respondent Tracker mode are stored for review You can choose whether to review the unrecognized images during or after form processing You must match the unrecognized image with the appropriate form template page or respondent The Unrecognized Images Utility is used to match unrecognized form templates form pages or respondents and can be used in one of two ways During Form Processing If used during the reading process whether scanning forms or processing saved image files the Unrecognized Images Utility provides an option to have the Data Center software pause after encountering an unrecognized tracker region You can then match the region to the appropriate form template page or respondent After Form Processing The Review Unrecognized mages Utility can also be used after the forms have been processed there
28. Definition Option OMR type Data type Orientation Description Sets the default OMR region type to be used when creating new OMR regions Multiple Grid Boolean List Add Binary Sets the default OMR region data type to be used when creating new OMR regions Textual or Numeric Sets the default OMR region orientation to be used when creating new OMR regions Row or Column 169 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Section Default Region Grade Settings Default Region Survey Settings 170 Option Threshold Regions to Grade Regions to Tabulate Description Sets the default recognition threshold for OMR regions Lower thresholds force the software to be more sensitive when reading light or less filled marks Higher thresholds force the software to be more strict and therefore more discriminate when reading regions with multiple filled marks Use the default setting of 3 unless you encounter problems when processing forms Use caution when using extremely low or high thresholds Low thresholds will cause the software to be very sensitive possibly picking up items such as erasures High thresholds may cause the software to choose the most filled mark when two marks are encountered instead of outputting a MULT for your review Use the checkboxes to select the OMR region types that you want to be graded by default when performing a grade operation Use the checkboxes to select the OMR region typ
29. Details Monitor Speciall Special10 All exceptions should be corrected before exporting to this format Any exception found in the graded questions when exporting will be treated as an unanswered question B 7 SPSS File Format SAV 272 The SPSS File Format is proprietary to the SPSS statistical software program by SPSS Inc Use the SPSS file format when exporting data to SPSS The column headers region names in Remark Office OMR are saved as SPSS variable names The question text if entered is saved as SPSS variable labels Remark Office OMR uses the Labels and Values defined when creating the template as SPSS value labels and value numbers respectively Missing invalid or unrecognized responses in Remark Office OMR are assigned an SPSS missing value of 1 by default The missing value can be changed to a user defined value by selecting the Tools menu and then clicking Preferences and then General Please note that as new versions of SPSS are released some items listed below may change The SPSS format defined in Remark Office OMR will allow the most flexibility by being compatible with both older and newer versions of the software Note The SPSS file format outputs numeric data for each of your Labels By default Remark Office OMR uses a sequential numbering scheme called Values which begins with 1 for the first Label You may change these values in the Template Editor by selecting a region s properties Extension
30. Forms Description If you have a scanner set up in Remark Office OMR you may use this option Your scanner must have an Automatic Document Feeder ADF and this feeder must be capable of telling Remark Office OMR when a page is placed in it some scanners do not have this capability The Data Center will poll your scanner for pages at a user specified interval If pages are found they will be scanned automatically with the open template s The Data Center will store images of these scanned forms for later correction Note that some computer performance degradation should be expected while a page is being scanned You may have the Data Center process image files from a folder that you specify on your computer Supported graphics files will be read in the order of file creation date This feature allows you to use scanning software that came with just about any input device to scan your pages Then save these scanned images to a folder and the Data Center will automatically process them To scan forms using Server Mode Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form 1 Template sh Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click l Alternatively you may select the Read Wizard link from the Task Pane 3 In the Read Method window select the radio button for Read from scanner 4 Inthe Advanced Collection Options Remark Office OMR Read Wizard m Read Method La S
31. If you chose to install a shortcut on your desktop during installation double click this shortcut Otherwise select Start from the taskbar 2 Highlight Programs highlight Remark Office OMR 6 and then click Remark Office OMR Data Center To go directly to the Template Editor click Remark Office OMR Template Editor Remark Office OMR User s Guide The About Remark Office OMR window displays This informational window remains for a few seconds while the program loads When complete the main Remark Office OMR window displays To exit Remark Office OMR 1 Select the File menu and then click Exit click the X in the upper right hand corner of the main window or double click the control box in the upper left hand corner of the main Remark Office OMR window Installing Remark Office OMR Navigating Remark Office OMR Chapter 3 3 1 Overview This chapter provides an overview of how to get around in Remark Office OMR including the menu items and tools available in the Remark Office OMR software Wizards and other navigation tools are also described Specific functions are explained in more detail in the appropriate sections of this user s guide 3 2 Remark Office OMR Components The Remark Office OMR software interacts with you through three main components which can display multiple windows You may display many windows simultaneously allowing you to use multiple Remark Office OMR documents at one time Remark Office OMR con
32. List Binary and Add The following is an example of a region that falls into this category What is your gender O Female O Male The marks are separated by the response text in between them but are still logically considered one question However you cannot select the word Female within your OMR region Therefore you will create a region around just the mark for Female and then link the mark for Male to the original region To use the append linked region function 1 Create an OMR region around the first region to be linked as if it were its own region in the previous example you would select the OMR bubble for Female 2 After defining the first part of the region select the Region menu and then click Append Linked Region or click a4 125 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 126 The mouse turns into a crosshair 3 Drag a box around the second area to be defined in the previous example you would select the OMR bubble for Male When you release the mouse button the Properties OMR Region window appears This window contains the same settings that were defined for the first part of the region that Properties omk Region Gender Properties H OMR region properties Set overall properties for the region K Regen rem properbes Set properties for Rems within a region Mole E inchide regan in read oper ation Region Layout Region ceertation t Columns in the region
33. OMR Read Wizard for further details about processing forms Select Method to Use for Data Collection oo Caution When using Auto Form ID alone the Data Center processes multiple page forms sequentially After recognizing the first page of a multiple page form Remark Office OMR assumes the following pages belong to the same form template You may optionally use the Auto Page ID and or Respondent Tracking features described in the next two sections to process pages out of normal order After recognizing the form type the Data Center places the data into the appropriate data grid window Any images that the Data Center cannot recognize enter a list of unrecognized images You can review these images during or after form processing See Section 8 7 4 Reviewing Unrecognized Images for further information about reviewing unrecognized images 8 7 2 Auto Page ID The Auto Page ID feature allows you to process form pages out of normal page order The Data Center will search for the page identifier region on each page first and place the data in the proper order Auto Page ID can be used alone or in conjunction with Auto Form ID and or Respondent Tracker When used alone you must process only those forms associated with one specific form template and be certain that all pages belonging to each respondent are grouped together for processing Without the use of Respondent Tracker if pages from differing respon
34. OMR regions Preferences Preferences Preferences A General Set general preferences H OMR regions Set default OMR region properties ta Image regions Set default image region properties tf Barcode regions Set default barcode region properties Set the preference values to use throught egion Definition OMR type Multiple m Data type Textual K Regions to Grade Multiple O Grid Boolean ia J Default Multiple Exception Handling Replace with Multiple and List MULT MULT Replace with Grid Asterisk Default Blank Excepgfn Handling Nothing Always Threshold iple and List BLANK BLANK the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting Orientation Row 3 Regions to Tabulate J Threshold A Specifies the default threshold to use for recognition The range is 1 6 with 1 being the most sensitive and 6 being the most discriminate Regions to Grade Specifies the regions types to grade in Remark Quick Stats by default Regions to Tabulate Specifies the region types to tabulate in Remark Quick Stats by 296 Default Multiple Exception Handling Specifies what to output for multiple responses Multiple List or Grid regions The default output is MULT Default Blank Exception Handling Specifies what to output for blank responses for Multiple List or Grid
35. Previous Page and Next Page buttons located in the upper left area of the report window Because the report opens to page 1 only the Next page button is enabled initially The box to the right will display the report page you are currently viewing e g 1 8 5 2 6 Saving the Detailed Item Analysis Report Once you have tabulated your data you can save a report file and or export the report to one or more formats for either storing or sharing with others For the Tutorial report we will save the Detailed Item Analysis Report in the Windows My Documents folder To save the Detailed Item Analysis Report 1 To save the report in the software s report format select the File menu and then click Save or click E Alternatively click the Save report link in the Task Pane The Save Report window appears Remark Office OMR User s Guide 2 Use the Save in drop down list to locate the My Documents folder In the File name box type Tutorial1 The report will be saved in Remark Quick Stat s rdf file format You can open the report again in Remark Quick Stats for viewing or editing To open an existing report from the Data Center select the File menu then click Open and then click Report If you are already in Remark Quick Stats simply select the File menu and then click Open or click 5 2 7 Tutorial Summary ax Save in C My Documents J amp coe Fie pame Ture z C E Swe mie Repor Files Mr z
36. Principia Products technical support team provides product support to customers with valid support agreements via email phone and fax Please see the back of this user s guide for current contact information and hours In addition you will find free support tools on our web site Installing Remark Office OMR Chapter 2 2 1 Overview This chapter provides system requirements software installation instructions and starting and exiting procedures Please consult your scanner s installation guide for specific scanner installation instructions 2 2 System Requirements The following section provides the system configuration for running Remark Office OMR Personal computer with a 400 MHz or faster processor Microsoft Windows 98 2nd Edition 2000 XP or Server 2003 512 MB RAM o Important Note Analysis reports require memory to run Lengthy or graphic intensive reports may take longer to run you may need additional memory to run these reports 250 MB free hard disk space to install software 1 GB free hard disk space recommended to use software Screen monitor resolution of 1024x768 or higher and at least 16 bit color 32 bit color recommended Mouse CD ROM drive for installation purposes Supported scanner recommended Remark Office OMR User s Guide e Windows supported printer optional 2 3 Installing the Software You must run the Remark Office OMR installation program in order to use the software Install Re
37. Repons tne een ee ae 245 Required Iems 141 Reset Images eseeeeeceeeeeeeeees 157 294 Resizing Grid ROWS nanan tanana ie NEA Eai es 225 Resolution c00iaiainwd aang 38 Respondent Detection 218 304 Respondent ID 0 ecceeeeeseeeeeenteeeeeeeaes 137 Respondent Tracker 148 200 Response Scales ccccccceeeeeeeseeeees 161 Review Exceptions 182 186 303 305 Replacing Errors seses 193 Reviewing Unrecognized Images 202 RMK neniteni inea 230 267 ROA eniin ates 230 235 268 RPT 2 eens Caen il nia 280 S SAVO a atta tose aaa 272 Index Saving Dala Ree eee on eee N 230 Advanced Options 233 Custom File Format 00 237 Remark Office Archive Format 235 Form Templates ccccceeseeeeees 163 Sales ee aa E A aiia 122 Scannable FOrmMs ccccccccccesesssteeeees 97 Scanner Properties cceeeeeeeeeees 308 Scanners a iia 35 257 ADE nnee ii a a a 38 BrightNES S i eiii 38 CONNEC ONS nin a iiid riiin 36 Dives asia E a e N 36 D plex ouaaa iii i E 39 General Information 35 ISIS n a an 42 R s l tioNrae en eii a 38 Selectingsnin ionini iiia 37 Setting Up ceeecceeecesseeseseeeseeeeeees 308 TWAIN Support ceecceeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 37 Scanning Forms cceccceeeececseeeeseeeeee 179 Double Sided ccececcesseceeeeeeeeeees 194 EASY SCAN eich lies 183 Scrolling aena ave ean Acie 21 Search Options n
38. Task Pane e From your Windows Start menu click Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Remark Office OMR Template Editor To create a new form template 1 Select the File menu and then click New or click al to begin a new form template Alternatively select New form template from the Task Pane The New Form Template Properties window appears This window allows you to specify general information about the template including a description page size and page orientation i New Form Template Properties 2 If desired enter a ane New Form Template Properties desc rl pt lon fo r t h e fo rm Enter a form description and the page scale and orientation to be used as the basis for all pages template in the Form template description Descri ption box This is my Form template Page Size Orientation Size US Letter iv Portrait B gt ae Landscape a You have specified a page size of Letter which has dimensions of 8 1 2 x 11 inches All pages in the form template must be of All pages in the form template this size must be of this orientation Reset Page Images Existing Pages Only Form Template Details Click reset in order to acquire new images For all existing Form Total number of pages 0 template pages Total number of regions 0 Total number of items 0 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 3 Select the appropriate size of the form s you will be scanning in the Size drop down box All pages contai
39. To define the Student ID as a Barcode region The Student ID will be defined as a barcode region Using a barcode allows you to quickly collect each student s ID number and then use this information on subsequent grade reports Remark Office OMR Template Editor Hospital Stay Evaluation omr File Edit Page view Tools Help 1 Highlight the Page 1 node on the left side of your screen if it is not already highlighted Er L Page After Selected Page 74 Align Page E OMR Region After Selected Page Ag Hi 5 Properties E Image Region After Selected Page 3 Barcode Region After Selected Page L Page Before Selected Page 2 Select the Page menu click Insert and then click Barcode Region After Selected Page or click the orange toolbar button to insert a Barcode region Alternatively select the Define regions link in the task pane and then select Insert Barcode region The mouse changes to a crosshair 3 To create the Barcode region place the cursor just beyond the top left of the barcode then press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the rectangle beyond the bottom right corner of the barcode making sure you have selected the entire allotted space For barcodes capture a little extra space at the end of the barcode to accommodate the largest possible barcode you might process Remark Office OMR User s Guide 80 4 After positioning the bo
40. Web Survey is the perfect companion for Remark Office OMR One click of a mouse button will convert a Remark Office OMR form template into a web survey You can distribute paper and web based forms collect the corresponding data in Remark Office OMR and Remark Web Survey and then use Remark Quick Stats to do a combined analysis Contact us today for more information PRINCIPIA Division of Gravic Inc
41. XLS XLS XLS QSF SAV SRV STL ASC ASC TXT TXT DAT DBF DBF DBF DB DB DB WK4 WK3 WK1 WKS Microsoft Excel 95 format Microsoft Excel 4 0 format Microsoft Excel 3 0 format Questionmark Perception format save only SPSS format Survey Pro standard format Apian Software Survey Pro STL format Apian Software Comma delimited ASCII Tab delimited ASCII Comma delimited ASCII with quotes around non numeric data Tab delimited ASCII with quotes around non numeric data The Survey System format Creative Research Systems dBase 5 0 format dBase IV format dBase III format Paradox 5 X format new file or overwrite existing file only Paradox 4 X format new file or overwrite existing file only Paradox 3 X format new file or overwrite existing file only Lotus Works 4 format open only Lotus Works 3 format Lotus Works 1 format Lotus 1 2 3 format File Format LXR Test Report Data Interchange Format CCI Assessment XML HTML ODBC Custom Extension MRG RPT DIF DAT XML HTM Ok ASC TXT Understanding File Formats Description LXR Test format Fixed format ASCII cell text padded you will receive an error message if the text exceeds the specified record length Standard format using file header and data section CCI Assessment format overwrite existing file only Extensible Markup Language format Hypertext Markup Language Open Database Connecti
42. analysis Priste region in road operatien Tip When entering Labels into Possible Reponses you may use the Enter Key to move to the next row 10 Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window Remark Office OMR User s Guide Remark Office OMR Template You will now see a green box around the Hospital Unit Se Edt eae NETE region in the form area identifying it as an OMR region A 2 H ep re x You will also see that Hospital Unit has been added to EH Page 1 the tree view on the left side of the Template Editor lf Hospital Division H Hospital Unit To define Length of Stay as an OMR region The Length of Stay in Days region is a second OMR region designed to output the number of days the respondent stayed in the hospital The steps involved in creating this OMR region will be the same as for creating the OMR region for Hospital Unit You will notice that many of the region s properties will change to reflect that the area on the form has a single row with five columns instead of a single column with four rows 1 Highlight if it is not already highlighted Hospital Unit by clicking its node in the tree view 2 Select the Region menu click Insert and then click OMR Region After Selected Region or click the green toolbar button Alternatively select the Insert OMR region link in the Task Pane The cursor changes to a crosshair 3 Place the cursor just to the top left of the row of marks re
43. and previously saved data files Changes to the number of questions the question order or the output labels will likely invalidate existing data files Form templates from previous versions of the software can be opened in the Remark Office OMR 6 Template Editor The software will automatically convert older form templates to the new version Form template files are upward compatible only Once a form template has been converted to the new version 163 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 164 it cannot be opened in a previous version of the software Always make copies of form templates before converting them Tip If you accidentally convert a form template without backing it up first and then want to use it in the previous software version you will find a file with a old extension in your form templates folder the folder from which you originally opened the form template You may rename this file with a omr extension and then open it in the previous version of Remark Office OMR To edit a form template 1 3 4 If not already running start the Remark Office OMR Template Editor program Select the File menu and then click Open or click Ell You may also use the Recent Files option under the File menu or the Task Pane to open files Select the form template you would like to edit Click the Open button The form template is displayed in the tree view with the image representation area on the right 5 7 Double
44. and still view the image that corresponds with any piece of data To save the exam data Save Data 1 Select the File menu and then click epee Select the appropriate file type and file name and then click OK Save or click i Lookin O Data z a i 1 2 Data can be saved anywhere on your system By default a Data folder is installed in the Remark Office OMR directory we recommend using this folder for storage of data files In the Look in box navigate to this Data File name Tutorial2 Por Save as type Remark RMK x Lo Learning Remark Office OMR folder on your system e g C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Data Click the Save as type down arrow to display a list of file types If not already selected click the Remark RMK format Type Tutorial2 in the box titled File name Click the OK button to save the file O a Ww 5 3 5 Grading the Exam Data Remark Office OMR provides statistical analysis functionality for grading data from your exams There are two ways to grade an exam Easy Grade Uses the first grid row as the answer key by default as well as all settings defined in the form template e g whether a question is graded assigned point values and respondent identifiers Grade Wizard Allows you to customize the grading process including adding benchmark values customized grade scales and learning objectives subtests For
45. and the Would you like to continue scanning prompt appears click the No button As each form is scanned you will see a row added to the data grid Skip to Section 5 2 3 to continue the tutorial To read from image files eed We nameno l Lid 1 Select the Tools menu and Select Uve method to use for data collection then click Read Wizard or Select Method to Use for Data Collection O Read from gearre Scanner Properties Read from mane fles advanced Image Recognition Properties sb click L Alternatively select ERR AE the Read wizard link in the Deam 2 Task Pane fa The Read Method window appears 2 Inthe Select Method to Use for Data Collection area mark the radio button for Read from image files 3 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Image Selection window appears to enable you to view and select the images you want to process 4 From the listed image files Remark Office OMR Read Wizard select HospitalStay1 pcx image Selection s HospitalStay2 pcx and S ee HospitalStay3 pcx ae EESO e respectively by clicking them as pezans Binan you hold down the Ctrl key mands _ Note by default these images A are installed to Tutorial 1 folder on your system e g C Program Files Principia Inge Fes 90 6 pfit bmo do a ett et pa ew Romane at Products Remark Office OMR genet esto Cet gt gt asst 6 Tutorials Tutorial 1 Remark Office OMR User s Guide
46. application Not enough memory or disk space available to perform the view image operation Free up more memory by closing other applications or restarting Windows A file cannot be accessed due to a bad name or path Check that the file name is valid and that the target directory can be accessed from your system A file has already been opened by Remark Office OMR or by some other application and cannot be opened again Close other applications using this file The disk is full Delete some files or try saving to another location Too many files are currently open on your system Close some applications and try the operation again Class Category 2000 3000 Graphics File Errors Form Template Training Errors Error 1707 1708 2001 2005 2006 2015 2016 2031 3000 3001 3004 3005 3006 3008 3009 Understanding Error Messages Error Text Permission was denied or the disk was not ready when trying to write the file The graphics file selected is not of a type recognized by Remark Office OMR Check to see that it is a supported file type Error encountered while processing the graphics file File may not be a type recognized by Remark Office OMR or may be corrupted Error encountered while processing the TIF graphics file The number of rows specified does not match the number of labels specified Check to ensure that your marks bubbles checkboxes are not degr
47. as a way to understand what options are available to you at any time Most options displayed in the task pane are also available from the menus or tool bar If you would prefer not to use the task pane you may close the window by selecting the View menu and disabling the option titled Task Pane In some windows you will also notice an information button When you see this button hover the mouse over the button to view details about the current window action etc 3 4 Using the Mouse and Keyboard 20 This section details the different mouse and keyboard conventions used in the Remark Office OMR software You can use either the mouse or the keyboard to perform functions within Remark Office OMR Occasionally you might find it easier to combine the mouse and keyboard functions 3 4 1 Using the Mouse In this User s Guide the phrase the mouse button refers to the left mouse button unless otherwise stated The following table lists the different mouse actions and their meanings Mouse Action Meaning Click Press and release the mouse button Double click Press and release the mouse button twice Navigating Remark Office OMR Mouse Action Meaning Right click Press and release the right mouse button Press Press and hold the mouse button Drag Move the mouse while holding down the mouse button 3 4 2 Using the Keyboard You can use the keyboard or the mouse and the keyboard to make selections and perform functions wit
48. can be scanned to produce data and subsequently reports to show how the hospital is performing You will perform the following steps in this tutorial e Create the Hospital Stay Evaluation form template e Process completed Hospital Stay Evaluation forms e Review and correct the data output e Save the Hospital Stay Evaluation data e Analyze the Hospital Stay Evaluation data with Remark Quick Stats e Save the Hospital Stay Evaluation report Remark Office OMR User s Guide 48 5 2 1 Creating a Form Template for the Hospital Stay Evaluation Survey The Hospital Stay Evaluation tutorial is designed to provide you with experience in the basic functions of creating a form template and processing forms The following procedures describe how to set up a form template for the sample Hospital Stay Evaluation form included with the software Subsequent sections of this tutorial will detail how to process forms and export or analyze the data The form template creation process consists of Scanning an unmarked copy of the form or importing an image of a previously scanned copy of the form Dragging boxes around the areas to be recognized Providing Remark Office OMR with information about the data you need to collect To begin the Hospital Stay Evaluation form template 1 If not already running start Remark Office OMR 2 Begin a new form template Select the File menu and then click New form template or click al Alternatively in
49. drive an inaccessible network drive or the file is being used by another application Error reading the specified file Possibly indicates a corrupt file Possible causes could be a full hard drive an inaccessible network drive or the file is being used by another application 313 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Class Category 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 314 File Write Errors File Access Errors File Close Errors File Creation Errors View Image Errors Miscellan eous File Errors Error 1201 1214 1301 1310 1401 1403 1501 1502 1600 1610 1700 1703 1704 1705 1706 Error Text Error occurred while writing file to disk Possible causes could be a full hard drive an inaccessible network drive or the file is being used by another application Error occurred while attempting to access a file The file may be damaged Possible causes could be a full hard drive an inaccessible network drive or the file is being used by another application An error occurred while trying to close a file Check the amount of free disk space Possible causes could be a full hard drive an inaccessible network drive or the file is being used by another application An error occurred while trying to create a file Check the amount of free disk space Possible causes could be a full hard drive an inaccessible network drive or the file is being used by another
50. eea E Na i 226 REGIONS araoa denii deii 155 Designing FOrms sseeeeeeeeeereeeerssnnee 97 Detecting Handwriting eeeeeeeeeeeeereneeerenenn 129 Respondents ssssessrserrrssrrrresrrne 218 DIF inead Sits ale dae eii 280 DPI stil aii cen naa ae 260 Drag Drops nesiotes aidian aiia Aen 154 DIVES vtei ina ia 36 TWAIN iige tiai iiai iiad 42 DUPIEX irisi iiin eet edie aie 39 FONTIS inulin iat 194 Duplicating FOIS 22h awe lea 103 REGIONS iii eet hel i 152 E Easy Grade senom panara oia ata aa 247 EASY Sca Nina aa enadi 183 Easy Survey eesesssseesseesseessrresrrersressenes 247 Edit Men sirios aseiniad 25 Editing CIS EE E E S 223 Data EE AEA AN EE TET 222 Form Templates e 107 163 REJIONS oneei Aai aii a 165 Response Scales cceseeeeees 161 Template Grid eceeeeeeeneees 222 Enhanced Reading Mode s e 255 Error Messages Understanding ccceeestceeeeeeseeeees 313 Errors STOO sires etal asta E I E dvds 316 RECOQNItION 2 cceeeeeeeeeeees 187 316 Exam Grading eieren 247 Excel File Format cc ccccsssseessseerees 270 Field Name ccsccecessseceeeesteeeeeeeees 270 Table Name cccccccccessceessssteeeeeeaes 270 Exception Cases Barcode Errors cccceeeeseeeeeseees 187 Blank RESPONSES n n 187 Database Lookup Errors 0 188 FOr Errors 22 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 187 Image Regions ccceceeeeseeeeeeee
51. grayscale Remark Office OMR converts the image to black and white for recognition purposes You can adjust the resulting image quality by raising or lowering the threshold value A higher threshold will create a darker image and a lower threshold will create a lighter image Mark this checkbox to enable PDF support in the software Once enabled you can save image files and image clips to the PDF format and read PDF files into the software Note PDF support is optional If you choose to enable PDF support you will need to restart the application before the change will take effect Enabling PDF support causes the software to use more system memory while it is running If you are using a system with limited memory and free resources we recommend turning off this feature You may still save image files to the PCX or TIF file formats Tips and Helpful Hints Appendix A A 1 Overview The following appendix provides some useful tips for getting the most out of your Remark Office OMR software There are several key areas of the software that you will use often Look through the following sections to learn more about how to best utilize the software For complete details about a feature consult the proper section in this user s guide A 2 Scanners Remark Office OMR works with image scanners There are a wide variety of scanners that fall into this category Use the following guidelines when selecting and using a scanner with Rema
52. in Remark Office OMR use the Remark file format RMK This is the only format that preserves the link between the data and the corresponding images as well as exception flags Export data to other formats after you have collected and cleaned all of your data When saving data you have the option of using Save Data or Save Data As The Save Data option can be used to save a data set for the first time or to overwrite the current data set The Save Data As option allows you to save the current data set with new parameters e g new file name different directory different file type etc The following table lists the different save file formats their extensions and a brief description File Format Extension Description Remark RMK Remark Office OMR format saves grid flag colors and image links Remark Office ROA Remark Office OMR Archive format Archive combines template data and stored image files into one file saves grid flag colors and image links existing files may only be overwritten there are no append options Access MDB Microsoft Access 2000 2003 format Access 95 97 MDB Microsoft Access 95 97 format Access 2 0 MDB Microsoft Access 2 0 format Access 1 0 MDB Microsoft Access 1 0 format Excel 97 2003 XLS Microsoft Excel 97 2003 format Excel 95 XLS Microsoft Excel 95 format Excel 4 0 XLS Microsoft Excel 4 0 format Excel 3 0 XLS Microsoft Excel 3 0 format File Format Questionmark SPSS Survey Pro Survey Pr
53. know whether you have created a good scannable form is to test it Always test any forms you plan to use with Remark Office OMR before printing and distributing them It is much easier to find and fix problems before the forms are printed and distributed To test your form make a form template in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor see Chapter 7 for more information Then fill out a sampling of forms as you expect to get them back from your respondents not perfectly Scan the forms and check your results If you do not get the accuracy you expect check your form s design against the guidelines presented in this user s guide and make the appropriate modifications 6 12 Form Review Service Principia Products will review any form to ensure it is compatible with Remark Office OMR You can email or fax forms to our technical support department and we will check them for known issues We can often head off potential issues before they become problems Be sure to use this service before you print and distribute your forms Please see the back of this user s guide or our web site see the back of this user s guide for web site information for up to date contact information for sending your forms 105 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 106 Designing Forms Using the Template Editor Chapter 7 7 1 Overview You must create one form template file for each type of form that you process with the Remark Office OMR software The t
54. line art page size US Letter and resolution 200 DPI Learning Remark Office OMR Acquire I mages from File 3 Click the radio button for Read 3 Click the radio button for Read from image files in the Select Method to Use for I mage Acquisition area 4 Click the Acquire Images from File button The Select I mages window will open 5 Select the Tutorial 1 Hospital Stay Evaluation pcx file from the Tutorial 1 folder of your Remark Office OMR installation directory e g C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Tutorials Tutorial 1 and then click the Open button Once an image is acquired either by scanning or by opening an existing image file the Template Editor will display a thumbnail of the image for your approval 6 When a thumbnail image of your form appears click the OK button to accept the image If you see a crooked or skewed image in the thumbnail display place your form back in the scanner and acquire another image 7 Once the thumbnail image is accepted the Template Editor will open the new template where you can begin to define the regions ai isi Remark Office OMR User s Guide To define form template regions The purpose behind making a form template is to tell the software where to locate the information on your specific form and how to understand your data requirements As you create the form template you will designate different areas where you want Re
55. names with Tutorialt Image target directory C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images Save images in a subfolder based on the Form template s name Saved image type PCX DCX m Group 4 highest Save multiple page form templates as multiple page image files al Please note that image names will also contain the date and time of when they were processed as well as the corresponding form template page if applicable ive C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images Tutorial1 Tutorial 2005 03 24_15 51 20 42 pcx The Image target directory box is used to hold the stored images You may accept the current setting or click the Browse button to choose a new location on your computer If not already selected mark the checkbox for Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name Using this feature places all images belonging to one form template in the same folder on your computer for easy access Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Review Exceptions window appears This window allows you to configure options for reviewing exception cases such as blank and multiple responses We will not be using this feature in this tutorial 9 If the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox is marked click in the checkbox to deselect this option 10 Click the Read button to begin scanning forms Learning Remark Office OMR 11 When all forms have been scanned
56. on the keyboard and clicking Kee each region or by clicking a H gentoo region holding down Shift on Fara Tanotoha bots the keyboard and then bata aa clicking another region all Bua nodes in between the eset selections will be highlighted Save the frm tonglate to Note If multiple questions are selected you will not be able to edit Question Text or Question Names You will be able to adjust the Labels for all selected questions o h owever Properties Question Admission process n Properties Please note that if the question name is blank the default will be the region name The Pro pe rties window ES SA argon 1 A rm admission procedures were well handled freee ores will appear You will be y Ouestiontest amessons Petia able to adjust Region bionenn a es re E item properties and par a ee s pet Question text names Sr and responses X a Note When viewing properties for individual Cale questions within an OMR region the Question text and names window changes to Question text names and responses You will find the question s labels on this screen Question text and names will only be displayed for the selected question s Make the desired changes Click the OK button to save your changes and return to the tree view Using the Template Editor 7 7 Template Editor Preferences The Remark Office OMR Template Editor comes with a set of preferences to help
57. on your form you may save the form template 1 Select the File menu and then click Save or click E Alternatively select the Save template link in the Task Pane 2 Inthe File name box type Tutoriall and then click the Save button Note If someone has already completed the tutorial with this file name you may modify the file name 3 You have now created the Tutorial 1 form template Close the Template Editor by selecting the File menu and then clicking Exit Alternatively you may also simply click the X in the upper right hand corner of the Template Editor window 5 2 2 Processing the Completed Hospital Stay Evaluations Now that you have created the form template for the Hospital Stay Evaluation survey you are ready to begin processing the completed forms using your scanner or the supplied image files The following section provides instructions for both reading from scanner and for reading from image files If you will be using images instead of scanning skim over this first section to familiarize yourself with how to use a scanner to read forms then proceed to the instructions for reading from images If you have installed a supported scanner use the filled in sample forms provided with the software and follow the instructions for using the scanner Learning Remark Office OMR To open the Hospital Stay Evaluation form template 1 If not already running start the Remark Office OMR Data Center When the Data Center opens i
58. options include Asterisk Nothing Space Character and Tilde You may also type characters into the Replace with box 171 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Section Option Replace with Grid Flag Blanks Grid 172 Description Select the replacement option to be used by default when a blank response occurs for a Grid region during form processing The text entered in this box will appear as output in the data grid and be exported in any saved data files The default replacement is BLANK Other pre defined options include Asterisk Nothing Space Character and Tilde You may also type characters into the Replace with box Use this setting to further customize how Remark Office OMR interprets blank responses Always If any character in the Grid region is left blank regardless of the replacement characters being used the region contain a yellow BLANK flag Ignore leading trailing If leading or trailing characters in the region are left blank they will be ignored This will allow you to capture data smaller than the allotted region without the data being flagged with a yellow BLANK flag Never If any character within the region is blank Remark Office OMR will ignore it The region will never appear with a yellow BLANK flag in the data grid 7 7 3 Image Region Preferences Using the Template Editor The Image Region screen allows you to setup default settings to be used when creati
59. other applications files and windows to free up more memory or restart Windows You have reached the limit on the number of files that can be opened at one time Close one or more files and then try the operation again You have reached the limit on the number of tables and or databases that can be opened at one time Close one or more tables and then try the operation again The database has reached its maximum size To add data to this database you must first reduce its size by deleting data You tried to add new records to a Microsoft Excel version 3 or version 4 file but the file is full Files of these types can hold a maximum of 16 384 records Class Category 7100 7200 Database Syntax Errors Database Read Errors Error 7005 7006 7100 7101 7102 7200 7201 Understanding Error Messages Error Text You tried to perform a Btrieve operation that involves too many Memo or OLE object regions Reduce the number of Memo and OLE object regions and then try the operation again You tried to perform an operation that involves more than 255 regions Reduce the number of regions and then try the operation again A syntax error occurred Check the data to make sure they were entered correctly This can occur if an incorrect value type is provided as part of an expression For example textual data entered into a numeric region Unable to locate specified table region or index Ch
60. ownership of the Software and Documentation even after termination of this license Permitted Uses You may e Use the Software on a single terminal connected to a single computer at a single location e Use the Software and Documentation for your own personal or business needs e Make one backup copy of the Software for your own protection that includes Principia s copyright notice e Transfer the Software to a single hard disk drive or other permanent storage device for your own use e Allow any one employee at any one time to use the Software and Documentation in your business e Transfer all of the Software and Documentation including all updates and all disks to another individual or entity provided you retain no copies and the other party registers in advance with Principia as a user subject to terms of this License Agreement Use the disks for the software as provided above 3 Prohibitions You may not e Modify adapt or alter the Software or Documentation e Reverse engineer disassemble decompile create derivative works or merge the Software or Documentation into another software product e Translate the Software or Documentation into another language or format e Operate the Software at any one time on more than one computer or allow use at any one time by more than one individual e Make the Software or Documentation available to anyone other than an employee as provided under Permitted Uses e Co
61. place optical marks or barcodes on every form page to identify the individual respondents For example if the respondent will be filling in an identifier such as name or ID number on each page or you have such information captured in a barcode these regions could be used as Respondent Trackers These markings must be unique from any other types of identifiers you are using such as Form IDs or Page IDs Each respondent identifier must also be unique among all respondents However the Respondent Tracker output must be the same for each page within a particular respondent s form To setup a Respondent Tracker region Properties Barcode Region Hospital Division Use Region as a Unigue Identifier 1 C reate a reg i on as TORSE Form ID region s value identifies this form during the read operation Auto Form ID 3 H Barcode Region properties O Page ID region s value identifies this specific page during the read operation defi n ed In S ect 1on 7 2 7 3 7 Set overall properties for the region Respondent tracker region s value identifies this respondent during the read operation a Q Region item properties 2 Click the Tracking link Meroe i Insert ID data into the grid during the read process in the left task pane a AS Set question text and question names for the region s items 3 Mark the checkbox for By Tracking Use Region as Unique Set region as page form or respondent identifier Identifier Database eolup V
62. please see the next section 8 7 5 c Reviewing Unrecognized Respondent Tracker Images If the Data Center cannot automatically read a Respondent Tracker region the image will be added to the Unrecognized Images queue If you have chosen to review unrecognized images during form processing the Unrecognized Images window will appear for each unrecognized Respondent Tracker region If you have chosen not to review unrecognized images during form processing the images will be stored in a queue so that you can process them all at once Note If you are using the Review Exceptions feature to correct exception cases either during form processing or before reviewing unrecognized images it is possible to provide a valid respondent tracker value before the image is added to the Unrecognized Images queue Depending on the types of exceptions you are reviewing Review Exceptions may show you exceptions in your Respondent Tracker regions e g BLANK MULT etc Once 208 Processing Forms corrected the software will match data records based on the Respondent Tracker region Exceptions that have not been corrected in Review Exceptions will cause the image to be added to the Unrecognized Images queue To use the Unrecognized I mages Utility for Respondent Tracker regions 1 Follow the directions in Section 8 7 3 Respondent Tracker to begin form processing 2 Optional If you are using the Auto Form ID feature when the Unrecognized I mages U
63. position For example suppose you had a 6 page double sided form You would first scan pages 1 3 and 5 then flip the stack over and scan pages 6 4 and 2 Note If your form does not have an even number of pages e g the last page has a blank backside Remark Office OMR will automatically compensate for the blank backside You do not need to create a blank form template page Processing Forms To process pages using Collate Mode 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template 2 Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click ta Alternatively you may select the Read Wizard link from the Task Pane 3 In the Read Method window select the radio button for Read from scanner Note If you need to configure your scanner click the Scanner Properties link to view its setup See Chapter 4 for detailed information about setting up a scanner 4 Inthe Advanced Collection Options area mark the checkbox for Collate Mode 5 Click the Next gt gt button to continue by modifying Scanned I mage Naming Conventions and Review Exceptions options see Sections 8 3 and 8 4 for further details or click the Read button to begin processing forms 6 Place all double sided forms you want to read in the automatic document feeder of your scanner in normal page Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Read Method Es Select the method to use for data collection Select Method to Use for Data Co
64. region containing this information Optional Group Group category course or department This entry Parameters should match the groups defined in your Questionmark application Choose the region containing the group or enter a group name manually Details Optional demographic data Choose the region containing the details or enter a value manually Date Date the assessment took place Choose a region containing the date or enter one manually Monitor Monitor teacher or instructor name Choose the region containing the monitor name or enter one manually Limitations The Questionmark format is only available when saving data You may create new files or overwrite existing files These files cannot be opened in Remark Office OMR Field names called region names in Remark Office OMR cannot contain double quotes Spaces entered before or after a field name or data label will be ignored However spaces in the middle of a field name or data label will be counted e g John becomes John but John Smith remains John Smith Graded questions MUST use field names of Q1 Q2 Q3 or Question1 Question2 Question3 271 Remark Office OMR User s Guide You may optionally define questions called Speciall Special10 that can contain more optional demographic data The following fields can contain a max of 50 characters any more will be truncated Participant Group
65. regions The default output is BLANK You may also customize blank flags for Grid regions for default C 2 14 Template Editor Preferences I mage Regions Remark Office OMR Windows Note All preferences are default settings to make form template creation faster However you can change settings on a region by region basis any time Image type Specifies a default Image region type to be used when creating new Image regions Data Entry to hand enter data or Image Clip to capture snapshot images Data type Specifies Threshold Specifies the a default data type default threshold to use for Textual or Numeric recognition The range is 1 to be used when 6 with 1 being the most creating new Image sensitive and 6 being the regions most discriminate Preferences Preferences Preferences gA General Set general preferences E OMR regions Set default OMR region properties i Image regions Set default image region properties Tf Barcode regions Set default barcode region properties Set the preference values to use throughout the application E well as the dgFault region values to use when inserting Default Region Defi Image type Data entry y Threshold 3 Data type Textual v Default Image Clip Options Target directory C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Ima Default Grading amp Survey Analysis Grade region Tabulate region
66. regions You can specify the dictionary to use by clicking Tools Preferences General To use spell check 1 With a form template Spell Check or click Mark the options you wish to use while checking the form tem plate Click the Start button to begin searching the form template When a Spelling error is detected you will be prompted with the word in question and suggestions if they are available gt select the Tools menu and then click Perform Spell Checker abc Spell Checker re Use this tool to check spelling for question text region names and possible responses Preferences Search question text and names Ignore words with numbers Search region names Ignore words in upper case Search possible reponses O Ignore words in mixed case Replaced word count 0 Last replacement You may choose to ignore the word once or all times in the form template add the word to your dictionary change this or all occurrences of the word in the form template or cancel the spell check operation When the entire form template has been searched click the Finish button to close the Spell Checker window Using the Template Editor 7 4 11 Response Scales Remark Office OMR allows you to save the response scales that you use as labels in your OMR regions When you enter custom labels in the Properties OMR Regions window you can save them for later use or edit existing scales From within thi
67. result from photocopying or reprinting Improperly or carelessly placed forms in the automatic document feeder of the scanner Forms that have text or lines placed too close to markable areas causing the text or lines to be interfere with the marks Images scanned with brightness setting too high or low Carelessly marked forms Forms processed with wrong form template file Used a barcode type that Remark Office OMR cannot recognize Used the Code 39 barcode type without using beginning and ending asterisks Barcode does not fit within region definition area Barcode is printed too small 187 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 188 Error Type Text Flag Possible Causes Color Extraneous marks are located within the Barcode region Scanning resolution is too low should be at least 200 DPI Image Region None Blue Signifies a data entry image region where handwriting was found You will need to type the information found in the region Database Selected Purple Response not found within the Lookup Errors Responses selected database to which the region is linked Remark Office OMR offers image assisted exception reviewing which eliminates searching through paper forms to make corrections to the data You can resolve exception cases in one of two ways editing individual cells or using the Review Exceptions feature during or after form processing 8 4 1 Reviewing Exceptions by Modifying I ndividua
68. select a location in which to save the configuration file in the Save in box Optional Enter a name for the file in the File name box Optional Leave the Save as type box set to Text Export Configuration Files tec Optional Click the Save button to save the file and create the data file 9 6 Printing Grid Data The Remark Office OMR Data Center allows you to print grid data on any Windows supported printer 240 To print the grid data 1 Select the File menu and then click Print or click la to display the Print Options window Click the Printer down arrow and then click the desired printer In the Print Display section mark the checkboxes corresponding to the items you wish to print Column headers Row headers Grid lines Border Working with Your Data 4 Inthe Margins section choose th e print m argin S in in ch es Th e Print Options Accessing printer properties please wait oO i Print Data Opti default settings are 1 inch a e Rise margins on the top and bottom A Marge inches and inch margins on the left E Column headers Lefts _ Es d i ht M Row headers 500 Sag 1 000 anqa rignt E Grid ines Right Bottom Barclay 500 a 1 000 5 Inthe Header and Footer area z m Header and Footer optionally enter text to be ee displayed in the header and This is my header footer of the page teers 6 Inthe Print Range area select Print Range Print Color page range to print Active gert o
69. selecting them in the Database Field List and moving them to the Additional Fields list using the green arrows Field from Database This column contains the values from the linked field in your external database Detected This column contains the data that was processed and is present in the external linked database Duplicates This column contains data that was processed more than once and exists in the external linked database C 3 8 Review Exceptions Review Exceptions Mark the checkboxes corresponding to the types of exceptions you wish to review Remark Office OMR Windows Search by Use Response for Shows Row Respondent to the type of exception search across encountered Use the respondent rows or drop down list or Column Item to textbox to enter the search by column appropriate response File Edit View acd al a 3 remotes _ Review Excepti ine E multiple responses Z Y Blank responses E Y Recognition errors Y Image regions E Database lookup regions Z amp Barcode regions O Required items Review Exceptions P Response for afort oy AA Agree Srandy Aare erick AgreAgree Agree Agree laonaly Aare Strongly Agre Strongly Aare Strongly Agre Strongly Ac Next Back Use the green arrows to go to the next or previous exception case in the selected search region Data Gri
70. some of the more advanced options The second tutorial also covers processing exams and grading the exam data Sample forms have been provided with your software for performing these tutorials using a supported scanner If you do not have a supported scanner available you may still complete the tutorials using special images installed on your computer By default the image files used in the tutorials will be located in C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Tutorials Important Please consult your scanner installation guide for scanner installation instructions This tutorial assumes you have completed scanner installation and setup Refer to Chapter 4 Setting up Your Scanner for more information Remark Office OMR User s Guide 46 If you do not have a supported scanner you may still complete the tutorials by following the set of directions in the right hand column for using image files The image files needed are installed on your computer when Remark Office OMR is installed e g C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Tutorials Tutorial 1 Please note that there are several ways to access basic software functions Three of the most common methods include e Getting Started Task Pane The task pane on the left side of each Remark Office OMR window can be used to access the most common functions in the software The task pane will automatically update based on the functions you perform You can s
71. that ships with the Remark Office OMR software Remark Quick Stats allows you to tabulate surveys and grade tests right in the software An overview of Remark Quick Stats is provided here a complete user s guide is installed in PDF format with the software and can be found by clicking Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation Remark Quick Stats User s Guide The software ships with two versions of Remark Quick Stats The legacy version is the previous version of the software that was part of Remark Office OMR 5 and Remark Web Survey 3 The new version of Remark Quick Stats has a completely updated interface new reports and new options We encourage you to use the new version of Remark Quick Stats but if there is a particular report you used in the previous version you may toggle between the two versions To use the legacy analysis tool select the Tools menu and then click Preferences On the General tab mark the checkbox for Use Legacy Analysis as your Default Analysis Tool Depending on the version and report selected Remark Quick Stats can include the following statistics Survey Statistics include For each item Remark Quick Stats calculates Mean Variance Standard Deviation Standard Error Min Max Range Median Skewness Kurtosis T Value Percentiles Confidence Intervals For each answer choice Remark Quick Stats calculates Frequencies Percentages Valid Percent A Response Report displays all of t
72. the exception cases you would like to review during form processing 3 Click the Begin Review button to begin reviewing the data Tip You may process forms and clean sections of the data as you go Simply begin Review Exceptions normally Then if you wish to process more forms leave the Review Exceptions window open and process additional forms When you are ready to review the newly processed forms in the Review Exceptions window click the down arrow on the Begin Review button and choose Begin from Last Read Operation The Data Center will begin reviewing data grid rows from the point where you most recently began processing forms 191 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 192 The Data Center will search the data for the specified exception cases When a selected exception case is found it will appear in the Review Exceptions window in the left Task Pane You will use this window to make changes Please proceed to the next section for detailed information about the Review Exceptions window Tip When using Review Exceptions after form processing you can review the entire data set or sections of the data set To review sections of the data set select the column or row header s of the area you wish to review or highlight a group of cells For example if you only want to review a specific comment region Image region so that you can hand enter data select the column header of the comment region so that the entire column is hi
73. the left hand panel known as the A New Form template Task Pane select New form Create a new form template using the template Any of these actions will Template Editor open a second window containing the Remark Office OMR Template 2 Edit form template Editor Opens the Template Editor and current Form template if applicable Tip If you use File New Form Template or the New form template link in the Task Pane the Template Editor will open with the new form template window already opened for you 3 If the Template Editor opens but you do not see the New Form Template Properties window select the File menu and then click New Form Template or click al Alternatively select the New form template link in the task pane The New Form Template Properties g amvanesem window opens The New Form New Form Template Properties j Template Properties window is Enter a form description and the page scale and orientation to be used as the basis for all pages where you describe your form to eisai Remark Office OMR You will do this by entering basic information about your Page Se Orientation form including the form template se E ae description page size and page ef 2s ees popes nthe fom emma bet piper moe orientation ee Reset Page Images Existing Pages Only Form Template Details 4 Enter Hospital Stay Evaluation e reee D or ee rete for eA SAOS OT Ta runes of o in the Form template description box 6 7 Learni
74. the tree view determines the order of the fields in your data set You may set the order of the regions on a page without regard to where the region is located on the image When using drag drop you can either move a node or copy a node To move a node using drag drop 1 2 Select the node representing the region you would like to move While holding down the left mouse button drag the region to its new desired location When you have reached the new location release the mouse button A dialog box will appear confirming whether you want to move the region to the new location Click the OK button to move the node Tip You can press the Shift key on the keyboard as you drag a node to toggle between Move Before and Move After options By pressing Shift you can move a region before the selected region otherwise the region will be placed after the selected region automatically To copy a region using drag drop 1 2 4 Select the node representing the region you would like to copy While holding down the left mouse button drag the region to its new desired location and then press the Ctrl key while still holding down the left mouse button When you have reached the new location release the mouse button A dialog box will appear confirming whether you want to copy the region to the new location Click the OK button After copying a region the region will appear in the image representation area of the template e
75. then decide which way you prefer In the image representation area use the mouse to drag a box around the barcode or the location where the barcode will be on the forms e g if using stickers after the forms are returned place the Barcode region in the area where the stickers will be affixed Barcodes may vary in length depending on the data that you are capturing Be sure to make the Barcode region large enough to capture the longest barcode you plan to recognize 133 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 3 n t h e P ro pe rti es Properties Barcode Region Student 1D Region Definition Barcode Region box Properties a I __ t t h A t W Barcode Region properties n ee TAE a enter the appropriate oases Sa E i Barcode orientation Horizontal x wey pro perties fo r the reg ion Q Region item properties Data type Textual wl jet properties For items within a region on the Barcode region aga Z Include region in read operation properties screen as described on the previous page There are additional Set regon as page forn or respondent more advanced features Pee that may be defined optonely return addtional lds These features are discussed in detail and beginning with Section 7 3 1 4 Click the OK button After creating a Barcode region you will see the region in the image representation area and a new node will be added to the tree view Each Barcode region is orange to dif
76. this index or there were too many indexes already defined An error occurred deleting the index The current index cannot be deleted An error occurred initializing the database engine due to invalid initialization or registry settings or an engine conflict Unable to locate current record Move to or select another record and try the operation again You tried to use a Paradox table but the table s associated lock LCK file is outdated Delete the LCK file and then try the operation again Class Category 7600 Database Record Errors Error 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7600 7601 7602 7603 Understanding Error Messages Error Text An unexpected error occurred when you tried to access data in an attached Btrieve table Try the operation again or contact your system administrator or network administrator You tried to perform an operation that requires the Btrieve engine To access Btrieve files you must have purchased and installed a copy of the stand alone Btrieve for Windows engine This file must be in your Windows System directory Cannot perform this operation with an unsupported database version Convert the file you want to use to a supported version and or data type and then retry the operation The operation stopped before its normal completion Some data changes may not have been saved The external database driver returned an error This error can be caused
77. to scan the page s The page s will be scanned and then a thumbnail image of the form will appear in the Image window If scanning multiple pages at once use Reset Page Images Reset Page Images Use the acquire button to obtain new image file s for your existing form template pages REMARK MEDICAL aed CONSORTIUM Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition Read from sc O Read from image files neri Scanner Properties Image Acquisition Acquire Images from Scanner Page Details Number of regions 9 Number of items 66 Form ID region nia Page ID region na Respondent tracker region nla 157 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 158 the Previous Page and Next Page icons under the image to view all scanned images You may delete any images you do not wish to keep by clicking the Delete icons 5 If you are satisfied with the image s click the OK button Otherwise click Acquire Images from Scanner again to rescan a page To use Reset I mages with an image file 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Reset I mages Select image File m 2 Click the Acquire I mages ser DE E ooe from File button to select Te piema an image from file bomes A 3 Inthe Select I mage File window use the Look in drop down list to find the file s you wish to use for Desktop My Documents the form template You may Ws
78. try using your scanner s TWAIN driver first 4 3 3 a Selecting the ISIS Scanner Protocol In order to use an ISIS driver in Remark Office OMR you must first install the scanner s ISIS driver Once the ISIS driver has been installed you may select the ISIS driver in Remark Office OMR Setting Up Your Scanner To select an ISIS driver 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Scanner Properties 2 Click the Scanner Type down arrow to display a list of available scanner types 3 Choose ISIS from the list 4 Click the Source button to display the ISIS drivers that are currently installed on your computer Note You must install your scanner s ISIS driver in order to select it from this list 5 Click the appropriate ISIS driver and then click Setup to specify default scanner settings Most ISIS drivers allow you to specify a default page size and other appropriate settings 6 Select the page size you plan to use 7 Click the OK button to return to the Scanner Properties window The following options will appear Option Function Resolution Use this setting to set the scanning resolution in Dots Per Inch DPI We recommend scanning at 200 DPI Brightness Use this setting to set the scanner s brightness We recommend scanning at your scanner s default brightness setting unless you encounter problems The default setting in Remark Office OMR is 128 Flatbed only Mark this checkbox if your scanner only contains a
79. understood knowledgeable My overall rating of this hospital is Favorable on the keyboard or double click in the next cell going down to continue adding question text only applies to regions with more than one question 6 Once you have entered all of the desired question text click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view 7 3 2 b Question Names When defining an OMR region with multiple questions in the same region you can specify individual question names for each question in the region By using individual question names it is easier to save data to existing databases and other file types that may already be setup with specific fields By default Remark Office OMR uses sequential region names for each question in the region Sequential region names consist of adding numbers sequentially onto the region name you provide in the Properties OMR Region window For example if you enter a region name of Question Remark Office OMR will call the individual question names within the region Question1 Question2 Question3 etc In contrast if you use the Question Names section of the Question text and names window to enter individual question names you will be able to customize the question name for each question within the region Question names are limited to 60 characters each 143 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 144 Tip The following characters are not allowed in region question
80. value b S Multiple Exception Handling Multiple responses Replace with Not allowed lt lt MULT MULT number to subtract points for incorrect or unanswered questions if desired You may also use decimal places 6 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view 7 3 1 b Survey Settings Remark Office OMR provides useful survey tabulation features that you can customize You decide which regions to tabulate The following table lists the region types and their default survey settings Region Type Grade Status OMR Multiple Boolean and List Tabulated Grid Add and Binary Not Tabulated Image Not Tabulated Barcode Not Tabulated To set survey options Using the Template Editor 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Region item properties link in the left task pane 3 In the Survey Settings section mark the radio button for Tabulate this item 4 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view 7 3 1 c Analysis Respondent I D You may also set a particular region as an Analysis Respondent ID region so that it can be used as an identifier on reports This feature is useful when you are capturing items such as ID numbers or names When set as an Analysis Respondent ID region the resulting reports will show the information captured in the region along side of the results For example if you administer a test where the
81. value identifies the specific page during the read operation 5 If using an OMR reg ion t ype in the ID Properties Barcode Region Hospital Division l l f H Use Region as a Unigue Identifier value using a aaiae C Enn iD reagents valus idontifios th s form diring the read operation Auto Faim I barcod e c lick the JH Barcode Region properties Page ID region s value identifies this specific page during the read operation R b t t t Set overall properties For the region O Respondent tracker region s value identifies this respondent during the read operation ecognize button to a Q Region item properties ID value have Remark Office Set properties for tems within aregin _ PAGE OMR automat i ca II y i Insert ID data into the grid during the read process SJ Question text and names recog nize t h e reg IOn S Set question text and question names for the region s items value This value acts ig Tracking sgt fon as the identifier for ea a h Mesto this particular page All renano Verify region s value in a database and form pages t hat optionally return additional fields correspond to this form template page must have this value present in order for the software to automatically recognize the page Each page within a single form template must have a different page value 6 If desired mark the checkbox for Insert I D data into the grid during the read process Viewing the ID data captured along w
82. where handwriting was detected in the first row of data for the item called Comments The software uses a blue flag to mark Image regions that contain writing and may require data entry when using the Automatically et Cae attempt to detect the presence of handwriting in the region feature 9 Inthe box beneath Response for Comments type the comment displayed in the Image Viewer Mrs Smith was not a very nice person 10 Click the first green arrow titled Search Forward to move to the next exception Or simply press Enter The next exception is another image region where handwriting was detected in the second row of data for the item called Comments 11 In the box beneath Response for Comments type the comment displayed in the Image Viewer Mrs Smith was very kind and generous 12 Press the Enter key There are no more exception cases in the data 13 When prompted click Yes to the message Are you sure you are finished reviewing exceptions 14 Click the Back button in the Review Exceptions pane to return to the regular Task Pane Your data is now ready to be saved and analyzed 5 2 4 Saving the Course Evaluation Data After reviewing the data you may save it one of many file formats available for exporting data to other applications For this tutorial the data will be saved to the Remark RMK format which is a proprietary format within the software This format saves the exception flags if a
83. you have successfully scanned a page many scanners will support turning off the interface If you disable this feature you may use Remark Remark Office OMR User s Guide 40 10 11 12 Office OMR s resolution and brightness settings in the Parameters section of the Scanner Properties window In the Hardware Options section choose the type of scanner you are using Flatbed ADF or Flatbed and ADF Note The Hardware Options setting refers to the type of scanner you are using not whether you will scan a page using the ADF or flatbed of the scanner If you have a duplex scanner one that scans both sides of a sheet of paper in one pass through the scanner mark the checkbox for Duplex scanner If appropriate change the setting for Invert image You only need to adjust this setting if your scanner inverts the image so that the background of the image is black and the text is white If desired mark the checkboxes for Auto deskew and Auto despeckle to have Remark Office OMR attempt to straighten a skewed image and remove any stray specks from the image We recommend that you only use these settings if you encounter skewing or speckled images during the scanning process Enable or disable the checkbox for Show TWAIN interface by clicking the checkbox If you wish to scan both sides of the page and have a duplex scanner mark the box for Scan duplex Scanner Properties Scanner Type TWAIN O U
84. 114 7 2 4 a OMR Region TYPOS cce cece eee tent eee eee eae eae 114 7 2 4 6 Region Orientation cceeeeeee eee eee ee teens 120 7 2 5 Defining the OMR ReGiON cece eee e eee eee 121 7 2 6 Linking OMR Regions ccceeeeeeeeeee eee ee eee eaes 125 7 2 7 OMR Region Colors cc cceeeeee cence teen eae eaes 127 7 2 8 Creating an Image Region eceeeeee eee eee tees 128 7 2 9 Barcode R GIONS cceeeee cece eee eee eee e nena eens 132 7 3 Advanced Region ODPtions cece cece eee eeee eee eee 134 7 3 1 Region Item Properties cccceeee scene ee eee ened 134 7 32Asa Test S CttingS s 05 c teerdeutianacn eh cies chica aA 134 7 3 1 6 Survey SettingS cc cece cece e cece eee eee eae 136 7 3 1 c Analysis Respondent ID cceee eee e eee sen 137 7 3 1 d Recognition Threshold ccceeeee eee e eee eens 138 7 3 1 e Blank and Multiple Exception Handling 139 7 3 1 f Required Items cece cece eee eee ee eee eee teens 141 7 3 2 Question Text and Names ccccceee eee e eee reen 142 7 3 2 Question TeXt cece eect ee eee ee eee eee eee nena 142 7 3 2 0 Question NAMES ccc cece eect eee eee teen eae 143 FB 3 TRACKING ieee en ca a eee ed yond eae eet dete a eats 145 7 3 3 a Setting up an Auto Form ID region 0665 145 7 3 3 6 Setting up a Page ID region c
85. 245 TPS oia aerie a a Aa 262 Analysis Respondent ID s e 137 Append Linked Region 32 125 PS Cr Mies A O ES 276 283 ASCII File Format 275 Auto Aligia naei iee e teiaa 32 159 Auto Form ID sassssaessnnnnnnnssnnnnnnnnnense 145 197 Auto INCreMent ereorroitin ai 129 Auto Page Derea 199 B Barcode Seetee AEk 102 EnS oet a eee havens ieee ee 187 REGIONS ceirt eee RS 132 Batch Processing 210 306 329 Binary Regionet itaatin taii asie 119 Bit Depth aaee eia naa a idi edia ariaa a 256 Blank Responses cceeeeees 139 187 Boolean Region ssssssriesrrisrrrnsrres 118 BrighthesSS enotin S 38 Cc CCI File Format 281 Cell Changing iisip iini iastan 223 EGIING iina es nce 223 SOlOCHING anii i ia iida 222 Changing Data Cell Contents 223 Clipboard 0 2 eee ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeee sete eeeeneeeeeeeees 224 Collate Mode 180 194 Configuring TWAIN Drivers 41 Contacting Technical Support ns 14 Copy Special cccccesseeeeceeseeeeeneeee 153 Copying PY ALG e otrese e eee 224 KAEA E E AT 103 FROQIONS aooiee ein aT 152 Correcting Output ssssseesseesessressrnees 186 Create Page Elemenits ccccse 286 Creating Form Templates c cceeeseeeeeeeees 107 Image Regions sneer 128 New Form Template Images 157 OMR ReQiON 2 cccesceeeteeeteeeeeeeees 113 REGIONS aroeira hae a 111 Response Scales ccceeseeeeeees 161 CRS i scsi
86. 3 2d and Group 4 Group 4 will create the most compressed smallest file size image Mark the checkbox for Save multiple page form templates as multiple page image files if you are scanning with a multi page template and would like all of the images for one complete form to be saved as one image file If you would like to configure Review Exceptions options click the Next gt gt button to continue Otherwise click the Read button to begin scanning pages Note If using Review Exceptions during Server Mode scanning will stop each time an exception is found until the exception is reviewed We suggest using Review Exceptions after form processing so that Server Mode can run uninterrupted see Section 8 4 Reviewing Exceptions for more information about Review Exceptions after form processing In the Review Exceptions window specify whether to review exception cases during the reading process by marking the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox In the Review Exceptions Options area mark the checkboxes for those cases that you wish to review during reading The following options are available Multiple responses Blank responses Recognition errors mage regions Database Lookup regions Barcode regions and Required items Place the completed forms in the scanner Click the Read button to begin processing pages When you click the Read button in the Read Wizard window Server Mode begins and you may continue working in other Windows a
87. 3 Image Region Preferences eeeee eect nena eee 173 7 7 4 Barcode Region Preferences seeren 175 Processing Forms 177 BT ON EIVICW noiai eat Tape det nated nearby nite a neta 177 8 2 Opening a Form Template 0 cceeeeee eee eee eee 177 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard ccecce 179 8 3 1 Scanning Forms with the Read Wizard 179 8 3 1 a Scanning Using Default Settings Easy Scan 183 8 3 2 Processing Image Files with the Read Wizard 184 8 4 Reviewing Exceptions cccecee cece eee ee eee eee eee eeas 186 8 4 1 Reviewing Exceptions by Modifying Individual Cells 188 8 4 2 Using Review Exceptions ccceeeee cnet eee e eae 189 8 4 2 a Using the Review Exceptions Window 192 8 5 Using Collate Mode Scanning Double Sided Forms with a Single Side Only Scanner c cece eee ee eee ee eee teeta eae ed 194 8 6 Overwriting Data RECOrds ccceeeeee eee eee eee eeeeee 196 8 7 Using Form Page and Respondent Detection 197 8 721 AUTO Form Dorrean nrd eaheud Aa 197 8 7 2 Auto Page Dissent iea eee aiaa 199 8 7 3 Respondent Tracker ccceceeeeeee eee eee teen ee eas 200 8 7 4 Reviewing Unrecognized ImMagesS 0 cceeeeeee 202 8 7 5 Using the Unrecognized Images Utility 204 Contents 8 7 5 a Reviewing Unrecognized Auto Form ID Images 205 8 7 5 6 Reviewing Unrecognized Page ID Images
88. 5 Click the Add Selected I mages button to move them into the Images in Read Order window on the right Tip You can use the Ctrl or Shift keys to select multiple image files and then use the Add Selected I mages button to move the images to the Images in Read Order window 6 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Review Exceptions window appears This window allows you to configure options for reviewing exception cases such as blank and multiple responses We will not be using this feature in this tutorial 7 If the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox is marked click in the checkbox to deselect this option 8 Click the Read button to begin reading image files As each image is processed you will see a row added to the data grid 5 2 3 Reviewing and Correcting the Data After the three forms have been processed three rows of data will be displayed in the data grid Each row represents the responses collected from one of the three forms You are now ready to inspect the data for missing or unrecognized responses in order to prepare for either analysis or export How does the software handle data exceptions Remark Office OMR informs you of unrecognized or questionable responses by placing a visible marker in each appropriate data grid cell Each one of the six types of problematic Exceptions Ia or potentially inaccurate data is represented by a Multiples specific color flag The Exceptions Legend in the ie Task Pane pro
89. 78 Field NAM S 2 esceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 278 INGOX a opi a aeaa a aa adrei 278 Table Name 2 cccceeeeeeeeeeeseeaeees 278 Paste Special ccccecceeeteeeesteeeeeeeeees 153 Pasting Dates aeia oats ete ae eee coma eae 224 PDE a ra r EAS 256 Prelate omen errena eia eaa a a a 9 Preferences Data Center 249 309 Template Editor 000 cee 167 295 Printing Data aea a a aa 240 Processing Image Files n se 184 Q QS TOTEAA ENE EN TEA E EAE et 270 Question Names cceceeeseeeeesteeees 142 Question Tekira iiini iia i 142 Questionmark File Format 0 270 R Read Wizard ccccceeeteeeeeeeeee 179 300 Reading Advanced Options ceeeeeee 194 FOIMS areare a eaa 177 179 Image Files o n 184 Recognition Threshold 0 138 255 Record Length ceeceeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeees 280 FROGO 2 a2 Feces cent sic ctresasaea teas EEE 155 Region Item Properties 134 Region Menu ccccscceceeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeees 31 Region Properties Analysis Respondent ID 00 137 Auto Form ID seresa aeei 145 Database Lookup s 149 ID REGIONS ereina a 145 Page DSa ais a a r 147 Question Text ccceseeeseeseeeeeeeees 142 Recognition Threshold a s 138 Region Names 142 Required Items ccccceeeeseeeeeeees 141 Respondent Tracker 148 Survey Settings n 136 Test SettingS ccceeeeeesteeeeeees 134 Regions Advanced
90. 8 299 COPYING inenen aaia aaraa eis 224 GUNO aeea ai a aa 224 Deleting ea siiin 225 ROWS fates sis sane aade a e daa cated 226 Edinan aaaea a 222 Inserting ROWS otaa aaen ata 225 Making Selections ccccceceeees 222 OPENING sssini asione aieiaiei 241 PASUING epea ra E S 224 Prin NO esras ea i rere RS 240 SAVING soara sees adin r ae 230 Understanding 221 BE a PE I E E 221 Templates reniei aa 107 OPENING siisi iaaii canei nineniaaiia 177 Test Grading cccccccceceeseeseseeeesseeeeeees 247 Test Settings eccccccseeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeees 134 Testing FOrmS oeiee ae 104 A E A E E 257 AMA SIS reos eiior 262 340 Form Templates ccccceeeeeeeees 259 FOM S aarian i eae eed 258 Reading Forms ssec 261 SCANMNEMS caracae eE iit ei 257 Working with the Data 262 Toobal eee E E A 19 TOE oeir a ee E E NE aden 19 Tools MENU ccceceesseceeeesteeeeeeeseeeeeeaes 29 Tracking Respondents 200 Tree View 287 288 289 290 291 333 T tonal Toaniel eles 47 T to al 2 riinan liia aiaia 75 TWAIN Drivers a a e N E 37 42 Configuring ceeeeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeeeees 41 User Interface titcis ec teaiieveatliecnierceeees 41 aP e E E A E aNtes 276 283 U Unattended Processing ceeeee 212 Understanding Error Messages eeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeaee 313 File Formats 265 Remark Office OMR Windows 285 Template Grid cceeeeeeeeeeeeereees 221 Undone a
91. 9 barcode font Use the following guidelines when placing barcodes on your forms e Barcodes should be at least 26 points in terms of size about 1 4 inch high e Barcodes may be placed on forms horizontally or vertically e If using barcode stickers place a lightly colored placeholder on the form so that the person affixing the stickers to the form knows where to place the barcodes The barcodes must be in the same place on each form in order for Remark Office OMR to recognize them Ideally the placeholder should be covered by the sticker or light enough to drop out completely disappear when scanned You do not want the placeholder to interfere with recognition of the barcode Example e Do not put text lines etc within 1 2 inch of the barcode with the exception of the tip below Tip If you would like to be able to read the barcode with the human eye place the text of the barcode in small light print directly beneath the barcode Example 6 9 Paper Remark Office OMR works best with plain white paper and black ink Utilizing standard 20 copier paper works well for single sided forms and 28 or higher paper works well for double sided forms heavier paper helps avoid bleed 103 Remark Office OMR User s Guide through While we recommend using white paper for the best recognition you may use colored paper pastel colors tend to work well as long as the coloring completely drops out when scanned Test your
92. A a Nn _ lt gt Details Shows the details about the form template and or pages Read After entering the Form Template Page or Respondent Tracker click the Read button to process the information 307 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 308 C 3 11 Scanner Properties Scanner Type Use the Source After selecting Use legacy driver Use this drop down list to select a Scanner Type click checkbox for older scanner your scanner type the Source button to drivers only recommended if TWAIN or ISIS TWAIN choose your specific you experience difficulties is recommended scanner If no sources with the software recognizing are listed you need to your scanner install a driver for your Peet Parameters If not showing the scanner s user interface select the scanning resolution and brightness Scanner Properties Scanner Type TWAIN C Use legacy driver Scan Options Use the Invert image drop down list to Parameters A compensate for images that Resolution dpi 200 Brightness appear as black background with white text inverted Hardware Options Scan Options Use the Auto Deskew and O Flatbed only Invert image No Auto Despeckle options if your images look skewed or have ADF only speckles on them we only recommend turning these options on if you experience these problems To scan in duplex mode mark the checkbox for Scan duplex To show y
93. ASCII cell text padded or truncated to specified record length Standard format using file header and data section CCI Assessment format existing files may only be overwritten there are no append options Extensible Markup Language format Hypertext Markup Language Open Database Connectivity Custom Text format Before saving data to another data format we suggest saving a copy of the data to the Remark RMK format to preserve exception flags and links to stored images Once your project is complete you may delete or archive the RMK file or save all of your files to the Remark Office Archive ROA format When exporting to a specific format e g Access Excel etc make certain your data meets the format s specific requirements see Appendix B for more information 1 Select the File menu and then click Save or click E if saving the data set for the first time or to overwrite the data Click Save As to save the data with new parameters Note Clicking the toolbar button for Save Data lll will overwrite the current data set If saving for the first time or using Save As the Save Data window opens allowing you to choose a file name a file type the directory in which you would like the file saved and Advanced saving options Working with Your Data Save Data 2 Select the desired directory ti i the L ki d Save Data Ocarig hie ng e LOOK In ro p Select the appropriate file type and file name and th
94. Advanced Image Recognition Properties Advanced Collection Options m O Start reqting from For emplate page Cancel O Collate Mode double sided forms with simplex scanner The software will collate the data Resume last Collate Mode session Mark this checkbox to resume the previous Collate Mode session Auto Form Mark this ch Server Mode Mark this checkbox to scan in ID Mode eckbox to Start reading from template page Mark scan in Auto Form ID mode where the software will match each form to its form template You must have Form IDs on each page Server Mode providing unattended scanning or image processing this checkbox to read on the current grid row beginning at a specific form template page This feature is useful for overwriting data 300 Remark Office OMR Windows C 3 3 Read Wizard Scanned Image Naming Conventions Begin image names with Enter a base name for the stored image files of each form The form template name is recommended Image target directory Select a location on your computer or network to store the image files of each scanned form Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name Mark this checkbox to store the images for this form template in a subfolder with the form template s name This feature is useful for image organization 2 Begin image names with Sample Form x
95. D lv Table Sheet1 x Replace Student First Name x may lookup a field once but return several database fields worth of Database lookup Verify region s value in a database and optionally return additional Fields Additional Return Fields Student Last Name Return Names Student Last Name Respondent ID Yes No No Ly information This is a quick and easy way to get information out of the existing database and into your processed data Fields will be listed in the data grid in the order in which they appear in the Additional Return Fields list If desired use the Return Names column to specify region names for the Return fields By default the name will be taken from the external database to which the region is connected You may type a new name in the Return Names cell if desired Use the drop down arrow to select Yes in the Respondent ID box to include the Return field in the reports as a respondent identifier If this setting is set to Yes the data collected from this region will be used on the appropriate reports to identify the respondent Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view ET Remark Office OMR User s Guide 7 4 Additional Template Editor Features The Remark Office OMR Template Editor provides several other features and functions to help make it user friendly The following features and or functions are available e Copy pa
96. Exceptions window appears This window allows you to configure options for reviewing exception cases such as blank and multiple responses We will not be using this feature in this tutorial 6 If the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox is marked click in the checkbox to deselect this option 7 Click the Read button to begin reading the image files As each image is processed you will see a row added to the data grid 5 3 3 Reviewing and Correcting the Data After the four forms have been processed four rows of data will be displayed in the data grid Each row represents the responses collected from one of the four forms The first row is the answer key for the exam and the following three rows are student exams You are now ready to inspect the data for missing or unrecognized responses in order to prepare for either analysis or export As mentioned in the first tutorial Remark Office OMR informs you of unrecognized or questionable responses by placing a visible flag in each appropriate data grid cell The software will then assist you to correct exception cases or problems by allowing you to see what was entered on the actual form The stored images for each processed form will be available to show you respondents answer choices For this tutorial we will run Review Exceptions which provides an automated way to search through the data for exceptions and then correct them To run Review Exceptions 1 Select the Tools menu and the
97. K Keyboard HOLKOYS cccceeeeceeeesseeeeeeesseeeeeenenees 21 SMOMCUIS ecteg sce cue eds in adigi aiaa 21 USM ioien aea N 21 L Eia EATE E T a eres 122 Learning Remark Office OMR se 45 Legacy Drivetesratse aotik 38 Linking OMR Regions 125 SO Parating 22 aa inean aae aaia ai 126 List Ragion aseet rari tian dai 116 Lotus File Format seiere 279 LXR Test File Format 280 M Mark tadien aenta aeie ae 99 331 o a ETEA ee EE A E 269 Menus aa nante aa aa 19 22 Missing Values 252 Modifying Dala taint tend A 188 Form Templates iiare 163 Mouse WSING eeir te Mins ea 20 MAG renada eee the aa ees 280 Multiple Responses n se 187 Remark Office OMR User s Guide O ODBC File Format cccccccseeeeeeees 282 OMR Region 114 OMR Region Types AdO o A A A 116 BINARY ssania se net a E 119 Boolean ve seisisss cs Nas devezeas veenstavineds Masteaes 118 EE hopecerrersree rere EE E 115 E EE EE T 116 Multiple a rE on aE eE EERENS 114 OMR Regions Pa a EE E E E cl adaveeaes 127 Creating isasi aiiin aiani 113 Defining ceeeeceteeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeees 121 CNKING oeren eer ai 125 Orientation s src 120 122 TV POS E a E AS 121 Opening Dala kearn ea E ata 241 Form Templates a ee 177 Orientation REGIO eero eai ALE 120 OVEIVICW EE 9 Overwriting Data 196 P Page IDS aniden adinan dehen 147 199 Page Menia sorone e e 31 Paradox File Format ccccsscceeeeeses 2
98. LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE FOR THIS COPY OF THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION Other Rights The above warranties give you specific legal rights and you may have other rights that vary from state to state Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of duration of implied warranties or the exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages so some of the above exclusions and limitations may not apply to you Registration To receive the benefit of Principia s warranty and user announcement programs you must register your product with Principia to confirm your agreement with the terms of this License Agreement U S Government Restricted Rights The Software and Documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 52 227 7013 Contractor manufacturer is Principia Products division of Gravic Inc 301 Lindenwood Drive Suite 100 Malvern PA 19355 USA Governing Law This Agreement is governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Entire Agreement This License Agreement constitutes the complete agreement between you and Principia regarding the Software and Documentation No other information whether supplied by Principia or its dealers distributors or representatives may be relied upon and any such information is not
99. LT etc Auto search the response combo box when typing Mark this checkbox to have the software look at the first letter s you type in the Review Exceptions window and then auto fill the appropriate response if possible Play sound on review exceptions startup Mark this checkbox to have a sound alert you when the Review Exceptions feature is started Play sound when an exception case is located Mark this checkbox to play a sound each time Review Exceptions finds an exception case Click the note icon to choose a wav file 309 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 3 13 Preferences File Storage Locations 310 Home Directories Select a directory from the list and then click the Modify button to setup a default directory to be used when searching for the specified file type Image Directory Search List Use the Add Directory button to add directories containing images to the list Remark Office OMR will use the directories in list order to search for stored images when opening data files General Preferences WB General Set the generic Remark Office OMR Data Center preferences p File Storage Locations Set target file storage locations JA Recognition Specify advanced threshold parameters to be used during the read operation Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences C Program Files Principia Py ducts Remark Office OMR 6 Data C AWINDOWS system32
100. Language and is widely used for the exchange of data on the Internet Extension XML Options Limitations None Field names called region names in Remark Office OMR can contain a maximum of 60 characters including spaces Field names called region names in Remark Office OMR cannot include leading spaces periods exclamation points accent graves and brackets An XML file can hold a maximum of 255 fields All field names called region names in Remark Office OMR must be unique An XML record can hold a maximum of 2000 characters excluding Memo and OLE object regions 281 Remark Office OMR User s Guide f saving data to an existing file grid column headers in Remark Office OMR must match field names When Remark Office OMR creates an XML file textual fields can contain a maximum of 255 characters If you would like a field to support more than 255 characters edit the file and change the field type from a Text field to a Memo field Alternatively click the Advanced button in the Save Data window and change the field type B 21 HTML Format HTM HTML HTML stands for Hyper Text Markup Language Use HTML to publish data and results from Remark Office OMR to the Internet or an intranet Remark Office OMR saves data as well as graphs for inclusion in web based documents Extension HTM Options None Limitations None B 22 ODBC ODBC stands for Open Database Connectivit
101. Modify Directory Dictionaries Image Search Directories Image Directory Search List C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images Add Directory Dictionary Settings Active dictionary English dct OO ai OK J Cancel Apply Active dictionary Select a dictionary to use as your active dictionary when running Spell Check Remark Office OMR Windows C 3 14 Preferences Recognition Use Enhanced Reading Mode Use this option to enable options that more in depth recog uncertain fields Override OMR Region Override I mage Region Thresholds Use this Thresholds Use this perform setting to override all setting to override all form nition of form template settings template settings for Image for OMR region region thresholds Use a thresholds Use a lower lower setting to read setting to read light less light less filled areas Use a filled marks Use a higher setting to higher setting to better compensate for false discriminate among positives dark marks Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences General Preferences W General Set the generic Remark Office OMR Data Center preferences Q File Storage Locations Set target file storage locations H Recognition Specify advanced threshold parameters to be used during the read operation Use Enhanced Reading Mode Enhanced reading mode uti recognition accuracy s
102. Office OMR Template Editor Tutoriot2 omr To edit a region with multiple amp TEKATE questions 1 Double click within the boundaries of any region you want to edit or double click a region node in the tree view to display the Region Definition window You will Hgg ak ae ee form Template Options have access to the OMR eae region properties Region onthe ected item properties and Laie Question text and names inate ore sections 2 Make the desired changes and ppe click the OK button pees Se aE aa Remember that changes 2c amet emmnet es ne _ made at this level apply to me Site cafvetelesvahrenst fase the entire region Se pear oe plod precedes rere expiined tres Lenerfes nates My overall rating of thes howital is favorable Overall Question text and names 3 Save the form template when symsnnsmniennnmmn finished editing Pe 3 l o sanca 165 Remark Office OMR User s Guide To edit individual questions within an OMR region 1 4 5 166 Expand the region containing multiple questions by clicking the plus sign next to the region node in the tree view A Remark Office OUR Template Editor Tutorial2 omr fle gdt Yew goos Help Dei i amp 5 MH Page 1 E Double click the question node representing the epora question you wish to change Ecama You can also select multiple nodes by holding down Ctrl ipani
103. Options s s s 134 BarCOde aier rer e S 132 BOIOOlS eaor E det iadceexsapadeaezia 156 COPYING sanser inina raana 152 Creating saassedzece tices aectiez sesaseutesesaeadeces 111 Data Type osasse 169 173 175 Deleting iana nE A 155 ECItING EE 165 naia EET EE EEE 128 OMR TYPES nsien 114 POSITIONING serene tarai 156 Remark File Format 267 Remark Office Archive File Format235 268 Remark Office OMR Customizing 249 Edit Men sereni sarase 25 a E E E O E E 17 File Menu eceeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeees 22 Help M nu cceccceessseeeeesteeeeeeeteeeeeene 32 INCIUSIONS iigiin a 10 13 stalingrad a 16 MENUS roidies iiei aaa id 22 Navigating eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeeenaes 19 20 OVNEN asiaa rd e i 9 Page Menuai iiaii eiia 31 Preferences 249 Read Wizard cccccseseeeeeeeeees 179 300 Region M nU sssssssssssrresrrrrssrerrnesnns 31 SLAMING eisian 17 System Requirement 0 cccceee 15 Tips for USING ceececeeeeesteeeeeeees 257 Tools MON eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeeenaes 29 Uninstalling s es 17 View MENU ssssesssssssssrresssrreerrrrssreennesrnna 28 WINCOWS 0cceesceeeeeeeseteeeeteeteeees 19 285 Remark Quick Stats cccccceeeeeeeees 245 Cga Cya aieiaa ates anes 250 Replacing Data ie Ae eA ee 226 Errors Review Exceptions ceeeeee 193 Report File Format cccccseeeeseeees 280 Record Length eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 280
104. R You should already have your scanner connected to your computer and the drivers installed that will allow the scanner to work before attempting to use your scanner with Remark Office OMR 4 2 Scanners General Information A scanner is a peripheral device that is attached to a computer to scan paper based documents photographs etc in order to produce equivalent image file representations Remark Office OMR works in conjunction with image scanners which are the type of scanners that can also be used for scanning pictures or pages of text and are readily available from your local computer dealer or via mail order and online companies Scanners come in many different models and fall into many different price ranges depending on their performance and features For Remark Office OMR purposes it is recommended that you use a scanner with a sheetfeeder ADF Automatic Document Feeder which will allow you to scan multiple pages in batches thus facilitating the data collection process Principia Products keeps a list of supported scanners on our web site see the back of this user s guide for web site information Use this list to verify whether your scanner is likely to be compatible with Remark Office OMR Remark Office OMR User s Guide 36 4 2 1 Scanner Connections Scanners are connected to a computer via a cable Scanners are typically connected to the computer in one of four ways e USB Port e Parallel Port e SCSI Card e V
105. R User s Guide Last Name etc You can also designate the replace options to be respondent identifiers on your reports Auto Form ID Auto Page ID and Respondent Tracker In addition to the Auto Form ID feature where you can process various form types and have the software automatically match a form to its corresponding form template we have added the ability to automatically match pages to a form and keep respondent s data together Through the use of form page and respondent identifiers you can process various forms pages and respondent s data together and the software will figure out the form page and respondent to which the data belong Reset Images If you have an existing form template that needs new images due to a minor change in the form you can use the Reset Images feature This feature provides a quick way to refresh your form template images without creating a new form template from scratch Read Wizard There is a new Read Wizard that controls form processing When scanning forms you no longer have to have an even number of pages when scanning double sided forms In addition images for each scanned form are automatically stored and each image has a time and date stamp in its name so that you don t have to worry about overwriting existing images when you scan a new batch of forms Updated Recognition We have updated our recognition to improve form processing accuracy Batch Scanning You can now scan batch header fo
106. RESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE CONCERNING THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION ANY WARRANTIES Remark Office OMR User s Guide 10 IMPLIED BY LAW SHALL BE LIMITED TO A PERIOD OF 90 DAYS AFTER PURCHASE OF THIS LICENSE THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS VOID IN THE EVENT OF ANY VIOLATION OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT OR ACCIDENT ABUSE OR MISUSE OF THE SOFTWARE Remedies In the event of any failure of warranty as provided above within 90 days after your purchase of this license Principia without charge will replace any Software disk or Documentation materials having a material physical defect or use its best efforts to correct any substantial non conformity of the Software with the Documentation or at Principia s option refund the purchase price for the Software and Documentation To receive the benefit of these warranties you must submit dated proof of purchase and the defective items to Principia with a description of the defect and you must register your product with Principia THE ABOVE REMEDIES ARE EXCLUSIVE IN NO EVENT SHALL PRINCIPIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR LOSS OF DATA USE OR REVENUES WHETHER ACTION IS BASED ON TORT CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER THEORY EVEN IF PRINCIPIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL PRINCIPIA S AGGREGATE
107. ROKK Include region Mark this checkbox to include data from this region when in read processing forms If this checkbox is not marked the operation region will exist in the form template but no data will be captured during form processing To create an OMR region 1 From the Page or Region menu choose Insert and then select OMR Region After Selected Region Page or OMR Region Before Selected Region Page 123 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Tip There are several ways to create regions menus toolbar right clicking in the image representation tree view or the Task Pane These options are covered in greater detail in Section 7 2 3 Creating Regions Try creating regions using each method and then decide which way you prefer 2 The mouse changes to a crosshair Use the mouse to drag a box around the marks in the region in the image representation area Only select the marks do not capture any text near the marks Place the box around the region so that it is not right against the bubbles yet is also not too far from the bubbles as shown in the following example Example Rate the following on a scale of 1 to 5 Facilities Food Entertainment Overall 3 In the Properties OMR Region box enter the appropriate properties for the region on the OMR region properties screen as described on the previous page There are additional advanced features that may be defined These features will be discussed in
108. Remark Office OMR User s Guide Search Option Case sensitive Include partial matches Search for values greater than or equal to specified value Search selected block only Result Mark this checkbox to make the search case sensitive Mark this checkbox to search for part of the text does not require the entire contents of the cell to match what you have entered in the Find what box If searching for numeric data mark this checkbox to search for numeric values that are greater than or Find what for box Mark this checkbox to search in the selected cell s only 4 To replace items located in the search enter the replacement text in the box titled Replace with 5 Choose one of the following search commands by clicking the appropriate button Search Command Find Next Replace Replace All Result Locate the next item meeting search criteria Locate and automatically replace the next item meeting search criteria Locate and automatically replace all items meeting search criteria 6 When you have completed searching the data click the Cancel button 228 Working with Your Data 9 4 Sorting Grid Columns Columns in the template grid can be sorted according to the values in a specific region Data can be sorted in ascending or descending order For example you can sort your data by student ID number There are two ways to sort data right clicking a column header or using the menus To sort data b
109. Respondent Tracker Use of all three features will allow you to scan various form types without pre sorting and still keep pages and respondents together 7 3 4 Database Lookup Remark Office OMR has a Database Lookup feature that can 1 verify that recognized data from a region appear in an existing database and 2 lookup and replace recognized data with additional fields from an existing database To use this feature you link a region in the form template to an existing database As each form is processed Remark Office OMR will verify that the recognized data appear in the selected database field If the data are not present Remark Office OMR will flag the question as a Database Lookup error for correction Database verification can be used with OMR Image and Barcode regions This feature is useful for validating names identification numbers zip codes etc It is also useful for pulling information you have already collected out of a database and inserting it into your processed form data For example suppose you are grading tests and you have the students fill in their ID numbers on the forms being processed You could verify the ID numbers in an existing database and then specify another value that corresponds to the ID number e g a name If the ID number is found in the database Remark Office OMR will 149 Remark Office OMR User s Guide automatically display the corresponding value name in this case for that ID number in t
110. SAV Options Save Headers The Save Headers option in the Save Data File window will save the grid column headers as the header names in the SPSS data file If Save Headers is not selected default variable names will be used e g v1 v2 etc Limitations Understanding File Formats Data saved to an SPSS format can have a maximum of 255 characters per cell Remark Office OMR will automatically truncate any cell text that is greater than 255 characters when saving to an SPSS file Labels called Value Labels in SPSS can have a maximum of 60 characters Values If custom Values are not defined during form template creation Remark Office OMR automatically assigns Values in sequential order to be used as SPSS Values Region names called Variable Names in SPSS can have a maximum of 8 characters If a region name has more than 8 characters it will automatically be truncated Region names called Variable Names in SPSS must be unique If a region is used more than once SPSS will convert the name to a standard naming convention e g v1 Question text called Variable Labels in SPSS can have a maximum of 120 characters Remark Office OMR can open and save to an uncompressed SPSS file format only Remark Office OMR cannot open compressed SPSS files If you need to uncompress your SPSS data file first open the file in SPSS Select the File menu and then click Save As Enter a file name and then click the Paste button I
111. Test Settings section mark the radio button for Grade this item Note If grading and using multiple answer keys there is a third option for Designate as key identifier Use this radio button when creating a region that contains the test answer key version information 4 Inthe Test Point System section select the type of question Objective item or Subjective item 5 If using an Objective item enter the values for Correct points Incorrect points and No Response points that are appropriate for the region You may use a negative Properties OMR Region Question 1 15 Properties HE OMR region properties Set overall properties for the region Region item properties Set properties for items within a region I Question text and names Set question text and question names For the region s items Test Settings Do not grade this item Grade this item og Testing Point System Item test type Objective item m Objective items are typically multiple choice questions Subjective items usually consist of short answer essay or other non scannable items Analysis Respondent ID Oo Blank Exception Handling Replace with BLANK BLANK x O Reauired item Survey Settings Do not tabulate this item Tabulate this item Correct points Incorrect points 0 000 No response points 9 000 1 000 KE Kip KY Recognition Threshold applies to region Threshold
112. There are three possible scenarios when using Page IDs 1 Page IDs alone If using only Page IDs you will need to process each respondent s form completely before processing another respondent s form If the pages are out of order for a particular respondent the Page IDs will be used to put the data in the correct place If multiple respondents pages are processed together the processing will stop and you will need to sort the pages by respondent before continuing 206 Processing Forms 2 Page IDs with Form IDs If using Page IDs with Form IDs the software will attempt to first recognize the form template for the overall form and then each page of the form If both the form and page are not recognized the Unrecognized Images Utility will first appear for the form and then again for the page You will need to process each respondent s form completely before processing another respondent s form If the pages are out of order for a particular respondent the Page IDs will be used to put the data in the correct place If multiple respondents pages are processed together the processing will stop and you will need to sort the pages by respondent before continuing 3 Page IDs with Form IDs and Respondent Tracker Respondent IDs If using Page IDs with Form IDs and Respondent Tracker regions forms can be processed in virtually any order and still be recognized The software will attempt to first recognize the form then the pag
113. Using the Template Editor 3 Ensure that the number of columns and rows specified match what has been captured in the region Make corrections if necessary and then click the OK button 7 4 8 Reset I mages There may be times when your form template images no longer match your actual form For example suppose that you create a form and then decide to remove one of the questions from the form Or perhaps you create the form template from a printed version of the form and then decide to make photocopies for distribution which causes the entire form to be shifted In either case if you have already created your form template you can use the Reset Images feature to bring in new images with your existing form template without having to recreate the entire form template Tip If using the Reset Images feature you need to acquire images for all pages in the form template If you want to acquire individual form template pages double click the page node and then acquire the new image for that page To use Reset I mages with a scanner 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Reset Images 2 Inthe Select Method to Use for I mage Acquisition section click the Read from scanner link option Note If you need to configure your scanner you may click the Scanner Properties link just after Read from scanner to view the Scanner Properties window 3 Place the page s to be scanned in the scanner Click the Acquire Images from Scanner button
114. VERVICW aa aee aE eE O ten Se eee daa aAA eh at 19 3 2 Remark Office OMR Components cceeeeee eee 19 3 3 Navigation Tools ci cece cece eect ee ee eee eee eee ea eee neas 20 3 4 Using the Mouse and Keyboard ccceeeee eee e eee 20 3 4 1 Using the MOUSE 0 cece cece eect eee eee ee teeta 20 3 4 2 Using the Keyboard cece cece cence eee ee teens 21 3 4 3 Using Keyboard Shortcuts cceeeeeeee eee eee ea es 21 3 424 Scroll INg irean eee eee he eden ok eee eee 21 3 9 MOM teM Sero io aa aa ia aa ai ita 22 3 5L File Menu starna Adon a a a 22 3 522 Edit Me nUevec vied i a aS dee ee 25 3 5 3 VIEW M NUses cn ic ceesge she aaa eea abaa bes 28 3 5 4 TOOlS MENU apt ie Ra RA 29 3 5 5 Page and Region MenuS esseeeeeereerrereree eens 32 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 3 5 6 Help MenUw teeiece cite ece ees eaeeete este edee T 32 3 6 Accessing the Software Help File l c 33 Setting Up Your Scanner 35 4 1 Overvi W sieenretei ieee sited dees Sie ea Mee S i neesein Bepsee eel de eigeees 35 4 2 Scanners General Information cc cceee cece eee es 35 4 2 1 Scanner Connections c cece eee eee eee eee eee 36 4 2 2 Scanner Drivers ccce cece eee ee ee eee eee ee eee 36 4 3 Selecting Your Scanner c cece eee eee eee ee eee ee teeta eed 37 4 3 1 TWAIN SUPOTE m rearua eee e eee teen ee eee 37 4 3 2 Configuring a TWAIN Driver cc
115. When the Unrecognized Images Utility appears for an unrecognized image the Form Templates list will be empty Click the drop down list to choose the correct form template for this image Unrecognized Images 9 of 14 Use the Image Viewer in Unrecognized Image Utiity w th e right porti on of th e Select the form template and page that corresponds to the unrecognized image below screen to assist with Identification Nn understanding which form EOE i i i hy a A has been processed 2 m 3 If desired click the pl Cancel button to skip recognizing this image Paa This might be appropriate e if the wrong form was ple Number of pages 2 scanned or the wrong image was processed If aoe desired use the Skip aS bs sete ies eve ME Image or Discard Cea T Page ID Image options l 4 Once you have matched a form to its form template click the Read button to continue processing 5 If using the Unrecognized Images Utility during form processing forms will continue to be read until you end the read process If reviewing unrecognized images after form processing once all forms have been identified the Unrecognized I mages Utility will close automatically If you are also using Page IDs please see the next section 8 7 5 b Reviewing Unrecognized Page ID I mages If the Data Center cannot automatically match a page to its form template the Unrecognized Images Utility will appear
116. Windows clipboard by using the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl V or by double clicking a cell then right clicking and choosing Paste from the menu In order to paste information you must first copy it from another location e g a Word document You may select multiple rows in the grid to paste multiple lines of question text To set question text for a new region 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Question text and names link in the left task pane 3 Double click the first grid cell under Question Text 4 Type the desired question text in the first grid cell Alternatively right click and select Paste from the menu or press Ctrl V on the keyboard to paste the contents of your Windows clipboard into the cell 5 Press the Enter key Using the Template Editor Properties OMR Region Evaluation Properties HE OMR region properties Set overall properties for the region Region item properties SJ Question text and names Set question text and question names for the region s items ad king Set properties for items within a region Question Text and Names Please note that if the question name is blank the default will be the region name Da palais Question Text Question Names The staff looked after my comfort and well being Comfort Respect Explanations Knowledgeable Overall The staff treated me with respect Medical procedures were explained in terms I
117. a All sheets Black amp white Sheet currently selected form z Ei template or All Sheets all open Propet form templates 7 Inthe Print Color area select whether to print the page in Color or Black amp white only applies if the selected printer is color enabled 8 If desired click the Properties button to further configure your printer s options 9 Click the Print button to print the grid 9 7 Opening Grid Data The Remark Office OMR Data Center can open data saved in dozens of different file formats Principia Products specifically designed the Remark file format to optimize the data storage process in the Remark Office OMR software The software was designed to work with data that is collected using a form template Therefore you must first open a form template and then open the corresponding data file 241 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 242 The following table lists the different file formats the Data Center can open their extensions and a brief description File Format Remark Remark Office Archive Web Survey Access Access 95 97 Access 2 0 Access 1 0 Excel 97 2003 Excel 95 Excel 4 0 Excel 3 0 SPSS Survey Pro ASCII commas ASCII tabs Spreadsheet commas Spreadsheet tabs dBase 5 0 dBase IV dBase III Extension Description RMK ROA RWD MDB MDB MDB MDB XLS XLS XLS XLS SAV SRV ASC ASC TXT TXT DBF DBF DBF Remark O
118. a part of our agreement regarding the Software and Documentation This License Agreement can be modified supplemented or amended only by a written instrument signed by you and Principia If any provision of this License Agreement is unenforceable or unlawful the remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and enforceable Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement or if you wish to contact Principia Products for any reason please write Principia Products division of Gravic Inc 301 Lindenwood Drive Suite 100 Malvern PA 19355 USA Remark Office OMR User s Guide vi Disclaimer The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Principia Products who assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions Principia Products reserves the right to revise this document and to make changes to the products described herein for the purpose of product improvement at any time without obligation to notify any person of such revisions or changes Notice The information contained in this document is the exclusive property of Principia Products a division of Gravic Inc This work is protected under United States Copyright Law and other international copyright treaties and conventions No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording or by any informatio
119. ad Wizard 4 Click the Next gt gt button to continue 5 Make the necessary selections on the Scanned Image Naming Conventions if scanning or Image Selection window if reading image files screen See Section 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for detailed information about these screens Remark Office OMR Read Wizard C IC k t h e N ext gt gt Review Exceptions optional Select the desired items to be Flagged when running Review Exceptions button to go to the H H Review Exceptions amp Unrecognized Images Revi ew E xce pti ons Review unrecognized images is the process of viewing and matching Tracking regions that are not are not automatically S C r e e n recognized during a read operation Review unrecognized images when using region tracking M ar k t h ec h ec k b Ox fo r Review Exceptions is the process of cleaning data that have been flagged during a read operation Please note that when reading i 4 in Server Mode the read operation will pause so that you can review the desired exceptions Revi ew u n rec og n I Z ed Oo Activate Review Exceptions images when using a a o region tracking to turn z on the Review Unrecognized I mages feature 8 Click the Read button to begin the reading process Remark Office OMR will begin processing forms normally When an image is not recognized the Unrecognized I mages Utility window will appear You will use this window to make changes Please proceed t
120. aded The number of columns specified does not match the number of labels specified Check to ensure that your marks bubbles checkboxes are not degraded The number of rows and columns found does not agree with the number found in the region The specified region orientation could be incorrect Check to ensure that your marks bubbles checkboxes are not degraded The software could not locate a region that matches the description specified in the OMR Region Properties window Could indicate that the page was not scanned correctly skewed upside down No marks were found in the region Reselect the region Incorrect region definition The number of columns and rows are reversed or the label location selection is incorrect 315 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 316 Class Category 3100 3200 4000 Recogni tion Errors Barcode Errors Scanner Errors Error 3010 3013 3018 3019 3100 3101 3102 MULT 3103 BLANK 3104 3200 4000 4001 Error Text A border of your region definition is touching your marks Adjust the border An invalid number was specified for the number of rows contained in the region Check to ensure that your marks bubbles checkboxes are not degraded An invalid number was specified for the number of columns contained in the region Check to ensure that your marks bubbles checkboxes are not degraded Cannot locate the region on the pa
121. adio button for Form ID region s value identifies this form during the read operation Auto Form ID If using an OMR region type in the ID value If using a barcode click the Recognize button to have Remark Office OMR automatically recognize the region s value This value acts as the identifier for this particular form All forms that you wish to process with this form template using Auto Form ID must have this value present If desired mark the checkbox for Insert ID data into the grid during the read process Viewing the ID data captured along with the rest of the data can be useful for verification of processed data Properties Barcode Region Hospital Division Properties if Barcode Region properties Set overall properties for the region Q Region item properties Set properties For items within a region EJ Question text and names Set question text and question names for the region s items By Tracking Set region as page form or respondent identifier Database lookup Verify region s value in a database and optionally return additional fields Use Region as a Unigue Identifier Form ID region s value identifies this Form during the read operation Auto Form ID Page ID region s value identifies this specific page during the read operation O Respondent tracker region s value identifies this respondent during the read operation ID value FORM 1 Recognize Bar
122. age Locations Set target file storage locations JA Recognition Specify advanced threshold parameters to be used during the read operation O Shade fternate grid rows to loo O Use Legacy Analys your Default Analysis Tool ure allows you to utilize the legacy repgatffg and analysis engine You will have old Features and settings which you gae need to create your desired report Selecting this access to api CES Update the Image Viewer Dyg Selecting this Feature Read Operations Pefidate the Image viewer after each new image is processed Eto search the response combo box when typing Play sound on review exceptions startup Maximum length value in a data grid cell 1024 Replace missing data values W Coj K Sb System poll interval duri 1 Play sound when an exception case is located Other Maximum length fora value in a data grid cell Enter the maximum length to allow for any individual cell in the data grid Note that large amounts of text can slow performance System poll interval during Server Mode secs Enter the number seconds between attempts to poll the scanner for pages or a user specified directory for images when using Server Mode Replace missing data values with Enter a value to use for missing data Missing data are any data that do not match what was defined in the template e g BLANK MU
123. ain Template Editor window You will now see a green box around the Length of Stay region in the form area identifying it as an OMR region You will also see that Length of Stay has been added to the tree view To define Room Number as an OMR region The Room Number region needs to capture all five digits as one piece of information To do this we will employ a Grid OMR region to define the bubbles on the form A Grid OMR region outputs a single piece of data regardless of the number of rows and columns included in the region This type of region is used for items such as dates ID numbers social security numbers etc Region types are explained in greater detail in Chapter 7 The steps involved to create a Grid region will be the same as you used to create the OMR regions we have already created However the specific properties of the region will change to reflect the way the region is formatted on the form and the way we want the software to report the data Room Number 1 Highlight if not already highlighted the Length of Stay node in the tree view click the green toolbar button Fd to insert and OMR region and then draw the OMR region box for the entire group of bubbles 2 After positioning the box release the mouse button and the Properties OMR Region window appears Remark Office OMR User s Guide 60 9 In Region Definition area enter Room Number in the Region name box Select Grid for the OMR type Se
124. ally selected Unused custom filters will be removed from the list automatically the next time you run the Read Wizard If desired mark the checkbox for Delete images after they have been processed to remove the images from the specified directories after the Data Center has processed them Note Marking this checkbox will permanently delete the images However if you do not delete the images and stop and start Server Mode the same images will be processed again if they still reside in the specified folder s If you would like to configure Review Exceptions options click the Next gt gt button to continue Otherwise click the Read button to begin processing image files Note If using Review Exceptions during Server Mode scanning will stop each time an exception is found until the exception is reviewed We suggest using Review Exceptions after form processing so that Server Mode can run uninterrupted see Section 8 4 Reviewing Exceptions for more information about Review Exceptions after form processing In the Review Exceptions window specify whether to review exception cases during the reading process by marking the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox In the Review Exceptions Options area mark the checkboxes for those cases that you wish to review during reading The following options are available Multiple responses Blank responses Recognition errors mage regions Database Lookup regions Barcode regions and Required ite
125. ample you could add each of the scale values chosen to make up one total response Form Please answer the following questions honestly using the scale provided Unhappy Happy 1 2 3 4 5 How do you feel today O e O O O How did you feel yesterday O e O O O How did you feel last week O O e O O Data Output 2 2 3 Feelings 7 Example 2 117 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 118 In this example you could assign a 1 to each positive response and a 1 to each negative response and Remark Office OMR would output a total Form Mark the characteristics that you think apply to you 1 1 happy most of the time O unhappy most of the time O laid back e tense O fun e boring intelligent O unintelligent good looking O ugly Data Output 1 1 1 1 1 Characteristics 1 Boolean Region A Boolean region designation is used when you want a user defined value e g Yes to be output if an answer choice is selected and another user defined value e g No for answer choices that are not selected Each response is output to a separate cell in the template grid during form processing In comparison when you use the Multiple or List region types for questions that allow multiple responses Remark Office OMR places the data in a single cell delimited by commas The Boolean region type is useful for questions that allow multiple responses but for which you need the data in separate
126. and 1 as the Output Labels Textual data are quoted and should only be used for Image regions Multiple responses are delimited by semicolons For example 1 3 5 Extension SRV Options Save Header The Save Header option in the Save Data File window will save the grid column headers as the first record in the Survey Pro data file They can be used in region matching when importing the data file Limitations You must use the numeric data type for OMR region questions and enter corresponding numbers for each answer choice as described above B 9 Survey Pro STL File Format STL ST3 274 Survey Tag Language STL is a file format that describes a survey questionnaire and its database This format is created in the Survey Pro software by Apian Software Remark Office OMR also includes a Survey Pro STL STL ST3 format Use this format when working with STL files in Survey Pro The STL format allows you to export Survey Pro files to STL files open those STL files in Remark Office OMR as templates scan forms into the STL file and save data back to the STL file Data is always appended to STL files The Remark Office OMR Data Center cannot open or overwrite STL data Extension STL ST3 Options None Limitations You may only append to existing STL ST3 files Understanding File Formats To create the STL file in Survey Pro 1 2 Once the survey has been created in Survey Pro select the Database menu click Export to
127. and then click Survey Tag Language 3 0 Use the on screen instructions to set up your STL file consult the Survey Pro user s guide for further information about creating STL files To open the STL file in Remark Office OMR 1 2 3 4 5 To scan forms with your STL file open the Remark Office OMR Data Center Select the File menu and then click Open Form Template or click E In the Open Form Template window select Survey Tag Language from the Files of type box Locate and select your STL file The file will open as a template grid You are now ready to begin processing forms Tip When the STL file is opened in Remark Office OMR the region coordinates are automatically interpreted However if you experience recognition errors you may edit the STL file in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor The purpose of editing the template is to align it with a scanned image Open your STL file in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor and then scan blank copies of your form and ensure the regions are properly aligned see Chapter 7 for further information about using the template editor You should not make structural changes to the template file because they will adversely affect your data import All structural changes to the STL file should be made in Survey Pro before you begin using Remark Office OMR B 10 ASCII File Formats ASC The ASCII file formats are generic and can therefore be used by many different applications
128. anner The following topics are covered e Opening a form template e Using the Read Wizard e Reviewing exceptions e Collating forms e Form page and respondent IDs e Batch processing e Server Mode e Respondent detection 8 2 Opening a Form Template The Remark Office OMR software requires a form template file for each unique form that you want to process This file defines all of the information needed for the software to read the form Form templates are created in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor which is covered in Chapter 7 of this user s guide To begin the reading process open the form template file corresponding to your form The Remark Office OMR template grid window employs a spreadsheet style interface to display recognized data Each grid column corresponds to an item or question on the form as it was defined in the form template 177 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 178 Important Note Form templates from previous versions of the software can be opened in the Remark Office OMR 6 software Once they are opened in the new version form templates are automatically converted Form template files are upward compatible only Once a form template has been converted to the new version it cannot be opened in a previous version of the software Always make copies of form templates from previous versions before converting them To select a form template 1 Select the File menu and then click Open Form Template or
129. apture all barcodes you will be processing Learning Remark Office OMR 4 After positioning the box release the mouse button and the Properties Barcode Region window will appear to allow you to define the region s properties This window allows you to provide pertinent information about the barcode Tip You can use your cursor to drag slide the Properties box on your screen if you need to see anything on your form Do not worry if the region is not drawn perfectly at this point because you will easily be able to adjust it by dragging the borders as needed after the region s properties are defined and the Properties Barcode Region window is closed 5 Type Hospital Division in the eaeeecqques Region name box The Region reco ay name provides a brief EE E description of the region and will become the name for this column in your data set certo oreetation Horisontal as Qata type Textual Pade rozon n read operation 6 Set the Barcode type to Auto Detect and the Barcode orientation to Horizontal These settings allow you to set rer specific barcode types and or positioning if your form design ever requires it REMARK MEDICAL 7 Click the OK button to return to the CONSORTIUM ES main Template Editor window You will Hospital Stay Survey now see an orange box around the barcode in the image area identifying it as a Barcode region Adjust the shape of the region to look like the example Hospi
130. are finished click the OK button to save the changes Tip You may right click the mouse within the Labels or Values grid to access cut copy and paste functions 161 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 162 7 4 12 Zoom You may use the software s zoom features to zoom in and out of the image for better viewing It is recommended that you find a zoom range that allows you to see an entire region as you are creating it To use the zoom features 1 With a template open select the View menu and then click Zoom 2 Select In to zoom in and Out to zoom out Alternatively select Fit Width to have the image fit in the viewer based on width or Fit Height to have the image fit in the viewer based on height You may also use the toolbar buttons for each of these functions 7 4 13 File Properties eee epee Form Template Properties Yo u m ay v i ew t h e p ro pe rt i es of a fo r m Seki for aonan or modify the form template s page images by clicking the Reset Page template at any time by selecting the Fam remplie despon File menu and then clicking Properties From this window you can review the hame ae 3 form template description size pior ida a z al of 8 1 2 x 11 inches All pages in the form template must be of All pages in the form template orientation number of pages number of mast eof ts cierto reg i ons an d num be r of ite ms Yo u ma y Reset Page Images Existing Pages Only Form Template Details
131. ark Office OMR Installation window Click the button for Install Remark Office OMR to begin the installation o 6 Follow the on screen instructions to complete the installation You will be prompted for a serial number and authentication code You can find this information on a sticker on the back of your user s guide Installing Remark Office OMR 7 Some operating systems may ask whether you wish to install the software for all users or only the person currently logged into the computer If multiple people use this computer and will need to use Remark Office OMR on this computer you should choose the option for all users 2 4 Uninstalling the Software If you need to uninstall the software for any reason use the Windows Control Panel Add or Remove Programs function To uninstall Remark Office OMR 1 Select the Start menu click Settings and then click Control Panel Note Accessing the control panel may vary slightly based on the version of Windows you are running 2 Select the Add or Remove Programs option 3 Select Remark Office OMR 6 from the list and then click Remove 4 Follow the on screen instructions to complete the de installation Note When uninstalling the software all program and default files will be removed Files that you have created will remain on the system 2 5 Starting and Exiting Remark Office OMR Use the following procedures to start and exit Remark Office OMR To start Remark Office OMR 1
132. as are processed by OMR An OMR region consists of an area of a form where the questions contain similar attributes More than one question can be asked in a specific OMR region The following is an example True False Maybe Question 1 O O O Question 2 O O O The six bubbles make up one OMR region The output labels for this region are True False and Maybe and are oriented by row The orientation of an OMR region is either Column or Row depending on how the marks are laid out on the form The ParadoxNetStyle is the network access style to use when accessing Paradox data Possible values are 3 x and 4 x Note Paradox 3 x users can t set this to 4 x or the driver will use the wrong locking method Paradox 5 0 users must use the 4 x ParadoxNetStyle setting to 331 Remark Office OMR User s Guide paste path RAM region region name reorder scroll bars status bar 332 ensure proper locking behavior This entry should correspond to whatever version of Paradox the users in the group are using It must be consistent for all users sharing a particular database directory If you indicate a ParadoxNetStyle you must also specify a ParadoxUserName and a ParadoxNetPath or you will receive an error when trying to access external Paradox data Consult your Paradox documentation for information on how to specify a different ParadoxNetStyle To insert the contents of the clipboard into the current cursor locati
133. ase program by Microsoft Corporation Use an Access file format when exporting data to Microsoft Access Remark Office OMR supports the Access version 1 0 through 2003 file formats Column region names in Remark Office OMR are used as field names when saving to an Access database Remark Office OMR can save data to a new Access database add new tables to existing Access databases and append data to existing Access tables Extension Options Limitations MDB Table Name When saving to an Access database you must select a table name to which to save the data Field called region names in Remark Office OMR and table names can contain a maximum of 60 characters including spaces Field called region names in Remark Office OMR and table names cannot include leading spaces periods exclamation points accent graves and brackets An Access table can hold a maximum of 255 fields All field names called region names in Remark Office OMR must be unique An Access table record can hold a maximum of 2000 characters excluding Memo and OLE object regions If saving data to an existing table grid column headers in Remark Office OMR must match table field names When Remark Office OMR creates an Access table textual fields can contain a maximum of 255 characters If you would like a field to support more than 255 characters edit the database in Microsoft Access and change the field type from a Text fi
134. ata Center and Remark Quick Stats Once you perform a function the task pane will automatically update with new options based on the last function you performed You may use this tool as a way to understand what options are available to you at any time Most options displayed in the task pane are also available from the menus or tool bar title bar Located at the top of a window a title bar is the horizontal bar that displays the window title tool tips Remark Office OMR will display the function of a tool on the tool bar if you hold the mouse cursor over the desired tool The functional displays are called Tool Tips tree view The section of the Remark Office OMR Template Editor and Remark Quick Stats window containing the nodes representing the regions on the form The tree view can be expanded and contracted by clicking the plus or minus on the left side of a node window A rectangular portion of your screen in which a program executes Normal window control allows you to move resize minimize and maximize windows 333 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 334 Index A Access File Format 269 Field NaMe eadun 269 Table Name ccceecceeeeeeeceeeeeeenees 269 Accessing Online Helpa rnintin 33 Add Regiona anties iea eiiiai thi ince 116 ADP EEEE A EEE AA 38 Adjusting Region Borders s e 156 Advanced Reading Options ccccceeeeeeenees 194 Region Options s s s 134 ANALYSIS aert ea a EE
135. ate professional looking forms Determining what software application to use is an individual decision You should base your decision on what you are comfortable with using your budget and your overall data collection needs No matter what your choice the design guidelines set forth in the next several sections apply Please read through them thoroughly before undertaking your own form design You may wish to consult the Principia Products web site see the back of this user s guide for web site information for up to date partner information about survey and form design software We provide links to manufacturer web sites many of which have demonstration software you can try By seeing what tools are available you can make an educated decision on what is the best solution for your needs 6 3 Mark Selection Forms need to be created so that Remark Office OMR can recognize the data on them Remark Office OMR recognizes optical marks which include bubbles a circle or oval checkboxes etc that respondents darken with a pen or pencil to indicate their response Although Remark Office OMR works with almost any complete shape e g circle square triangle experience indicates that bubbles between 10 and 14 points in height work the best Non oval shapes are somewhat harder to fill completely Respondents will typically fill bubbles more completely and neatly which leads to better recognition rates When using word processing software w
136. barcode should be at least 26 points in terms of size about inch high Remark Office OMR recognizes three of the most common barcode types Barcode Type Code 39 Code 3 of 9 Codabar Interleaved 2 of 5 Data Type Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Using the Template Editor Barcode regions have the following properties Property Function Region name A name assigned to a barcode region Region names are used as grid column headers in the data grid window and are exported when saving data to common file formats Region names are limited to 60 characters Barcode type Use this setting to select the type of barcode to be recognized Auto Detect Code 39 Codabar or Interleaved 2 of 5 Use the Auto Detect setting to have Remark Office OMR automatically determine what type of barcode is in the region Barcode Use this setting to select orientation of the barcode orientation horizontal or vertical Data type Sets whether the data should be considered textual or numeric when saved exported To create a barcode region 1 From the Page or Region menu choose Insert and then select Barcode Region After Selected Region Page or Barcode Region Before Selected Region Page Tip There are several ways to create regions menus toolbar right clicking in the image representation tree or the Task Pane These options are covered in greater detail in Section 7 2 3 Creating Regions Try creating regions using each method and
137. by performing an operation not supported on this type of external database The database you are attempting to use has an unspecified problem and as a result it is marked as corrupt The database you are attempting to use has an unspecified problem and as a result it is marked as corrupt You defined a table with records larger than can be supported Redefine the table by making some regions shorter or by removing unneeded regions A field error occurred due to a data type conflict or an invalid data type An error occurred saving a field value The value specified is invalid 325 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 326 Class Category Error 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 Error Text The specified table doesn t contain the specified field s Check the spelling of the region name s in the form template None of the import region names matches fields in the associated table At least one region name in the import table and one field name in the appended table must match An error occurred creating the table or appending the field because more than one field was defined with the same name Each field name in a table must be unique Check the region name s specified in the form template You referred to a record that you deleted or that another user in a multi user environment deleted Move to another record and then try the operation again You attempted to im
138. by clicking the Next gt gt button see Section 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for detailed information about using the Read Wizard If processing image files click the Next gt gt button to choose the image files 6 If scanning forms place all pages to be read in the scanner starting with the page corresponding to the form template page entered in step 4 and then click the Read button Note If you place more than one page in the scanner the Data Center continues reading pages and placing data across the selected grid row sequentially However the Data Center will not read past the last highlighted grid row s 7 When prompted to overwrite the data click the Overwrite button If you do not wish to overwrite the data for any reason click the Cancel button The Data Center will continue processing forms beginning on the selected form template page until all selected pages in the data grid row have been replaced 8 7 Using Form Page and Respondent Detection Remark Office OMR allows for three types of automatic tracking and detection to assist with form processing Auto Form ID Auto Page ID and Respondent Tracker With Auto Form ID Remark Office OMR can automatically recognize a form and match it to its form template allowing you to process various form types at once without pre sorting the forms With Auto Page ID Remark Office OMR will take it a step further and identify specific page order within a form template if the
139. call all five regions containing the 50 questions Question Your region names will then become Question1 through Question50 Select Multiple as the OMR type Select Textual for the Data type This region contains the answer choices A E so textual data is appropriate In the Region Layout area select Row for the Region orientation because each question occupies one row Enter 5 in the Columns in the region box and 10 in the pemes Regen Definition Rogon Layat Rows in the region box Properties o e Se e Pe Oem aeeai OMR lye Margie x Come intheregon 5 S Use the Possible label monimenta 3 eb rece 5 scales drop down list to SEERE EA rot tae select A E These labels will ares cea es wee automatically fill the Labels for ha reganta tama 2 grid The Labels represent the e data output you will see when 3 o you process forms Corresponding values will automatically be entered in Cel the Values grid These Values will be used for statistical analysis E rctude region in read operation Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window You will now see a green box around questions 1 10 in the image area identifying it as an OMR region and a new node in the tree view titled Question To copy and paste the Question OMR region Remark Office OMR User s Guide 84 We will now copy the region you just created and paste it over the remaining 40 questions 1 With the Questio
140. ce OMR When a form is created well many potential problems can be averted Note the following points when creating your forms 258 Create your forms where you are most comfortable a word processing program survey design program etc Review Chapter 6 Form Design Guidelines before creating your own forms These guidelines will help you understand how to consistently create forms that will scan well and produce more accurate results Consider using barcodes to capture information such as ID numbers names etc You can easily create barcodes yourself with the Code 39 barcode font installs with the software and is available on our web site for download Make the barcode about 26 points in size do not make it smaller than 24 points If using the Code 39 font you must begin and end the barcode with asterisks and use the exclamation point for a space For example to barcode John Doe you would type J ohn Doe Barcodes must be in the Tips and Helpful Hints same position on each form of the same type You can use barcode stickers as well to attach the barcode after the forms have been duplicated If using Microsoft Word to create barcodes turn off the Auto Format Correct feature to Replace Bold with Real Formatting This feature will turn anything between two asterisks to bold and ignore the last asterisk which will lead to recognition problems if left activated Take advantage of Principia s free form review service Fax or emai
141. ce OMR software supports their extensions and a brief description Please refer to individual format sections for more in depth information You should consider the file format to which you want to save your data when you are creating the template for your form Certain file formats have options and limitations that should be addressed in the template Note The format descriptions and limitations listed are for the most recent version supported Consult the documentation of application specific formats for up to date description and limitation information File Format Extension Description Remark RMK Remark Office OMR format saves grid flag colors and image links Remark Office ROA Remark Office OMR Archive format Archive combines template data and stored image files into one file new file or overwrite existing file only Access MDB Microsoft Access 2000 2003 format Access 95 97 MDB Microsoft Access 95 97 format Access 2 0 MDB Microsoft Access 2 0 format Access 1 0 MDB Microsoft Access 1 0 format Excel 97 2003 XLS Microsoft Excel 97 2003 format 265 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 266 File Format Excel 95 Excel 4 0 Excel 3 0 Questionmark SPSS Survey Pro Survey Pro STL ASCII commas ASCII tabs Spreadsheet commas Spreadsheet tabs Survey System dBase 5 0 dBase IV dBase II Paradox 5 X Paradox 4 X Paradox 3 X Lotus WK4 Lotus WK3 Lotus WK1 Lotus 1 2 3 Extension Description
142. cede eles ci eh onan 8 277 Custom File Format 00008 237 283 Customer Assistance See Technical Support Customizing Data Center eccceeeeeeeesteeeseeeeenees 249 Template Editor eeeeeeeeeeee 167 Cutting DIE ic bier ener Senere terre rere enn tr eeepc rent 224 D DA e reer etre arte 277 281 Data Advanced Saving Options 233 Custom File Format 237 Opening eeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeetees 241 Overwriting 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeeees 196 PINUNO anderia eupanna cheer xiteceabe ee 240 Remark Office Archive Format 235 SAVING oid scene cna EEE 230 SONINI coscestsntstetantyieteten cdi emasteneces 229 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Data Center PrefereNnCeS ccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 249 309 Data Entry Region eeens 128 Data Grigis ai iiid a 188 299 Data Interchange Format 0 0 280 Data Type e esseeeeceeeeeeees 169 173 175 Database OPENING 22 2 ee he Ae 241 SAVING sve pier iii a aaan iia 230 Database Lookup sceeeeeteeeeeeenees 149 Additional Return Fields 005 151 Er Ol Soeiro dees en aiden 188 Respondent ID nsee 151 Return Names 151 DB vcsedettivadiaiees ou ata i sd Ai AE 278 dBase File Format 277 Field Name ss te cisetei css ceveeeaeigedenttesteeade 277 DBP inneni tie AO awe 277 Default Fillte c 8 ceantenavinwendan avian 129 Deleting Data sini eee a 224 225 Grid ROWS
143. ceeeee eee 147 7 3 3 c Setting up a Respondent Tracker region 148 7 3 4 Database LOOKUD c cece cece ee eee e nett eee ea eens 149 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 7 4 Additional Template Editor Features 152 TAT COPY PaStC ns raaes eie eriein ur EESE na Seidl declaw eee 152 7 4 2 Copy Special Paste Special ceeeeee cece eee ee 153 FIA Drag DrOp irrar anaiei canes E steeds tae cae 154 7 4 4 Deleting REGIONS cece cece eect eee ee teeta eens 155 7 4 5 Undo Redo 0 ccc cece eee e ee eee a 155 7 4 6 Adjusting Region Borders cceeeee eee ee eens 156 7 4 7 Region Positioning cc cceeee eee eee eee eee eee eens 156 7 4 8 Reset IMAQES ccc cece cece eee ee eee eee e test eeeenanee 157 TAQ AUTO ALIGN iaa a A a aE dechn settee 159 7 4 10 Spell Check eseersvcc aac na a a eaa ene 160 7 4 11 Response SCaleS cece cece eee eee rererere 161 PAV Z LOOM inna i a a E a aa diate cess 162 7 4 13 File Properties sssssssssenessssrerrsesrrrrrrrerrrrrrreres 162 7 5 Saving a Form Template ccceeeee eee e eee eee eee 163 7 6 Editing an Existing Form Template 163 7 6 1 Editing OMR ReGionsS ceee cece eee cnet etna eens 165 7 7 Template Editor Preferences c cece cece e eee eee eee 167 7 7 1 General Preferences cceceeee eee cece teen neta eeaes 167 7 7 2 OMR Region Preferences eee e eee eens 169 7 7
144. cells For example the Boolean region type can be used when you will be exporting data to programs such as SPSS that cannot handle multiple responses that are delimited by a comma Example Form In which of the following activities do you participate mark all that apply O Athletics collegiate Using the Template Editor e Athletics intramural O Chess Team e Debate Team O Marching Band Output Activity1 Activity 2 Activity 3 Activity 4 Activity 5 No Yes No Yes No Binary Region A Binary region designation is used when you want a pre defined value 1 to be output if an answer choice is selected and another pre defined value 0 for answer choices that are not selected Binary regions output all responses to one cell Using the previous example you would have the following Example Form In which of the following activities do you participate mark all that apply O0 0o00 o Chess Team Debate Team Marching Band Athletics collegiate Athletics intramural 119 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 120 Output Activities 01010 7 2 4 b Region Orientation An OMR region can be oriented in columns or rows The region orientation property in the template determines how the region is positioned on the form by column or by row Column Regions oriented by column contain question s that are positioned on the form in columns Examples Sele
145. cess 8 3 1 a Scanning Using Default Settings Easy Scan Once you have run the Read Wizard you may optionally scan using default settings without running the Read Wizard each time This method is called Easy Scan and scanning will occur using the last settings specified in the Read Wizard Caution Easy Scan is useful if you are using the same settings each time you scan If you are uncertain about what settings exist it is recommended that you run the Read Wizard to initiate scanning To use Easy Scan 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template 2 Select the Tools menu and then click Easy Scan or click the Easy Scan toolbar button scat All pages in the scanner will be scanned based on the last settings entered in the Read Wizard You will then see a spreadsheet of data Each row represents one complete form and each column represents each question you defined in the form template 183 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 184 8 3 2 Processing I mage Files with the Read Wizard Remark Office OMR can process image files that have already been scanned For example if you have a network scanner or a scanner that is not compatible with Remark Office OMR you can scan your forms in another application and then save the resulting image files Remark Office OMR will read those image files with the corresponding form template The end result looks just as if you had scanned the forms directly in the Re
146. ch File Name The form templates selected in the previous two steps will be combined to form a batch template Enter a name in the File name box and leave the Files of type set to File name My Batch File Files of ype Remark Office Batdf amp f obF Remark Office Batch Files 306 C 3 10 Unrecognized I mages Utility Form Templates Use this drop down list to match an image to its form template if the form is not automatically recognized Pages Use this drop down list to match an image to its form template page if the form page is not automatically recognized Remark Office OMR Windows Respondent Tracker Enter the appropriate Respondent Tracker information for the current image if it is not automatically recognized RRWER Up NoEUn nue ner Unrecognized Image U lity Identification Form Templates Exam with IDs OCD Forms Pages Page 1 Respondent ID 22 Details Exam with IDs OCD Forms Exam Form ID 2 Number of pages 2 Page ID 1 dined wyi the multiple choice i form with my word in pre printed forms costs LAfeated this DO NOT MARK IN THIS Opg Image Viewer Use the Image Viewer to view the problematic region Form Page or Respondent and AREA make the ponding to your answer for cach of tae appropriate adjustments A B CC Di am ok
147. change to the form template Redo Ctrl Y Redoes the last action to which Undo was applied Cut Ctrl X Moves a section of text or region from one place to another or to another document by cutting it from the original position and pasting it in a new position paste is a separate command 33 Copy Ctrl C Allows for easy duplication and movement of information You can copy a selected portion of text or a region from one part of a document or a different document altogether and paste it in a different part of the document Paste Before Pastes information from the clipboard before the Ctrl B selected node in the tree view A Paste After Pastes information from the clipboard after the Ctrl V selected node in the tree view Copy Special When copying and pasting between two instances of the Template Editor use Copy Special to copy a region or regions to the clipboard Remark Office OMR User s Guide Tool Menu Pull Down Item Paste Special Ctrl U Delete Delete Data Center Tool Menu Pull Down Item Cut Ctrl X ES Copy Ctrl C Aj Paste Ctrl V 26 Function When copying and pasting between two instances of the Template Editor use Paste Special to paste a region or regions from the clipboard Note You must use Copy Special to copy this information to the clipboard Erases the highlighted information This operation does not use the clipboard and Remark Of
148. choose the dictionary you want to use for spell check Any dictionaries installed on your system will be displayed in the list 7 7 2 OMR Region Preferences Using the Template Editor The OMR Region screen allows you to setup default settings to be used when creating new OMR regions When creating new OMR regions the selected settings will be used automatically However you can always change individual OMR region properties as you go The following options are available Preferences Preferences Preferences gA General Set general pr Tf Barcode ri Set default ba eferences Hi OMR regions Set default OMR region properties Wl Image regions Set default image region properties egions code region properties Set the preference values to use throughout the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting Default Region Definition OMR type Multiple Data type Textual Regions to Grade Multiple O Grid E Boolean Default Multiple Exception Handling Replace with Multiple and List MULT MULT lv Replace with Grid Default Blank Exception Handling Replace with Multiple and List BLANK BLANK M Replace with Grid Flag blanks Grid x Orientation Row vio v Threshold 3 Regions to Tabulate a Multiple A O Grid xj M Boolean x Asterisk PI v Nothing x Always x Section Default Region
149. click E to display the Open Remark Template window Alternatively select Open form template from the Task Pane Note Form template file names employ an OMR file extension Tip You can access recently used form templates from the File menu or the Task Pane 2 Select the correct form template file by clicking its name 3 Click the OK button to open the form template and display the corresponding template grid window Once the form template is open you may begin processing forms By default when you open a form template you will see the template grid across the top of the screen and the Image Viewer at the bottom of the template grid The template grid is where you will see the data as forms are processed The Image Viewer will display an image of the form as it is S Remark Office OMR Data Center Tutoriott amr Untitted 1 oe processed If you click Bey a e295 Xin wow 7 ETIE ae within a template grid cell C a the Image Viewer will move to that place on the corresponding image Note If you have the Zoom to Region on Selection toolbar button enabled the Image Viewer will also zoom in on the selected region Processing Forms 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Form processing is handled through the Remark Office OMR Form Wizard When reading forms in the Remark Office OMR Data Center you can have the software read pages directly from the scanner or from image files
150. click within the boundaries of any region you want to edit or double click the node representing the region in the tree view to display the Region Properties window If you would like to rescan the pages of the form template select the Tools menu and then click Reset Images Make the desired changes to the region s properties and then click the OK button Note For more information about region types see the Creating a Template section of this chapter Save the form template when finished editing Using the Template Editor 7 6 1 Editing OMR Regions OMR Regions can be modified after they have been created in order to change properties such as region names data types orientation labels etc If you select the entire OMR region you will have access to all of the properties that are valid for that region If you are editing an OMR region that contains multiple questions you may only edit certain properties when selecting individual questions The ability to edit individual questions allows you to change items such as test points the ability to accept multiple responses and blank and multiple exception handling on an individual question basis yet still only create one OMR region Note Changing regions in a form template will not change data that have already been processed To update data that have been read you will need to process the forms again or use the Find Replace option to change the existing data i 2 i A Remark
151. code Insert ID data into the grid during the read process Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view When you are ready to process forms open any form templates containing Auto Form ID regions in the Remark Office OMR Data Center In the Read Wizard turn on the Auto Form ID feature Remark Office OMR will begin processing the forms searching for the Auto Form ID regions first When it matches a region on the form to the region in the form template it will automatically place that data in the corresponding template grid Any regions that are not recognized will be flagged for your review or placed in the Unrecognized Images queue See Section 8 6 for further details about processing forms using Auto Form ID regions Using the Template Editor 7 3 3 b Setting up a Page ID region You must have a page identifier on each page of your form to use the Auto Page ID feature When you create a form place optical marks or barcodes on the form pages that will identify the individual pages These markings must be unique for each page on the form They should also be unique from any other types of identifiers you are using such as Form IDs or Respondent Tracking identifiers To setup a Page ID region 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Tracking link in the left task pane 3 Mark the checkbox for Use Region as Unique Identifier 4 Select the radio button for Page ID region s
152. column headers will also contain question numbers For example Eval2 would correspond to the second item of a region titled Eval If you entered individual Question Names in the OMR region properties of the form template these Question Names will appear instead See Section 7 3 2 b Question Names for more detailed information about Question Names 9 3 Editing the Template Grid 222 The template grid window behaves like a spreadsheet You can cut copy and paste selections to and from the grid Additionally you can change the contents of individual grid cells by clicking in a cell This section explains the basics of manipulating data within the grid and includes the following e Making selections e Changing cell contents e Cutting copying pasting and deleting e Resizing inserting and deleting rows e Using find and replace e Sorting regions 9 3 1 Making Grid Selections The following table lists the different methods for making selections in the grid Selection Area Method Single Cell Click in it Use the mouse tab or arrow keys to move from cell to cell Double clicking within a cell puts you in edit mode Multiple Cells Click the upper left hand corner of the desired selection drag the mouse to the lower right hand corner and release Working with Your Data Selection Area Method Single Column Click the column header Multiple Columns Click and drag a range of column headers or click a beginning column header
153. ct the best response What is your gender O A O Female O B O c O Gender O D Row Regions oriented by row contain question s that are positioned on the form in rows Examples Excellent Good Fair Poor Using the Template Editor Question 1 O O O O Question 2 O O O O Question 2 O O O O What is your age group 18 24 25 34 35 44 45 54 55 64 65 7 2 5 Defining the OMR Region Once you have inserted an OMR region the Properties OMR Region window will appear The following table contains a brief summary of the OMR region properties Property Function Region name A name assigned to an OMR region Region names are used as grid column headers in the data grid window and are exported when saving data to common file formats Region names are limited to 60 characters OMR type The type of OMR region being described Region types include Multiple indicates a region containing multiple choice questions Grid indicates a grid of marks bubble checkbox that equates to a single piece of data e g student ID number List indicates a region where each mark is assigned a 121 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Property Data type Region orientation Columns in the region Rows in the region Possible label scales 122 Function unique output value but the marks are not contained in a single row or column Add indicates a region where the values for each of the answers that are filled by the
154. ction Image Source Directories Image Filters A button to locate the C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images a folder on your computer Orere that contains the images Dor you wish to process Any ohn images found in the ay z Post Process Image Handling Custom Filters wildcards permitted folders listed here will be processed based on the filters you select in the next step Delete images after they have been processed In the Image Filters area mark the checkboxes corresponding to the types of images in the Image source directory that you wish to process Only images corresponding to these file types will be read all others will be ignored Tip The last item in the Image Filters list is meaning all image types Mark this checkbox if you want all images in the 10 12 14 Processing Forms source directory to be read Note that only images of the software s supported file types will be processed If desired you may use the Custom Filters box to further refine your file list You can specify specific cases here by using wildcards For example if you wanted to process all images that start with English 101 you could enter English 101 as a custom filter Only images that start with this text will be processed Type the custom filter into the Custom Filter box and then click the Add button The filter will be added to the Image Filters list and automatic
155. cts Remark Office OMR lmages browse Yo u m a y u S e t h e Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name default directory for Savedinage type PODC el i Group 4 highest images or select a eae ee d i ff e r e n t d i r e ct o ry Save multiple page Form templates as multiple page image files all Please note that image names will also contain the date and time of when they were processed as well as the corresponding Form template page if applicable 8 M ar k t h ec h ec k b Ox fo r i e C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images Tutorial1 Tutoriall 2005 04 04_12 55 04 88 pcx Save images ina subfolder based on EES the form template s name to have the Data Center automatically create a folder in which to store these images The folder name will be the name of the form template and the folder will be created in the directory you have selected in the Image target directory box Tip We recommend using the Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name feature for easier organization of image files Use of this feature will keep all images associated with each form template in one folder for easy access The unique date and time portion of the image names will prevent images from being overwritten 9 Inthe Saved image type box select an image type to use for storing images The choices are PCX DCX PDF or TIF Note PDF support is only enabled if you turn
156. d Shows the Finished Click this current exception button to end Review case Exceptions Image Viewer Use the Image Viewer to assist with determining why the exception case occurred and to make appropriate changes 305 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 3 9 Batch Wizard Batch Wizard Step 1 Select Primary Form Template Look in Templates K gaglm lt P batch header omr g Final Exam omr Primary Form Template Use the Look in box to find a form template to use for processing your main data form Select the form template from the Primary Form Template resulting list and then C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office Of 6 Templates Final Exam omr click Add File s to move it to the Primary Form Template box Batch Wizard Step 2 Select Batch Header Form Template s Look in Templates x Q aga lt batch header omr Batch Header Form lt gt Final Exam omr Tem plates Use the Look in box to find a form template to use as a batch header form Select the form template from the resulting list and then Batch Header Form Templates Add File s cl i ck Add Fi le s to C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Templzfes batch header omr move it to the B atc h Header Form Template EE box Batch Wizard Step 3 Specify a Batch File Name Look in Templates K gaga Specify a Bat
157. d file into the image clips displayed in the data grid as the forms the grid during the are being processed This provides a visual clue for read process you to know on which forms Remark Office OMR detected handwriting Note Only those clips that have information in them will have their path and file names displayed in the template grid if you are using the Attempt to detect the presence of handwriting in the region feature Otherwise clips will be taken for every form processed To create an Image region 1 From the Page or Region menu choose Insert and then select Image Region After Selected Region Page or I mage Region Before Selected Region Page Tip There are several ways to create regions menus toolbar right clicking in the image representation tree or the Task Pane These options are covered in greater detail in Section 7 2 3 Creating Regions Try creating regions using each method and then decide which way you prefer 2 Use the mouse to drag a box around the image region in the image representation area Capture the entire area in which you expect respondents to write Or in the case of a machine printed text area capture all of the text or area where text will be present Comments 131 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 132 3 In the Properties Image Region box enter the appropriate properties for the region on the Image region properties screen as described on the previous page There are addit
158. d items to be flagged when running Review Exceptions Review Exceptions amp Unrecognized Images Review unrecognized images is the process of viewing and matching Tracking regions that are not are not automatically recognized during a read operation Review unrecognized images when using region tracking Review Exceptions is the process of cleaning data that have been flagged during a read operation Please note that when reading in Server Mode the read operation will pause so that you can review the desired exceptions Activate Review Exceptions C Mutiple responses C Image regions Required items Blank responses Database lookup regions Recognition errors D1 Barcode regions processing Blank responses Multiple responses Recognition errors Image regions Database Lookup regions Barcode regions Required items 7 Click the Read button to begin the reading process The Data Center will begin processing forms normally When a selected exception case is found the Review Exceptions window will appear in the left Task Pane You will use this window to make changes Please proceed to Section 8 4 2 a for detailed information about the Review Exceptions window To use Review Exceptions after form processing 1 After processing forms select the Tools menu and then click Review Exceptions or click b Alternatively you may select the Review exceptions link from the Task Pane 2 Inthe Review Exceptions Options area select
159. d number of responses Alternatively select a specific number from the list to only allow that number of responses If the respondent chooses more than you allow their responses will be replaced by MULT or the value you designate in the Replace with box The final option is Select most filled Selecting this option will force Remark Office OMR to select the mark it thinks is the most filled when more than one mark is detected Tip Use extreme caution when using the Select most filled option Using this option means that Remark Office OMR will never return a MULT for you to review The software will always choose what it thinks is the most filled mark Using the Template Editor In the Replace with box choose a value from the drop down list or enter a unique replacement of your own Pre set choices include MULT Asterisk Nothing Space Character and Tilde Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view 7 3 1 f Required Items Remark Office OMR allows you to make items required to be filled during processing This feature is used in conjunction with Review Exceptions see Section 8 4 If an item is marked as required in the form template and you are using the Review Exceptions feature Remark Office OMR will flag any items that are left blank If you are using Review Exceptions during form processing the processing will stop so that you may review the unrecognized item If you are using Review Exceptions af
160. data record or Levee fr begin a new record if the 209 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Respondent Tracker is unique from the existing data 5 If desired click the Cancel button to skip recognizing this image This might be appropriate if the wrong form was scanned or the wrong image was processed If desired use the Skip I mage or Discard I mage options 6 Once you have matched a form to its form template click the Read button to continue processing 7 If using the Unrecognized Images Utility during form processing forms will continue to be read until you end the read process If reviewing unrecognized images after form processing once all forms have been identified the Unrecognized I mages Utility will close automatically 8 8 Batch Processing 210 The Remark Office OMR Data Center includes a batch processing feature that allows you to process batch header forms along with your forms Batch header forms can provide further information about the group of forms being processed that will make your data more meaningful For example if you are processing student tests you can process a batch header form containing information such as instructor name class name class section and so forth The batch header form is processed once at the beginning of each batch Then the forms that correspond to that batch header form are processed subsequently The data from the header form is pre pended to added to the beginn
161. data that will appear in the data grid when reading forms Each mark on your form is represented by a Label The Label is what is output when the form is processed e g scanned You cannot use the following reserved characters in the list of Labels commas quotation marks semicolons or parentheses Value Use this setting to associate a numeric value with each textual answer choice Label Values are used for calculating statistics for responses that are set to the textual data type Values are also used when saving to the SPSS file format Possible value Sets a range of pre determined numbers as Values Use scales this setting to quickly enter Values for each of your textual output Labels into the Values grid as opposed to entering each value individually Save Current Sets a scale of user defined values as output Labels that Scale you can save and use over again e g Excellent Good Fair Poor Click the Save Current Scale button after entering your labels in the Labels grid to save the scale for future use Define Format The Define Format feature applies to Grid regions only Mark this checkbox to enter a pattern for the output cell s format The default setting indicates that the characters will be displayed one after the other with no separators You may change this pattern to enter items such as slashes for a date decimal points etc Enter the appropriate character in the proper position e g for a date 7K 2K
162. dents are mixed together you will be prompted and form processing will stop You will need to re sort your forms so that each 199 Remark Office OMR User s Guide respondent s pages are processed together an individual respondent s pages can be out of order within the same form but a single respondent s pages cannot be interspersed with another respondent s pages Auto Page ID regions can be OMR or barcodes regions To use Auto Page ID 1 Outside of Remark Office OMR create a form that contains a unique identifier on each page that can be captured as an OMR or Barcode region in the Remark Office OMR template Remember that if you are also using Auto Form ID you will need a second unique identifier to be used as the Page ID Each Page ID must be unique from page to page Tip The Page ID region could be a series of bubbles that represent page numbers such as 1 4 Or it could be a barcode that identifies a specific page 2 Create a form template for each form you wish to process using automatic page detection When creating the form template set the region to be used as the Page ID region in the Tracking section of the region s properties Mark the checkbox for Use Region as a Unique I dentifier Then select the radio button marked Page ID See Section 7 3 3 b Page IDs for further information about setting up ID regions in the form template 3 When you are ready to start processing forms open the form templates you wish t
163. detail beginning with Section 7 3 1 124 Properties OMR region ftvaluation Prapertirs Bf UMR region properties Set overal properties for the region C Region tem properties Set properties for Rems within a region Region Definition Rogon Layout Regen neme Evaluation Regen enerk ation Row wie A ONR ype Mitipie x Columns inthe regions 5 S lt gt Qata type Textua x Rows in the ragon Possble Responses Posstin Inbel scales o E Inude region in read operation w J cancel Using the Template Editor 4 Click the OK button to create the region After creating an OMR region you will see the region in the image representation area and a new node will be added to the tree view Each OMR region in the image representation area is green to differentiate the regions When you select a region it will have a blue border around it to indicated it is the active region Note If the region appears with a solid red fill it has not been drawn or set up properly To correct this problem please see Section 7 2 7 7 2 6 Linking OMR Regions Marks that are separated by text lines or graphics cannot be selected in one region definition When creating an OMR region in an area that contains items such as text or lines you can only select the marks The Append Linked Region function allows you to link these types of marks into one OMR region OMR region types that can be linked include Multiple Grid
164. ditor window You will then need to position the region correctly by dragging it with the mouse Using the Template Editor 7 4 4 Deleting Regions Use the Delete option to remove unwanted region definitions To delete a region 1 Activate the region you want to delete by clicking within the region boundaries or clicking its node in the tree view 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Delete click or press Delete on the keyboard You may also right click the region and choose Delete from the menu 7 4 5 Undo Redo Remark Office OMR employs Undo and Redo in the Template Editor Using Undo will negate the last action that was performed Using Redo will repeat the last action for which undo was used To use undo 1 Select the Edit menu and then click Undo click la or press Ctrl Z on the keyboard to negate the previous action To use redo 1 Select the Edit menu and then click Redo click lel or press Ctri Y on the keyboard to repeat the previous action 155 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 156 7 4 6 Adjusting Region Borders If you need to adjust a region border you can do so with the mouse To adjust region borders 1 Select the region you want to adjust by clicking it in the image representation area 2 Place the mouse over one of the blue squares in the field border until you see a double arrow 3 Drag the border to the desired location 4 When finished release the mouse button 7 4 7 Region Position
165. does not rotate correctly on its own Use this option to rotate the back side of each page that is scanned Select the rotation degrees in the box provided Only use this option if the back side of your form does not rotate correctly on its own 8 Make the appropriate selections and then click the OK button to save the scanner settings Learning Remark Office OMR Chapter 5 5 1 Overview We want you to be immediately successful with your new software To that end we highly recommend that you walk through the tutorials provided here before you do anything else with your new software The following sections contain the tutorials which are designed to give you an overview of the Remark Office OMR software and allow you to quickly learn the basic functions of the software Two of the most common uses for Remark Office OMR are surveys and tests therefore we have covered both in these tutorials Completing these lessons will help position you for mastering the software Please keep in mind that even though you may only currently do one or the other Surveys or tests completing both tutorials will still help you understand basic software premises e Tutorial Survey The first tutorial outlines how to create a form template for a basic survey form It also details how to process forms correct the output and run a report e Tutorial Il Exam The second tutorial outlines how to create a form template for an exam and includes coverage of
166. dow contains a tree view with nodes representing each region in your template Important Keyword Region A region is an Image Barcode or OMR area that you Using the Template Editor define A single OMR region can contain one question or multiple questions Also in the left portion of the window you will find the Task Pane The Task Pane contains links to commonly used features and updates automatically based on your selections to help you navigate through the software Note that you may turn off the Task Pane by clicking View Task Pane The right side of the window contains an image representation of your form You provide this image via the scanner or a saved image file You may use the tree view and the image representation area to work with your form template Each node in the tree view contains the properties of that node which can be accessed by double clicking the node You may also double click within a region in the image representation area to view the region s properties Continue with the following sections for specific instructions on using the template editor 7 2 2 Beginning the Form Template Form templates are created in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor There are two main ways to access the Template Editor to create a new form template e From the Remark Office OMR Data Center select the File menu and then click New Form Template Alternatively with the Templates tab selected click New form template in the
167. e Enhanced reading mode utilizes advanced image manipulation techniques in order to increase the recognition accuracy Please note that this may cause the read operation to run slower on some systems Override OMR Region Thresholds Override Image Region Thresholds Set the global threshold value to 2 a Set the global threshold value to 2 a Image Clips Default image clip file type PCX v Group 4 highest Bit Depth Conversion Threshold Set the global threshold value to 175 ia This value determines whether a particular pixel in a color grayscale image will be converted to black or white A lower threshold will produce a darker image and a higher threshold will produce a lighter image Enable PDF Image File Support Use this option to turn on or off support for reading and writing PDF image files Changes will not take effect until the application has been restarted Note PDF image file support requires a substantial amount of system memory and can negatively impact system performance OK Cancel Apply 254 Preference Option Use Enhanced Reading Mode Override OMR Region Thresholds Override Image Region Thresholds Default image clip file type Image compression level Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences Description Mark this checkbox to enable enhanced recognition options Enhanced recognition allows the software to do a more in depth recognition of uncertain fields Note This opti
168. e clips to the PDF format and read PDF files into the software Note PDF support is optional If you choose to enable PDF support you will need to restart the application before the change will take effect Enabling PDF support causes the software to use more system memory while it is running If you are using a system with limited memory and free resources we recommend turning off this feature 311 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 312 Understanding Error Messages Appendix D D 1 Error Message Details This appendix details the different error messages in Remark Office OMR Use this appendix to gain a better understanding of any problems that may arise while using the software The following table lists error class error category error number and the error text Class Category 0100 0200 1000 1100 Memory Errors Windows Errors File Open Errors File Read Errors Error 100 106 200 206 1001 1012 1101 1103 Error Text Not enough memory to perform specified operation Close other applications to free up more memory or restart Windows Windows function errors internal to Remark Office OMR Could signify that the Windows environment is functioning improperly Close other software applications and restart Windows Remark Office OMR could not open the specified file The file no longer exists or could not be opened for an unknown reason Possible causes could be a full hard
169. e Files Remark Office OMR Windows Review unrecognized images when using region tracking Mark this checkbox to review images containing unrecognized Form Page or Respondent ID regions If not selected images will go into a queue for later review Activate Review Exceptions Mark this checkbox to review exception cases during scanning or image processing Then select the checkboxes corresponding to the type of exceptions you want to review Note Reading from scanner in Server Mode is the same as C 3 3 Read Wizard Scanned Image Naming Conventions Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Image Filters and Source Directories Select the source directories and the corresponding image types to be processed during Server Mode Image Source amp Filter Selection Image Source Directories A mage Filters C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images O pcx Dt psa xl t Post Process Image Handling O Delete images after they have been processed Delete images after they have been processed Use this option to delete images once they are processed Images will be permanently deleted from the specified directory Image Source Directories Use the Add Directory and Delete Directory buttons to select directories containing the images you wish to have the software process Image Filters Select a filter representing the types of images you wish to p
170. e Remark Office Archive File Format is proprietary to the Remark Office OMR software and therefore can only be used in Remark Office OMR This feature is useful if you own and use multiple copies of the software For example one person can scan forms on one system and then save the data to the Remark Archive Format Another person can then open that Remark Archive file which will provide the template data file and stored images and run Review Exceptions to clean the data Use of this format eliminates the need to search for various file types when sharing the workload 268 Caution Please read the license agreement in the front of this user s guide carefully before installing Remark Office OMR on multiple computers Licensing is computer based meaning that one copy of the software may only be installed on one computer Extension 7 Options Limitations ROA Saving Images The ROA format will save the link between stored images and the data You may then refer to the image files to review data later Delete original images after archiving Mark this checkbox to delete the original images that are put into the archived file If you do not delete the images you will have the original copies as well as those in the zipped file If you delete the images you may open the ROA file to retrieve them again None Understanding File Formats B 4 Access Formats MDB The Access file formats are proprietary to the Access datab
171. e Remark Quick Stats windows C 2 1 New Form Template Properties New Form Template Properties New Form Template Properties Enter a form description and the page scale and orientation to be used as the basis for all pages Form template description Page Size rientation v Portrait B O Landscape a You have specified a page size of Letter which has dimensions of 8 1 2 x 11 inches All pages in the Form template must be of All pages in the form tem this size must be of this orientation Size US Letter Reset Page Images Existing Pages Only Form Template Details Total number of pages 0 Total number of regions 0 Total number of items 0 Click reset in order to acquire new images for all existing Form template pages C 2 The Remark Office OMR Template Editor Template Description optional information about the form Page Size Choose the page size corresponding to the form you are scanning must all be the same for one form template Orientation Choose the orientation corresponding to the form you are scanning must all be the same for one form template 285 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 2 2 Create Page Elements Information button Hover your mouse over this button after acquiring an image to view details about the image Read from scanner Choose this option to scan a blank form as the basis for your form template Read from image
172. e and then the Respondent Tracker The Unrecognized Images Utility will assist you when any ID region cannot be automatically matched When using Respondent Tracker with your Page IDs you do not have to process each respondent s form in its entirety before processing another form If you have chosen to review unrecognized images during form processing the window will appear for each unrecognized page ID region If you have chosen not to review during form processing the images will be stored in a queue so that you can process them all at once Note When using automatic page identification without the Respondent Tracker feature you must process all pages of one complete form before moving on to the next form If a page is not recognized processing will stop regardless of whether you are using the option to review during the read operation Please sort your pages so that an entire respondent s form is read at one time To use the Unrecognized I mages Utility for Page ID regions 1 Follow the directions in Section 8 7 2 Auto Page ID to begin processing forms If you are using the Auto Form ID feature remember to mark the Auto Form ID Mode checkbox in the Read Wizard 2 If you are using the Auto Form ID feature when the Unrecognized Images Utility appears the Form Templates list may be empty if the form was not recognized If necessary click the drop down list to choose the correct form template for this image Use the Image Viewer in th
173. e answers than were permitted Image Regions Review when a flagged Image region is encountered Allows the hand entry of information into the data grid Region Error Review when a recognition error occurs Database Lookup Review when a database lookup error is encountered Error meaning that the response is not located in the database that was specified during the form template creation process Barcode Error Review when a barcode error occurs Required Items Review when a required item has not been answered To use Review Exceptions during form processing 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template Begin processing al selecting the Tools menu and then clicking Read Wizard clicking Pane or clicking the Read Wizard link in the Task Make the necessary selections on the Read Method screen and the Scanned I mage Naming Conventions if scanning or Image Selection window if reading image files screen See Section 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for detailed information about these screens 4 Click the Next gt gt button to go to the Review Exceptions screen 5 Mark the checkbox for Activate Review Exceptions to turn on the Review Exceptions feature 6 Inthe Review Exceptions Options area select the exception cases you would like to review during form Processing Forms Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Review Exceptions optional Select the desire
174. e as type Click the OK button If you have used the Custom Wizard format previously and have a saved configuration file that applies to this data set click the Browse button to locate the configuration file Otherwise click the Next gt gt button to begin creating a new configuration file O oa oO ND 7 Select the options you wish to use to customize your data set Each option is described in the table above Use the Next gt gt button to navigate from screen to screen 239 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 8 When finished click the OK button Save Text Export Configuration As Jeg When the Save Text Export Save in E Remark Office OMA 6 z e 0em Configuration window e appears click the Yes button Myten iA H H ocuments Grade Scales to save your settings to a file B Ome that you can use later when abel saving data If you do not C Templates old r 9 Tutorials wish to save this re configuration file click the No button If you are not saving p My Computer the configuration file the data file will be saved when you M Netw k S 7 ly Network File name My Configuration File ad Save click the No button Continue Places i Save as type Text Export Configuration Files tec S Cancel with the next steps if you are saving the configuration file Optional If saving the configuration file in the Save Text Export Configuration As box
175. e copier Test your form by creating a form template in the software and processing a batch of forms that are filled out as you expect to have them returned e g not perfectly before printing large quantities Once you feel that your form design is adequate try to photocopy all of the forms that you will need in one batch This will eliminate the need to make photocopies from photocopies at a later date which can lead to form inconsistencies Regardless of how you duplicate your forms be sure to keep blank copies on hand You always want to create your Remark Office OMR template using the same quality form that you distribute to your respondents For example if you photocopy your form use a blank photocopy to make the form template in the software Designing Forms It is best to maintain as much control over form duplication as possible However if you use multiple sources for form duplication e g two different printers obtain at least one blank copy of the form from each source This will allow you to realign your scanning template to the printout if you find that the forms have shifted significantly Tip Save forms to the Adobe PDF format to retain original form formatting If you need to have someone else print your form this format is preferable over other native word processing formats Remember to embed the fonts you use in case the person printing the form does not have the same fonts 6 11 Form Testing The best way to
176. e eect e ee teen ee eae 247 10 3 Grading TEStS insesto sate eidwd eiaa rae nada 247 Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences 249 TEL OVErViIEW oreren ie unene T dent die daa ea 249 11 2 General Preferences cc cece cee eee eee e eee ee teens 250 11 3 File Storage Location Preferences 0 ceeeeeeee eee 253 12 4 Recognition Preferences cceceeee cece ee ee eee nena eae 254 Tips and Helpful Hints 257 Act OVGRVICW wiciecrice dn tek ie wate ete ede erie naam 257 A2 SCANNEMS arii e a seen andes vier chee iaaa an a 257 A FORM S at ina anaa a a a n e e a aani 258 A 4 Form Temp lates cce cece cece eee eee eee eee eens eetneeaes 259 A 5 Reading FOr cccece cece ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee tee nae 261 A 6 Working with the Data ccccceeee cece eee eee teeta eae 262 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Aad AnalySlS aa doe eine lia Aden Had cute cag tet a se gend iat 262 Understanding File Formats 265 Bi Te OVERVIGW gereed date e dune ang ana a a Venice eer ees 265 B 2 Remark File Format RMK cccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 267 B 3 Remark Office Archive File Format ROA 6055 268 B 4 Access Formats MDB cccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenuauees 269 B 5 Excel Formats XLS miia a a a A 270 B 6 Questionmark Format QSF sssssssssssssrrrserrrserrrrerrrre 270 B 7 SPSS File Format SAV ccccccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 272 B 8 Survey Pro File Format SRV
177. e form template has a different color so that you can tell one from the other easily As indicated OMR regions are green and linked OMR regions are dark green If you create an OMR region and it turns a solid red this is an indication that Remark Office OMR cannot properly recognize the region as it is setup When a solid red region is encountered you can place your mouse over the region and the Template Editor will provide details of the problem Flagged regions will also be red and italicized in the tree view indicating that you need to make a correction Reasons for this issue include the following e The number of columns or rows entered in the Properties OMR Region window are not correct e One of the region borders is touching something else on the image It could be touching a mark text lines or graphics that are present on your form image e You have captured something other than marks within your OMR region e g text or lines Only capture the actual marks within a given OMR region If there is something such as text prohibiting you from selecting all of the marks for a single question you will need to use the Append Linked Region function see Section 7 2 6 for further details e The image used for the form template is degraded When scanning forms the quality of the resulting image is sometimes not as clear as expected The marks may break up meaning that they have tiny gaps in them You can use the zoom options in the s
178. e on The ISIS scanner reports a parameter error prior to reading Make sure a valid height width and resolution are being used ISIS parameter error An invalid parameter was specified Check selected page size and resolution Remark Office OMR is unable to use the ISIS driver because it is either out of date or lacks the correct permissions file No TWAIN sources are available on your system Make sure that sources have been installed correctly Check the documentation that came with your scanner for more details on installing it Could not select the specified source scanner Check that the source has been installed correctly Could not communicate with the TWAIN source manager Make sure that the file TWAIN_32 DLL is in your Windows directory 317 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Class Category Error 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 318 Error Text Could not open the specified TWAIN source Make sure that the scanner and scanner driver are installed correctly The specified source scanner is not compatible with Remark Office OMR The capabilities of the source and Remark Office OMR are not compatible Error transferring the image file to Remark Office OMR Check to make sure there is enough memory and disk space The specified source scanner is not compatible with Remark The source is not capable of providing data to Remark in the appropr
179. e radio button for Read from scanner 179 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 180 Note If you need to configure your scanner click the Scanner Properties link to view its setup see Chapter 4 for detailed information about setting up a scanner 4 If desired mark the appropriate checkboxes under Advanced Collection Options The following options are available Option Server Mode Auto Form ID Mode Start reading from form template page Collate Mode Resume last Collate Mode session Description Automates form processing by having Remark Office OMR run in the background using specific options See Section 8 9 Server Mode for further details Allows the software to automatically recognize form templates form pages and respondents by placing identifiers on the forms See Section 8 7 Form Page and Respondent Ds for further details Allows you to start processing forms starting with a specific form template page instead of at the beginning This feature is useful for overwriting data Allows you to scan forms that are double sided without the use of a duplex scanner See Section 8 5 Using Collate Mode for further details Resumes scanning from the point in which you left off in your last Collate Mode scan session 5 If you would like to configure image naming conventions click the Next gt gt button to continue Otherwise skip to step 12 The Scanned I mage Naming Conventions wind
180. e recommend using a capital O in an Arial font You may also use our OMR Bubbles font which creates an encircled letter or number The OMR Bubbles font installs with the Remark software It can also be downloaded from the Principia Products web site see the back of this user s guide for web site information Once installed you may access it from programs on your computer just as you would any other font While it is possible to place numbers or letters inside of marks the number letter must be as small and light as possible Dark thick or bolded characters may cause Remark Office OMR to interpret the mark as being filled We do not recommend creating bubbles using the Times New Roman font which is often the default font in word processing programs This font does not create an evenly defined bubble and can therefore break apart when scanned Using the Arial font will yield a well defined bubble that scans consistently Important Keyword Mark A mark is any type of complete shape used on a form Remark Office OMR User s Guide Respondents will darken the marks to indicate their answer choice Marks are typically bubbles or checkboxes on OMR forms 6 4 Form Spacing Allowing enough white space on a form is an important part of good form design Allow at least 3 8 inch of space between any text lines or graphics on the form and all user markable areas bubbles checkboxes etc The white space around your marks provides a buff
181. e right portion of the screen to assist with understanding which form has been processed 207 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Unrecognized Images 3 Once the correct form is k EEN m Unrecognized Image Utility identified or if you are n ot Select the page that corresponds to the unrecognized image below a using Auto Form D you Identification pimin nnii may select the page being Fern ee a processed Click the Pages drop down list and then select r im or FS aa the correct page for the form TE being processed Use the Details z Image Viewer in the right Demo vith bs OCD Forms or portion of the screen to assist m at with understanding which ae fo ita form has been processed Gemaeseet PH 4 4 If desired click the Cancel 7 Sp button to skip recognizing this image This might be appropriate if the wrong form was scanned or the wrong image was processed If desired use the Skip I mage or Discard I mage options 5 Once you have matched a page to its form template page click the Read button to continue processing 6 If using the Unrecognized Images Utility during form processing forms will continue to be read until you end the read process If reviewing unrecognized images after form processing once all forms have been identified the Unrecognized I mages Utility will close automatically If you are also using Respondent Tracker regions
182. e row propete ort nenen Divahatenl L of the region mee Regenoanm Fvohuten Resoncrintains fom w e Lt OMR region properties H aren eave ONR type Micke w Cohuansinthe region 4 Set overall properties for the region Qata type Textua Rows in the regon Enter 4 in the Columns in the region box and 6 in the Rows in the region box Possible Responses Posse label scales In the Labels grid enter the correct Labels a E Strongly Agree Agree Ends reponn esonera Disagree and Strongly Ce Ca Disagree one per line In the Task Pane select Question Text and names The next step will be to enter the Question Text and Question Names for each of the six questions Tip Question Text appears on the reports generated in Remark Quick Stats and is useful when exporting to some data formats Question Names can be used to enter individual names for every question within one OMR region If the Question Names grid is left blank the software will use the Region Name defined on the previous screen and append sequential numbers to the end of the name to differentiate the questions Individual Question Names are useful if you are exporting data to an existing file that requires specific field names e g an Access table Remark Office OMR User s Guide 10 Enter the Question Text and Question Names for each of the six questions as shown on the next page Question Text Question Names 1 Preadmission and admission
183. e to view all scanned images You may also delete _ eaxerageticments Create Page Elements la Use the acquire button to obtain the image file s you want to use for your form template pages Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition 110 O Read from image files REMARK MEDICAL had CONSORTIUM Image Acquisition Acguire Images from Scanner lt gt Using the Template Editor images by clicking the Delete icon 4 If you are satisfied with the image s click the OK button Otherwise click Acquire I mages from Scanner again to rescan a page Make sure images do not look severely skewed if they are acquire the images from the scanner again Remark Office OMR will open a window with a tree view on the left and an image representation of your form on the right In this window you outline the areas to be recognized You may continue to Section 7 2 3 Creating Regions To create an image source using an image file 1 Inthe Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition section select the Read from image files radio button 2 Click the Acquire I mages from File button to select an image from file 3 In the Select Image File mefe window use the Look in e CS a E drop down list to find the Pe pheme file s you wish to use for Documents e the form template You may G Tutorial 1 Hospital Stay Evaluation pex only select one image at a Desktop time howeve
184. eck the name to make sure it was entered correctly then retry the operation The specified file table or region name doesn t follow standard naming conventions Enter a new name and then try the operation again Consult your database s documentation for information on valid names and naming limitations You tried to access a database that is currently in use by another user or application Wait for the other user or application to finish working with the database and then try the operation again An error occurred updating the database The database file table or field is defined as read only 321 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 322 Class Category Error 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 Error Text An error occurred accessing the specified path or filename The path or filename is not valid Check the name and path to make sure they were entered correctly then retry the operation A permissions error occurred accessing the specified database table or object You don t have the necessary permissions Contact the database administrator regarding access rights A file disk or network access error occurred Resolve the error condition and then retry the operation An error occurred attempting to create the database table or object because it already exists This error can also occur if an ODBC database contains several tables with the same name An error occur
185. ed any If desired use the Export button to save the results to an external file You may click the Export button to export the entire set of results or use the 219 Remark Office OMR User s Guide arrow on the Export button to select which portions of the results to export The export options are as follows Option Export Export Missing Export Detected Export Duplicates Print Results Function Exports all results region detected missing duplicates and additional fields Only exports the missing respondents those that exist in the external database but were not processed as part of the data file Exports only the detected respondents those that both exist in the external database and were processed as part of the data file Exports only the duplicate respondents those that appear more than once in the data file The software will only detect duplicate entries that have also been verified as existing in the linked database Prints all results to the default printer on your computer 9 Click the Close button to return to the Remark Office OMR Data Center 220 Processing Forms Working with Your Data Chapter 9 9 1 Overview This chapter explains the basics of data manipulation and using the template grid in the Remark Office OMR Data Center and includes the following e Understanding the template grid e Editing the template grid e Printing grid data e Saving grid data e Opening gr
186. eeeeee eee ee ees 41 4 3 2 a Controlling the TWAIN User Interface 41 4 3 2 6 Obtaining Updated TWAIN Drivers 42 4 3 3 Using the ISIS Scanning Protocol ccceeeeeees 42 4 3 3 a Selecting the ISIS Scanner Protocol 065 42 Learning Remark Office OMR 45 5 F Overview euenit papaa oaaae raana A ENES STENA 45 5 1 1 Form Template OvervieW ssssssesssresesrerresesre 46 5 1 1 a What is a Form Template File l 46 5 1 1 b How are Form Templates Created i 47 5 2 Tutorial 1 The Hospital Stay Evaluation Survey 47 5 2 1 Creating a Form Template for the Hospital Stay Evaluation SUIV y 20 c ce ceee cece eee e teeta eet ee teeta teeta ed 48 5 2 2 Processing the Completed Hospital Stay EVGIUAtIONS aie rist deh aane ade dai eed encom ered 64 5 2 3 Reviewing and Correcting the Data 68 5 2 4 Saving the Course Evaluation Data 6 70 5 2 5 Analyzing the Hospital Stay Evaluation Data 71 5 2 6 Saving the Detailed Item Analysis Report 73 5 2 7 Tutorial SUMMALY cece eee cece e ee eee ee teens 74 5 3 Tutorial 2 The General Exam Answer Sheet 75 5 3 1 Creating a Form Template for the General Answer E cee tie dees eel oeeichsknaed dana een TT 75 5 3 2 Processing the Completed Answer Sheets 85 5 3 3 Reviewing and Correcting the Data 88 5 3 4 Saving the Exam Data
187. egions in your form template you will see that they have a solid color OMR regions are green barcode regions are orange and image regions are blue The solid color should help with seeing exactly where a region is positioned as well as when moving regions by dragging them with a mouse A solid red OMR region still indicates a problem in which case you can hover your mouse over the region to see a description of the problem In addition the corresponding node in the tree view will be colored red and italicized to alert you to a problem e Multiple Question OMR Regions A single OMR region can contain one or more questions You can now access the entire region s properties or just the properties of individual questions within the region This feature allows you to create one OMR region around question groups yet change the properties for single questions within that region e g if one out of ten questions in a region allows more than one response you can create an OMR region around all ten questions but change the multiple responses allowed property for a single question within the region e Database Verification Database Verification has been changed to Database Lookup With this enhanced feature you can still verify that data exist in an external database and lookup and replace data However you can now lookup an entry once and replace it multiple times e g lookup a student ID number and replace it with First Name Remark Office OM
188. el section of the form allows the student to mark his or her grade level This region is different however in that the bubbles have text between them When capturing an OMR region you must only capture the marks not any text near them Therefore for this region we will demonstrate the Add Linked Region feature which allows you to link one OMR region to another to form a single region e g one question 10 11 Learning Remark Office OMR Highlight if not already highlighted the Student ID node in the tree view Click the green toolbar button to insert an OMR region and use the crosshair to draw a box around the first column of six bubbles representing grades 1 6 Only capture the bubbles do not include any text You will link the second column to the first in a later step When the Properties OMR Region box opens enter Grade Level in the Region name box Select Multiple as the OMR type Select Numeric for the Data type This region eer ate Sane contains grades from 1 12 Ragen ame Ga Leva Ragon crag net so numeric data is somaoceenstatwrn OMEP EEE i eee gt Qata type Numeric Bows in the regon appropriate Rann Possible label gcas v Lebel In the Region Layout area select Column for the Region orientation z because the question is laid o out in two columns Enter 1 in the Columns in Ce JC the region box and 6 in the Rows in the region box Use the Possib
189. eld to a Memo field Alternatively click the Advanced button in the Save Data window and change the field type 269 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 5 Excel Formats XLS The Excel file Formats are proprietary to the Excel spreadsheet program by Microsoft Corporation Use an Excel file format when exporting data to Microsoft Excel Remark supports the Excel version 3 0 through 2003 file formats Column region names in Remark Office OMR are used as field names when saving to an Excel database Remark Office OMR can save data to a new Excel database add new sheets to existing Excel databases and append data to existing Excel files Extension XLS Options Sheet Name When saving to an Excel database you must select a sheet name to which to save the data Limitations Spaces in field names called region names in Remark Office OMR will be automatically converted to underscores All field names called region names in Remark Office OMR must be unique Field names called region names in Remark Office OMR are limited to 60 characters An Excel table can hold a maximum of 255 fields columns f saving data to an existing sheet grid column headers in Remark Office OMR must match table field names A cell can contain a maximum of 255 characters B 6 Questionmark Format QSF 270 The Questionmark format is proprietary to the Questionmark Perception assessment software program Use the Questionmark f
190. elect the method to use For data collection Select Method to Use For Data Collection Read from scanner Scanner Properties Read From image files Advanced Image Recognition Properties Jya Options Server Mode o oO oO Remark Office OMR User s Guide 214 area mark the checkbox for Server Mode Click the Next gt gt button to continue If you would like to configure image naming conventions click the Next gt gt button to continue Otherwise click the Read button to begin scanning pages The Scanned I mage Naming Conventions window allows you to specify options about the images that will automatically be stored each time you scan forms 7 10 In the Begin image names with box enter a file base name that the software can use to name the images stored for this form The default base name is the form template name However you may use any name you like We suggest using something that identifies to you that the images belong to a certain form The images that are stored will all begin with this base name and then have the page number if scanning a multi page template date and time appended to them to keep track of the various images You may optionally choose a region from the template to use as the base name The value that is collected from the form for the specified region will be used as the base name for the corresponding stored image along with the page number date and time If you leave t
191. emplate file defines all of the information needed for the software to process your form correctly Creating 107 Remark Office OMR User s Guide and editing form templates is accomplished through the Remark Office OMR Template Editor The form template file holds information about where the marks barcodes and text are located on the page how many pages your form contains and what type of output you would like A single template can hold up to 150 pages Tip The form template is the key to accurate recognition in Remark Office OMR When creating form templates be sure to use the same quality form as you will be distributing to your respondents e g if you will be photocopying forms use a blank photocopy for the template Also use the same scanner and scanner settings for both the form template and the filled in forms e g resolution and brightness The following topics are covered in this chapter e Understanding the template editor interface e Creating form templates e Region types e Creating regions e Region properties e Editing regions e Additional template editor features e Saving form templates e Editing existing form templates e Template Editor preferences 7 2 Creating Form Templates 108 7 2 1 Understanding the Template Editor I nterface The Remark Office OMR Template Editor contains three basic components that you will use to create and edit your form templates The left portion of the template editor win
192. en analysis versions by clicking Tools Preferences General in the Data Center To facilitate the grading process set up an answer key file that you can use over again You can specify an answer key ID and subjective regions learning objectives benchmarks multiple test versions and a grade scale in the answer key file Use the program Preferences to set global options so that you can take advantage of Easy Survey and Easy Grade for fast and simple reporting These reports will utilize the settings in your Remark Office OMR preferences Save reports as internal Report Files from within Remark Quick Stats if you feel that you will need to recall them Saving a modified report can save a great deal of time if you need to reuse it When grading tests remember that you can select an answer key in one of several ways 1 Scan the answer key as the first grid row of the data 2 Scan the answer key when you perform the grade operation 3 import an image of your form with the correct responses 4 Enter a grid row containing the answer key when you perform the grade operation or 5 Reopen an answer key file that contains the answer key when you perform the grade operation 263 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 264 Understanding File Formats Appendix B B 1 Overview This appendix is designed to provide an overview of Remark Office OMR supported data file formats The following table lists the different file formats the Remark Offi
193. en click OK down box Look in Data x A oa g 3 Enter a name in the box titled File name 4 Select the desired output format in the box titled Save as type 5 If saving to a database type that supports internal table names enter a table name in Filename My Data Fie the box titled Table name Save as type Remark RMK x Note Each database format has different table name limitations Refer to your database documentation for information on table name limitations 6 Optional If exporting to the Report file format you can specify the length of each record by entering the number of characters in the box titled Record length 7 When exporting you can save the column headers and or image names for certain formats by selecting the Save headers and or Save image names checkboxes The Save headers and Save image names checkbox will only display when appropriate 8 Click the OK button to save the file 9 5 1 Advanced Saving Options When saving data to database formats you have the option of setting advanced parameters The advanced window shows you each question and pertinent information about the region You can then choose options about the region that you want included in your database This feature can be useful if you are saving to a database format that has specific requirements You can temporarily override the form template settings by using the advanced parameters Note
194. enone ve Tutorial 2005 03 24_ 14 07 Tutoriali 2005 03 24_14 07 45 93 pcx Image Files pex tiF bmp dex gif jpg jpeq pct pict png psd tiff x Remove All 185 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 10 If an image appears in the Images in Read Order box and you wish to remove it select the image and then click Remove You may make multiple selections by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking images or holding down the Shift key and selecting a range of images click the first and last image and all images in between will be selected You can also remove all images by clicking the Remove All button 11 If you would like to configure Review Exceptions options click the Next button to continue Otherwise click the Read button to begin processing image files Review Exceptions is a way to correct exception cases found on forms such as blank and multiple responses see Section 8 4 for further details about using Review Exceptions 12 In the Review Exceptions window specify whether to review exception cases during the reading process by marking the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox 13 In the Review Exceptions Options area mark the checkboxes for those cases that you wish to review during reading The following options are available Multiple responses Blank responses Recognition errors Image regions Database Lookup regions Barcode regions and Required items Reviewing Exceptions during image proce
195. epresentation area by dragging it with the mouse 7 4 2 Copy Special Paste Special If you would like to copy regions from one form template to another you may use the Copy Special and Paste Special features To use copy special and paste special 1 Open the Remark Office OMR Template Editor twice 2 Open one form template in the first instance of the Template Editor and another form template in the second instance of the Template Editor 3 Select the region or regions in the first instance of the Template Editor that you want to copy by clicking them in the tree view Tip You can select multiple regions by holding down Ctrl on the keyboard and clicking each region or by clicking a region holding down Shift on the keyboard and then clicking another region all regions in between the selections will be highlighted 4 Select the Edit menu and then click Copy Special 5 Inthe second instance of the Template Editor select the node in the tree view after which you want to paste the new region s 6 Select the Edit menu and then click Paste Special The new node region will be pasted after the highlighted node You will then need to position the region correctly in the image representation area by dragging it with the mouse 153 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 154 7 4 3 Drag Drop The drag drop feature allows you to click a region in the tree view and drag it to another position within the tree The order of the regions in
196. er that can help Remark Office OMR accommodate scanner skew form offset and not so perfect markings from your respondents The more white space you have the better Remark Office OMR is able to tolerate differences from form to form In contrast the more crowded a form or the less white space there is the harder it is for Remark Office OMR to compensate for form differences Although groups of bubbles need to be 3 8 inch away from any visible lines or text the individual bubbles within the group can be as close to one another as two character spaces We recommend staying away from the use of lines or boxes around or between the marks on a form If you find it necessary to use lines or boxes you may make them a light gray that will drop out completely disappear during the scanning process In addition follow the spacing guidelines above Note You cannot photocopy forms that use gray lines as the gray will become too dark Only use clean printouts for forms utilizing gray lines Example of good form spacing Excellent Good Fair Poor Question 1 O Question 2 O Question 3 O 6 5 Grouping Questions Positioning all of the marks for the same question type in a single region area minimizes your efforts when you create form templates within the software 100 Designing Forms Whenever possible try to place similar types of questions together For example place all true false questions in one area of the form and all multiple ch
197. erify region s value in a database and optionally return additional fields 4 Select the radio button for Respondent Using the Template Editor tracker region s value identifies this respondent during the read operation 5 If desired mark the checkbox for Insert I D data into the grid during the read process Viewing the ID data captured along with the rest of the data can be useful for verification of processed data 6 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view When you are ready to process forms open the form template containing Respondent Tracker regions in the Remark Office OMR Data Center Use the Read Wizard to process your forms Remark Office OMR will begin processing the forms searching for the Page ID regions first When it matches a region on the form to the region in the form template it will automatically place that data in the correct page order It will then search for the Respondent Tracker and match that respondent s data to an existing record or begin a new record Any tracking regions that are not recognized will be flagged for your review or placed in the Unrecognized Images queue See Section 8 6 for further details about processing forms using Respondent Tracker Tip If you want to be able to recognize various pages and respondents within different forms at the same time you may want to use the Auto Form ID and Page ID features as well as
198. ery x Default fill e record data entry Region item properties Set properties for items within a region r Image Clip Options S Question text and names O Auto increment fill value iF applicable Attempt to detect the presence of handwriting in the Teg only Auto increment fill Program Files PrinNpia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Set question text and question names value If desired For the region s items mark this checkbox to f Database lookup Verify region s value in a database and optionally return additional fields Link Region to an Existing OMR Region automatically increment the value OMR Region Evaluation x entered as the Default Question Evaluation2 Answer Xher Include region in read operftion Fill e g if 1 is the default fill and you Cancel use auto increment each record will have Image Clip Options Enter a target directory to store each image clip Us the Begin names with option to name your images If desired add the image clip path to the data grid during processing Link Region to an Existing OMR Region Link the region to a response from another OMR region e g for an Other question When processing forms the region will be flagged for review if that answer choice is selected in the OMR region Choose the region question within the region and ans
199. es that you want to be tabulated by default when performing a survey operation Section Default Multiple Exception Handling Default Blank Exception Handling Option Replace with Multiple and List Replace with Grid Replace with Multiple and List Using the Template Editor Description Select the replacement option to be used by default when a multiple response occurs for a Multiple or List region during form processing The text entered in this box will appear as output in the data grid and be exported in any saved data files The default replacement is MULT Other pre defined options include Asterisk Nothing Space Character and Tilde You may also type characters into the Replace with box Select the replacement option to be used by default when a multiple response occurs for a Grid region during form processing The text entered in this box will appear as output in the data grid and be exported in any saved data files The default replacement is MULT Other pre defined options include Asterisk Nothing Space Character and Tilde You may also type characters into the Replace with box Select the replacement option to be used by default when a blank response occurs for a Multiple or List region during form processing The text entered in this box will appear as output in the data grid and be exported in any saved data files The default replacement is BLANK Other pre defined
200. esetting images If there are slight differences between the original image and the new image the regions will be adjusted accordingly Note You should review the form template after aligning to ensure regions are positioned correctly Perform Spell Checks the open form template for spelling errors in Check F7 the region names labels and question text Scanner Accesses the Scanner Properties window so that you Properties setup a scanner or make changes to the current F8 setup Remark Office OMR User s Guide Tool Data Center Options Tool z gt 30 Menu Pull Down Item Preferences F9 Menu Pull Down Item Read Wizard F5 Easy Scan F12 Review Exceptions F4 Review Unrecognized Images Function Allows you to modify settings that control the way the Template Editor looks feels and performs Use the task pane to perform software customization Remark Office OMR saves any changes you make and applies them to future actions Function Opens the Read Wizard so that you may read page s from a scanner or an image file and place the data into the template grid Begins the scanning process based on the last settings used in the Read Wizard Note that you will not be able to adjust the settings If you are unsure of the last settings used you should use the Read Wizard to scan your forms Searches the open data grid and allows the user to correct exception cases e g blank or multi
201. espondents listed in the external database have been processed not been processed or have been processed more than one time For example suppose you have a region on your form where the respondent fills in an ID number You can link this ID number region to an external database that has all of the ID numbers of your expected group of respondents Any time you use the Respondent Detection feature you also have the option to return additional data from the external database if desired this is not required to use Respondent Detection When you process your forms Remark Office OMR will confirm which ID numbers from the external database exist in the processed data The software will then provide a report showing found ID numbers missing ID numbers and duplicate ID numbers If you are returning additional fields this information will also be available in the report You can save this report as a text file to use outside of Remark Office OMR Processing Forms To use Respondent Detection 1 Setup a form template that uses the Database Lookup feature See Section 7 3 4 Database Lookup for complete details on using Database Lookup Process forms using the scanner or by reading from image file See Section 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for information about using the Read Wizard to process forms Once the forms have been processed and the data cleaned select the Tools menu and then click Respondent Detection The Respondent Detection
202. esponse to the course was favorable Evaluation 11 My overall response to the instructor was favorable Evaluation al O C 2 9 Tracking Properties Barcode Region Last Name Properties jaf Barcode Region properties Set overall properties for the region Region item properties Set properties For items within a region Question text and names Set question text and question names For the region s items 2J Tracking Set region as page form or respondent identifier 8 Database lookup Verify region s value in a database and optionally return additional fields Use Region as a Unigue Identifier Eorm ID region s value identifies this Form during the read operation Auto Page ID region s value identifies this specific page during the read operation Respondent tracker region s value identifies this respondent during the read operation ID value Form 1 Recognize Barcode O Insert ID data into rid during the read process Insert I D data into the grid during the read process Mark this checkbox to have the value obtained during processing be displayed in the data grid 292 Question Text Enter descriptive text for each question This text will appear on select reports to make them more meaningful Question Names Enter individual region names for multiple questions within an OMR region If na
203. eview the following exception cases blank responses multiple responses form errors barcode errors database lookup errors required items or data entry Image regions The Review Exceptions feature can be used in one of two ways During Form Processing If used during the reading process whether scanning forms or processing saved image files Review Exceptions provides an option to have the Data Center pause after encountering selected exception types You can then select or enter the correct response After Form Processing Review Exceptions can also be used after the forms have been processed therefore you are not required to have the software stop when exceptions are encountered When reviewing after processing the software will cycle through the data file to find exception cases and then allow you to make the appropriate changes Regardless of how you use Review Exceptions the Data Center will display a Review Exceptions window in the Task Pane The software will also zoom in on the question containing the exception case in the Image Viewer at the bottom of your screen You may use the image to guide you in making the appropriate updates in the Review Exceptions panel The following table details the available Review Exceptions options 189 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 190 Review Option Function Blank Responses Review when a respondent fails to answer a question Multiple Responses Review when a respondent chooses mor
204. ew Creates a new form template Open Template Opens an existing form template for editing Ctrl T Save for form Saves the open form template to a new or templates existing file Clicking the Save button will create Ctrl S a new form template file or save the form template to the current file if one has already been established Save As for form Saves an existing form template file under a templates new name or allows you to change the path to which the file saves Ctrl A Close Closes the current form template Ctrl F4 Recent Files Displays he most recently used files Click a file to open it Properties Displays the properties for the open form template Exit Alt F4 Exits Remark Office OMR Data Center Remark Office OMR User s Guide 24 Tool Menu Pull Down Item Open Form Template Ctrl T Open Data Ctrl O Open Report Ctrl R Edit Form Template Ctrl E Batch Wizard Save for data Ctrl S Save As for data Ctrl A Close Ctrl F4 Print Ctrl P Recent Files Exit Alt F4 Function Opens an existing form template for processing forms opening data and running reports Multiple form templates can be opened simultaneously and the same form template can be opened multiple times Opens an existing data file and displays the data in the current template grid window Remark Office OMR can read and save data in dozens
205. ferentiate the regions 7 3 Advanced Region Options 134 Each region type OMR Image and Barcode has a set of more advanced properties associated with it that are optional When creating fields you will see only those options appropriate for the type of region you are creating Use the navigation bar in the left section of the region properties window to access the additional features Each advanced option is explained in detail in the following sections 7 3 1 Region Item Properties The Region item properties section of the Region Properties window allows you to define test and survey analysis options recognition thresholds and exception handling Each item is described below 7 3 1 a Test Settings Remark Office OMR provides useful test grading features that you can customize You decide which regions to grade and set the test points to be used for grading Using the Template Editor The following table lists the region types and their default grade settings Region Grade Status Test Type Test Points Type Objective or Subjective OMR Multiple Boolean and Objective Correct 1 List Graded Incorrect 0 No Response 0 Grid Add and Binary Not Graded MA Image Not Graded N A N A Barcode Not Graded N A N A Questions can be designated as Objective or Subjective questions An objective question is one where respondents choose one or more pre defined answers on a form by darkening in a mark e g bubble These questio
206. ffice OMR format saves grid flag colors and image links Remark Office OMR Archive format combines template data and stored image files into one file Saves grid flag colors and image links Remark Web Survey format Microsoft Access 2000 2003 format Microsoft Access 95 97 format Microsoft Access 2 0 format Microsoft Access 1 0 format Microsoft Excel 97 2003 format Microsoft Excel 95 format Microsoft Excel 4 0 format Microsoft Excel 3 0 format SPSS format Survey Pro standard format Apian Software Comma delimited ASCII Tab delimited ASCII Comma delimited ASCII with quotes around non numeric data Tab delimited ASCII with quotes around non numeric data dBase 5 0 format dBase IV format dBase III format To open grid data 1 File Format Paradox 5 X Paradox 4 X Paradox 3 X Lotus WK4 Lotus WK3 Lotus WK1 Lotus 1 2 3 LXR Test Report Data Interchange Format CCI Assessment XML HTML ODBC Custom Extension DB DB DB WK4 WK3 WK1 WKS MRG RPT DIF DAT XML HTM Ok ASC TXT Working with Your Data Description Paradox 5 X format Paradox 4 X format Paradox 3 X format Lotus Works 4 format open only Lotus Works 3 format Lotus Works 1 format Lotus 1 2 3 format LXR Test format Fixed format ASCII cell text padded or truncated to specified record length Standard format using file header and data section CCI Assessment format Extensible Markup Language format H
207. fice OMR retains no copy of the deleted information except by Undo Function Moves a section of text from one place to another or to another document by cutting it from the original position and pasting it in a new position paste is a separate command Allows for easy duplication and movement of information You can copy a selected portion of text from one part of a document or a different document altogether and paste it in a different part of the document Whenever a section of text is copied or cut Remark Office OMR places the contents on the clipboard This intermediary holds the information so you can paste it multiple times if desired until you place something new on the clipboard by cutting or copying something else Data can be copied from a document of one program and pasted to a document of another as long as the data are compatible Tool Menu Pull Down Item Paste Special Delete Delete Insert Rows Shift Insert Delete Rows Shift Delete Find Ctrl F Find Next F3 Replace Ctrl H Select All Ctrl A Sort Navigating Remark Office OMR Function Allows you to paste information from one cell in the template grid to multiple cells Erases the highlighted information This operation does not use the clipboard and Remark Office OMR retains no copy of the deleted information except by Undo Inserts a row into the template grid based upon the active ce
208. fies a default data type Textual or Numeric to be used when creating new Barcode regions Remark Office OMR Windows C 3 The Remark Office OMR Data Center C 3 1 Data Center Main Window Task Pane Displays available options in the software The Task Pane updates automatically with new options based on the last process executed Toolbars Contains the basic functions within the software Hover the mouse over any button to see its function gt Remark Office OMR Data fenter Tutoriali omr Tutoriali rmk oog Ele Edt yew Tools Hel agHlalal AAxx alalama H 1 MERCY GENE Cardiac S Z MERCY GENE Maternity 3 12345 34567 Data Options tS 3 MERCY GENEICU 2 78901 GA Read wizard 4 Customize your data collection tasks by 6 stepping through the Read Wizard 7 V Review exceptions 8 3 Perform data validation ra Open data file 11 Search the file system For a data file to a open into the Tutorial1 Form template 13 14 H Save data 15 Save the form template data 16 17 By Save data as 18 Save the form template data to another 19 file name 20 Hospital Divis Hospital Unit Length of StdRoom Numbel Admission pr Comfort Respect _ Expbnations Knowledgeal Over Strongly Agre Strongly Disa Strongly Disa Agr Strongly AgreAgree__ Bares Bern aiaro Ata aoree lage Strongly Agre Strongly Agre Strongly AgreStrorfily Agre Strongly Agre Stron lt lt 4 E
209. flatbed area for scanning ADF only Mark this checkbox if your scanner only contains a sheetfeeder for scanning Flatbed and ADF Mark this checkbox if your scanner contains both a flatbed and a sheetfeeder Option ADF check supported Duplex scanner Invert image Auto deskew Auto despeckle Scan ahead Scan duplex Rotate front side Rotate back side Remark Office OMR User s Guide Function Mark this checkbox if your scanner supports having its sheetfeeder checked for paper This type of scanner is capable of sensing when a page is placed in the automatic document feeder If using a duplex scanner mark this checkbox to enable duplex capabilities Use this setting to correct an image that scans in reverse black background with white text The default setting is No Mark this selection to have Remark Office OMR automatically attempt to correct for skewing during the scanning process Mark this selection to have Remark Office OMR automatically attempt to remove unwanted specks on the scanned image Mark this checkbox if your scanner supports the Scan Ahead feature that allows the scanner to scan at higher speeds most high end scanners utilize this feature Mark this checkbox to turn on the duplex capabilities of your scanner Use this option to rotate the front side of each page that is scanned Select the rotation degrees in the box provided Only use this option if the front side of your form
210. for spelling errors Accesses the Scanner Properties window so that you setup a scanner or make changes to the current setup Allows you to modify settings that control the way the Data Center looks feels and performs Use the task pane to perform software customization Remark Office OMR saves any changes you make and applies them to future actions Remark Office OMR User s Guide 3 5 5 Page and Region Menus The Page and Region menus are available in the Template Editor as you are creating or editing a form template These menus give you options to add delete edit and view the properties of regions in the template The items change depending on whether you have selected a Page node or a Region node in the tree view Tool Menu Page or Region Page amp Region Region Region Region Region Page amp Region 3 5 6 Help Menu When you have questions about the use of Remark Office OMR or about a specific menu or command look here 32 Menu Pull Down Item Insert Auto Align Page Append Linked Region Link Regions Break Region Link Properties Function Inserts a page or region before or after the selected node Allows you to auto align the selected page to a new image This feature is useful when you need to rescan the form due to form changes skew etc e g when using the Reset Images feature Adds a region to another region linking them into one question This featu
211. fore you are not required to have the software stop when a form page or respondent is not recognized Any images that are not recognized will be stored in a queue You can then access this queue after the forms have been processed and make the appropriate identifications Note When using automatic page identification without the Response Tracker feature you must process all pages of one complete form before moving on to the next form If a page is not recognized processing will stop even if you are not using the option to review during the read operation Please sort your pages so that an entire respondent s form is read at one time Regardless of how you use the Unrecognized Images Utility the Data Center will display the Unrecognized Images Utility window when an unrecognized form or page is encountered This window is described in detail in Section 8 7 5 Using the Unrecognized Image Utility To use the Review Unrecognized I mages Utility during form processing 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template Processing Forms 2 Begin processing forms by selecting the Tools menu and then clicking Read Wizard clicking ua or by clicking the Read Wizard link in the Task Pane 3 Make the necessary selections on the Read Method screen If using Auto Form ID mark the Auto Form ID Mode checkbox If automatically recognizing page or respondent IDs you do not need to make any extra indications in the Re
212. g with Your Data Note You do not need to select the same amount of space in the grid as the amount of space you copied to the clipboard To use Paste Special 1 Select a cell containing the data you wish to copy 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Copy or click Pal 3 Select the cells in which you want to paste the data 4 Select the Edit menu and then click Paste Special The data on the Windows clipboard are pasted into the selected grid cells To delete grid data 1 Select the area that you want to delete 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Delete right click in a cell and select Delete click the toolbar button for Delete x or press the Delete key You may also delete an entire grid row by clicking the row header or in a cell in the row and then right clicking and selecting Delete Row or by selecting the Edit menu and then clicking Delete Row 9 3 4 Resizing Inserting and Deleting Rows You can change the number of rows contained in each template grid by adding rows to the end of the grid inserting rows into the grid or deleting rows from the grid Tip This section refers to making grid selections in order to select grid cells See Section 9 3 1 Making Grid Selections for detailed information about this topic To insert row s into the grid 1 Select the desired insertion point by clicking a grid cell 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Insert Row to insert a row Or right click within the cell and choose Inse
213. ge Possible causes may be a skewed or offset page form design or a degraded image The image is degraded Cannot locate marks Possibly scanned incorrectly Multiple answers were entered for a region in which multiple responses were not permitted No response was given Unable to locate the region on the page Possible causes scanning a page that is smaller than the form template or scanning pages with the wrong template Unable to recognize barcode Check to ensure it is a supported barcode type If using the Code 3 of 9 barcode type make sure that you used the required beginning and ending asterisks in your barcode The scanner is not ready Check to make sure it is connected correctly and that the power is turned on No scanner is selected A scanner cannot be used until it is selected in the Scanner Properties window Class Category 4100 TWAIN Errors Error 4014 4020 4021 4022 4023 4026 4027 4100 4101 4102 Understanding Error Messages Error Text The HP or compatible scanner reports a lamp error Make sure the bulb is working and remove any paper from the flatbed The ISIS scanner is not ready Make that the scanner is connected properly and that the power switch is turned on The ISIS scanner reports a communication error Make sure the power switch is turned on and that the cables are connected properly Cycle the power switch and wait for the READY light to com
214. ge region Insert Barcode region The new region will be inserted after the currently selected node in the tree view 4 Place the crosshair in the top left corner of the region hold down the left mouse button and drag a box to the lower right hand corner of the region 5 Release the mouse button The Region Properties box appears Region types and properties are explained in the following sections 7 2 4 Creating an OMR Region An OMR region is an area on the form containing OMR bubbles checkboxes etc The respondent darkens the marks that correspond with his or her answer choice Each OMR region contains a specific number of rows and columns A single OMR region can contain one question or several questions When an OMR region is created you must specify certain properties pertaining to the region including the size of the region the type of region and what output Remark Office OMR should generate These topics are covered in the following sections 7 2 4 a OMR Region Types There are six types of OMR regions The following section describes each type in full detail and includes examples of each style The examples include the region as it looks on the printed page as well as how a selected response might appear in the data grid when you are processing forms Multiple Region A Multiple region designation is used for multiple choice style questions These questions can allow a single response or multiple responses One Multiple reg
215. ge that is displayed in the image area and then click the Read button Allows you to enter the correct respondent ID for the form An exception flag will be present to show you why the region was not automatically recognized e g BLANK or MULT flags Once you enter the correct respondent ID the software will either match it to an existing record if one exists or begin a new record After entering the correct response click the Read button Lists the details pertinent to the page being read including the Form ID Number of Pages and the Page ID if applicable If a region has not been automatically recognized its details will not be listed until a form template form page is selected Provides an image representation of the form to assist in matching forms and pages to the appropriate form template Processing Forms Option Description Cancel Use this button to cancel processing of the current page The Cancel button offers three options Cancel Cancels the current image and stops the reading process If you are reviewing images after form processing the review process will end Skip Image Skips the current image but continues with the unrecognized image review This option is only available when using the Review Unrecognized I mages utility after form processing Discard Image Skips the current image and 1 if reviewing images created while scanning forms deletes the corresponding image or 2 if reviewing ima
216. ges and run Review Exceptions to clean the data This process makes sharing the workload easier Caution Please read the license agreement in the front of this user s guide carefully before installing Remark Office OMR on multiple computers Licensing is computer based meaning that one copy of the software may only be installed on one computer To save data to the Remark Office Archive format 1 Select the File menu and then click Save As The Save Data window opens allowing you to choose a file name a file type and the directory in which you would like the file saved 2 Select the desired directory location using the Look in drop down box 3 Enter a name in the box titled File name 235 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 236 Select the Remark Office Archive ROA format in the box titled Save as type If desired mark the checkbox for Delete original images after archiving to delete the original images that are stored during form scanning These images are included in the archive format in case you need to access them at a later point Click the OK button to save the file To open a saved Remark Office Archive file 1 5 In the Data Center select the File menu select Open and then select Data Alternatively you may select the File menu select Open and then a select Form Template Office Archive Set the Files of type to All Data Files or Remark Office Archive Highlight the ROA file you wish to open a
217. ges box Image Files pcx tif bmp dex gif jog jpeg pet pict png psd tiff iv Remove Remove all Images in Read Order The list of images that will be processed once you click the Read button Images will be processed in the order in which they appear in this list Add Selected I mages Click this button after selecting an image or images from the available images list to move the image s to the Images in Read Order list gk H dd All I mages Click this button to add all images from the available images list to the Images in Read Order list C 3 5 Read Wizard Review Exceptions Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Review Exceptions optional Select the desired items to be flagged when running Review Exceptions Review Exceptions amp Unrecognized Images Review unrecognized images is the process of viewing and matching Tracking reales that are not are not automatically recognized during a read operation Review unrecognized images when using region tracking Review Exceptions is the process of cleaning data that have been flagged during a read operation Please note that when reading in Server Mode the read operation will pause so that you can review the desired exceptions Activate Review Exceptions Multiple responses Blank responses Database lookup regions Recognition errors Barcode regions Image regions C 3 6 Server Mode Reading from I mag
218. ges created by processing saved image files does not place the image into the Unrecognized Image queue for later review the actual image file will not be deleted Read After matching a form page or respondent to its form template click the Read button to continue processing forms When using multiple tracker regions you will match one region at a time For example if a form template page and respondent are all not recognized you will first match the form template then the utility will appear again so that you can match the form template page and finally the utility will appear again so that you can match the respondent ID Continue to the next sections to understand how to use the Unrecognized Images Utility when both forms and pages are not recognized automatically 8 7 5 a Reviewing Unrecognized Auto Form ID Images If the Data Center cannot automatically match a form to its form template the Unrecognized Images Utility will appear If you have chosen to review unrecognized images during form processing the window will appear for each unrecognized form ID region If you have chosen not to review during form processing the images will be stored in a queue so that you can process them all at once 205 Remark Office OMR User s Guide To use the Unrecognized I mages Utility for Auto Form ID regions 1 Follow the directions in Section 8 7 Form Page and Respondent Detection to begin form processing using Auto Form ID 2
219. gging the rectangle to the bottom right corner of the area making sure you have selected the entire allotted space see example on next page Comments 3 After positioning the box release the mouse button and the Properties Image Region window will appear to allow you to define the region s properties 4 Enter Comments in the Region name box 5 Set the Region type to Data entry This type will allow you to hand enter the comments that are written on the forms 6 Set the Data type to Textual m Region Definition 7 At the bottom of the Region name Comments Region Definition area Region type Data entry v Datatype Textual F mark the setting for Default fil Attem pt to detect the O auto increment fill value if applicable p resence of h an d WwW riti n g Attempt to detect the presence of handwriting in the region in the region By using this feature Remark Office OMR will search for handwriting in the Image region area during form processing If writing is found the area will show a visible indicator that text was found so that you know exactly where you need to enter information 8 Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window You can now see the new mage region visible as a blue field on your form and that Comments is now listed in the tree view of your form template Remark Office OMR User s Guide To save the Tutorial 1 form template Once you have defined all of the regions
220. ghlighted Then click Review Exceptions only the selected column will be reviewed 8 4 2 a Using the Review Exceptions Window Whether you use Review Exceptions during or after form processing any exceptions found while reading display in the Review Exceptions window The Review Exceptions window displays the following information Property Search by Response Search Forward Search Backward Next Row Column Function Row Respondent Use this option to search across the data grid in rows by respondent Column Item Use this option to search across the data grid in columns by form template item question Displays the current response Use this box to enter the correct response by typing the response or clicking the drop down arrow and choosing a response You can view the item in question in the Image Viewer for assistance in verifying the response Moves to the next exception case on the form Moves backwards until it encounters an exception case Moves to the next exception case on the next form it will search by row or column depending on To replace an exception 1 Property Previous Row Column Finished Cancel Processing Forms Function your selection in the Search by box Moves backward one row or column until it encounters an exception case it will search by row or column depending on your selection in the Search by box Ends Review Exceptions Cancels reviewing of the curren
221. gion properties 167 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Section Option General Default region Preferences name Format delimiter Grid Perform logging Dictionary Dictionary Settings location Active dictionary 168 Description Enter a default region name to be used for every new region created For example entering Q will cause every region name to be called Q Remark Office OMR will automatically append numbers to the end of the region name so that your regions will be called Q1 Q2 Q3 etc Specify the character to use for the Define Format feature for Grid fields Define Format allows you to format the output of a Grid field e g put slashes in between numbers to produce a date The Format Delimiter is the character displayed in the region properties window when you use this feature The asterisk is the default delimiter Each asterisk represents a character in the region Mark this checkbox to have Remark Office OMR store log files when the software terminates unexpectedly The log file will contain the work you were doing so that it can be restored when you restart the software You will be prompted to load the log file in the event of an unexpected termination Use of this feature is strongly recommended Use this setting to specify where the spell check dictionary is located The default location is the Windows System32 folder Use this setting to
222. gions 1 Click the node above or 1 below where you would like the new region to be added so that it is highlighted For the first question in a form template click the Page 1 node 2 Click the Region menu if you 2 have selected a region Click the Page menu if you have selected a page 3 Click Insert 3 4 Make the appropriate 4 selection based on what you would like to insert and whether you want to insert it before or after the selected node Page After OMR Region After Image Click the node above or below where you would like the new region to be added so that it is highlighted For the first question in a form template click the Page 1 node Right click the same node to display a drop down menu Click Insert Make the appropriate selection based on what you would like to insert and whether you want to insert it before or after the selected node Page After OMR Region After Image Region After Barcode Using the Template Editor Region After Barcode Region After Page Before Region After Page Before OMR Region Before I mage OMR Region Before Region Before or Barcode Image Region Before or Region Before Barcode Region Before Note You may also use the toolbar buttons to insert each region type green for OMR regions orange for Barcode regions and blue for Image regions The mouse cursor will turn to a crosshair indicating you need to drag a box around the region in the image representatio
223. h this file name you may modify the file name 3 You have now created the Tutorial 2 form template Close the Template Editor by selecting the File menu and then clicking Exit Alternatively you may also simply click the X in the upper right hand corner of the Template Editor window 5 3 2 Processing the Completed Answer Sheets Now that you have created the form template for the General Answer Sheet you are ready to begin processing the completed forms using your scanner or the supplied image files The following section provides instructions for both reading from scanner and for reading from image files If you have installed a supported scanner use the filled in sample forms provided with the software and follow the instructions for using the scanner To open the General Answer Sheet form template 1 If not already running start the Remark Office OMR Data Center When the Data Center opens it will display a blank spreadsheet style data grid 2 Select the File menu and then click Open Form Template or click E Alternatively select the Open form template link in the Task Pane You must open a form template in order to process forms 3 Select the Tutorial2 omr file or the file you created in the previous section of this tutorial and then click the Open button When the Tutorial2 form template opens its name will appear on the title bar at the top of the screen and you will see the region names you specified as your column heade
224. he page e g an other blank from a multiple choice question The Image region will contain a blue indicator flag if the linked mark is chosen so that you know which regions need attention for data entry This feature is especially helpful when used in conjunction with Review Exceptions Use this drop down list to select the region to which to link the Image region when using the Link Region to an Existing OMR Region option Use this drop down list to select the individual question within the OMR region to which to link the Image region Note that if the linked OMR region only contains one question you will only see this question in the list Use this drop down list to choose an answer response Label from the linked question Alternatively you may type an answer choice in the box When this answer choice is detected during form processing the linked Image region will contain a blue flag in the data grid Click the ellipse to select a location in which to store the Image Clips Use this box to enter a beginning name to use when storing Image Clips This name will have numbers appended to it to allow for the greatest number of images to be stored For example if you are storing Image Clips of a comment question on a survey you may wish to begin the clips with the name Comments Using the Template Editor Property Function Insert the path of Mark this checkbox to have the path and file name of the clippe
225. he software functions by default which can facilitate your use of the software Important Note The Preferences are global software settings When you make a change to the Preferences it will affect all actions from that point forward It will not affect anything you have already completed To access the Preferences 1 Inthe Remark Office OMR Data Center select the Tools menu and then click Preferences or click p Use the links in the left Task Pane to access all of the available preferences Note Each component of the software has its own set of preferences The Remark Office OMR Template Editor preferences are covered in Section 7 7 Template Editor Preferences The Remark Quick Stats preferences are covered in the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file which can be accessed by clicking Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation The available Data Center preferences are described in the sections that follow 249 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 11 2 General Preferences General preferences allow you to setup defaults for basic software functions The following options are available Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences Data Grid Data Center preferences p File Storage Locations appearances Set target file storage locations JA Recognition Specify advanced threshold parameters to be used during the read operation Other Settings General Preferences O Shade alternate grid ro
226. he Begin image names with option blank your images will only have the page number if applicable date and time as the name of each image In the Image target directory box click the Browse button to select a location in which to store the images for this form You may use the default directory for images or select a different directory Mark the checkbox for Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name to have the Data Center automatically create a folder in which to store these images The folder name will be the name of the form template and the folder will be created in the directory you have selected in the Image target directory box Tip We recommend using the Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name feature for easier organization of image files Use of this feature will keep all images associated with this form template in one folder for easy access The unique date and time portion of the image names will prevent images from being overwritten In the Saved image type box select an image type to use for storing images The choices are PCX DCX PDF or TIF 16 17 Processing Forms Note PDF support is only enabled if you turn on this feature by selecting the Tools menu clicking Preferences and then clicking the Recognition link in the Task Pane When saving to the PDF or TIF formats you can choose the compression rate under I mage compression level Uncompressed Group 3 Group
227. he data When you run your grade reports they will be produced with each student s name yet you did not have to type in that information To use database lookup 1 2 3 4 5 6 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 Click the Database lookup link in the left task pane Mark the checkbox for Use Database Lookup In the Database Selection area use the Type drop down list to select the type of database to which you want to connect this region e g Access Excel etc Click the Browse button to locate and select the database file Select a file and then click the Open button or double click the file name If using an ODBC connection perform the Steps 7 9 you will need to obtain specific information from your database administrator to complete these steps Otherwise skip to Step 10 10 12 OPTIONAL Select your database type from the DSN drop down list OPTIONAL Select the appropriate checkbox to indicate whether your database is Directory or DSN based Directory based or DSN based OPTIONAL If your database utilizes password protection use the Username and Password boxes to enter your login information If the database is not password protected you may skip this step In the Lookup amp Return section click the Connect to Database button to link the database to the region Use the Table drop down list to select the table in the database containing the fields to which you are linking the region
228. he handwritten comments for any Image region on one easy to read report Crosstabs A Group Report displaying means for question groupings new version only 245 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 246 Test Statistics include A Grade Wizard steps you through the process of setting up an answer key grade scale questions points learning objectives benchmark scores and other grading information for your test For each item Remark Quick Stats calculates Mean Variance Standard Deviation Standard Error Min Max Range Median Skewness Kurtosis T Value Percentiles Confidence Intervals P values Point Biserial Correlation For each answer choice Remark Quick Stats calculates Frequencies Percentages Point Biserial For each student Remark Quick Stats calculates Total score Raw score Grade Dev IQ Number correct incorrect unanswered For the test Remark Office OMR calculates Number of graded tests and items Max Min Median Range Percentile scores Mean Variance Standard Deviation Confidence Intervals 1 5 95 99 KR 20 KR21 Coefficient Cronbach Alpha A Grade Report displays each student s results on the test and optionally includes an image of the test A Group Report displaying grades for specific subsets of your data new version only A variety of graph types are also included all of which can be copied and printed Pie Bar Horizontal Bar Line Area Point Polar Fast Line Bo
229. he main Template Editor window You will now see a green box around the Room Number region in the form area identifying it as an OMR region You will also see that Room Number has been added to the tree view To define the Hospital Stay Evaluation questions as an OMR region There are six questions on the form that ask the patient to evaluate his or her hospital stay All six questions share the same evaluation scale of Strongly Agree to Strongly Disagree which allows them to share one set of labels on the form This compact and logical question area can be captured with a single OMR region even though it contains six separate questions Defining similar questions in one region saves time and effort and is preferable Learning Remark Office OMR Highlight if not already highlighted the Room Number node in the tree view Click the green toolbar button to insert an OMR region and use the crosshair to draw a box around the entire group of 24 bubbles all four columns and six rows This region contains six individual questions and each question has four possible answer choices When the Properties OMR Region box opens enter Evaluation in Region name box Select Multiple as the OMR type Select Textual for the Data type This region contains a scale from Strongly Agree to Strongly Disagree so textual data is appropriate In the Region Layout area select Row for the Region orientation because each individual question occupies on
230. hen creating new Image regions Textual or Numeric 173 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Section Option Threshold Default Image Clip Options Target directory Default Grading amp Survey Analysis Grade region Tabulate region 174 Description Sets the default recognition threshold for Image regions Lower thresholds force the software to be more lenient when reading light or less filled marks Higher thresholds force the software to be more strict and therefore less likely to pick up stray or light markings within the region Use the default setting of 3 unless you encounter problems when processing forms Use caution when using extremely low or high thresholds Low thresholds will cause the software to be very sensitive possibly picking up items such as erasures High thresholds may cause the software to not detect handwriting within light or less filled Image regions Sets the default storage location for the images that are captured when using Image Clips Mark this checkbox to grade Image regions by default when performing a grade operation Mark this checkbox to tabulate Image regions by default when performing a survey operation Using the Template Editor 7 7 4 Barcode Region Preferences The Barcode Region screen allows you to setup default settings to be used when creating new Barcode regions When creating new Barcode regions the selected settings will be used automatically However yo
231. hin Remark Office OMR To use the keyboard to select objects 1 Press Tab to activate the next item in a window 2 Press Shift Tab to activate the previous item 3 4 3 Using Keyboard Shortcuts Most menu items and window objects provide shortcut keys as an alternative to using the mouse An underlined letter in the label indicates the shortcut letter for the particular object or menu item To pull down a menu item using keyboard shortcuts 1 Press Alt the shortcut letter of the menu item shown on the menu bar For example press AIt F to access the File menu 2 Press the underlined letter of the desired item from the pull down menu Many Remark Office OMR menu pull down options also employ hot key shortcuts e g use Ctrl X for Cut 3 4 4 Scrolling When you select a scrolling list the Up Down arrow keys the Page Up Page Down keys and the Home End keys perform the following actions e The arrow keys move the list up or down a line at a time e The Page Up Page Down keys move up or down a page window of text at a time Remark Office OMR User s Guide e The Home End keys move to the top or bottom of a list Use scroll bars to view additional items in a list or different parts of a window The following table explains how to use the mouse within a vertically oriented scroll bar to produce various results Mouse Action Click the arrow at the bottom of the scroll bar Click the arrow a
232. hopping Purchase a scanner with an automatic document feeder ADF You do not want to have to scan forms one at a time The ADF will allow you to place a batch of forms in the scanner at one time Use the resources on our web site to find scanner information You will find a list of supported scanners and links to scanner manufacturers If you experience a problem using your scanner in Remark Office OMR verify that the scanner is working properly before contacting support You can verify that the scanner is functioning by scanning pages in another scanning application Many scanners will bundle an application for scanning with the scanner driver Or use another default Windows application that permits scanning if it is available on your computer If the scanner does not work in another program you may be experiencing a hardware problem and should contact your scanner manufacturer for assistance If your scanned image is unclear check the settings being used by your scanner If using a TWAIN driver go to the Scanner Properties window and mark the checkbox to Show TWAIN interface When you scan verify that you are scanning in a black and white line art mode for the best results You can also check page size resolution and brightness settings in the scanner s user interface A resolution of 200 dots per inch DPI is recommended A 3 Forms Creating forms correctly is the most important step to a successful experience with Remark Offi
233. how or hide the task pane by selecting the View menu and then clicking Task Pane e Toolbar The toolbar is the series of icons across the top of each Remark Office OMR window These icons represent shortcuts for common functions within the software Hover your mouse over any button to see tool tip text explaining the functionality of the button e Menus The pull down menus have all of the functions available within the software Many of these functions can also be found in the toolbar and task pane It is up to you to decide how you wish to access software functions We will work with all three methods to allow you an understanding of each Before we begin we need to touch briefly on some important concepts that may be new to you J ust take in the big picture for now details will be built as these concepts are used in the lessons 5 1 1 Form Template Overview The following concepts are explained in greater detail in other sections of this user s guide but are important to understand in performing these tutorials Here is a quick overview to help you get started 5 1 1 a What is a Form Template File The first thing you will do in Remark Office OMR is create form templates for the forms you wish to process in the software A form template file contains the information needed to instruct Remark Office OMR about each form The form template conveys the location of the information on the pages e g the Learning Remark Office OMR
234. iate format The TWAIN source scanner returned an invalid image size height or width set to zero Reset the source s image size information on the source s user interface Remark Office OMR and the TWAIN source have fallen out of sync Terminate the current operation and retry The TWAIN source did not close correctly Check to make sure your scanner is installed properly The TWAIN32 DLL file could not be found Make sure that the file TWAIN32 DLL is located in your Windows directory The specified TWAIN Source could not be enabled Not all TWAIN drivers allow showing hiding of their User Interface Try changing your selection for the Show TWAIN interface option in the Scanner Properties window Understanding Error Messages Class Category Error Error Text 6000 Output File 6000 Error saving because the template grid Errors contains no data You cannot save an empty grid 6001 Error saving the data because the specified data do not correspond to the selected form template file The data may contain misplaced characters such as commas periods semicolons and parentheses 6002 Error saving the data in the selected file 6005 format because a cell exceeds the maximum size for storage Edit the text in the grid or save to another file format Some file formats maintain a maximum cell size question number etc See Section 9 5 Saving Grid Data 6006 Too many questions to save in dBase DBF format Max
235. ical tools to tabulate your survey or grade your test If you use the software s analysis Remark Quick Stats you can take advantage of powerful grade results crosstabulations graphs and charts and more Remark Office OMR works with image scanners which are the type of scanners that can also be used for scanning pictures or pages of text and are readily available from your local computer dealer or via mail order and online companies See Chapter 4 for more specific information about scanners and their relationship to Remark Office OMR This User s Guide is designed to provide information about all of the features of the software as well as guidelines for using the software Tutorials are provided to help you get started Software features are not only described but you are also given steps for how to use the features Items taken directly from the software such aS menus buttons and dialogs are in bold format whenever they are used in an instructional context You are encouraged to read the following chapters and perform the tutorials before designing your own forms or using the software with your own forms This User s Guide contains answers to many of the common questions and or problems users potentially face and includes Understanding Error Messages and Tips and Helpful Hints appendices to help you solve and avert problems 1 1 What is Included with your Software Each purchase of Remark Office OMR includes the fol
236. id data The Remark Office OMR software requires a form template file for each type of form that you want to process For each form template created there is a corresponding template grid The Remark Office OMR Data Center uses a template grid to store data recognized from forms A form may contain up to 150 pages The data read from one form are considered a single record and display in one grid row Each column in the grid represents one variable or question on the form as defined in the form template 9 2 Understanding the Template Grid The Remark Office OMR template grid window employs a spreadsheet style interface to display recognized data Each grid column corresponds to an item or question on the form as it was defined in the form template The grid employs two cell types to store data text and list The cell type depends on the kind of region being used Barcode regions Image regions that do not contain Database Lookup information and OMR regions set to the Grid Add or Binary Data Type use text cells Text cells are used to data enter information All other 221 Remark Office OMR User s Guide OMR regions use list cells List cells contain a drop down list of possible answer items labels as they are defined in the form template See Section 9 3 2 Changing Cell Contents later in this chapter for information on how to edit individual cells If an individual region contains more than one question by default the corresponding
237. ideo Card A video connection is not supported in Remark Office OMR For parallel and USB port connections you simply connect the scanner s cable to the appropriate port on the computer For SCSI connections you connect the scanner s cable to a SCSI card that is located inside the computer Some scanners will come with their own SCSI cards or the computer may already have one installed Otherwise a SCSI card will need to be purchased Please see your scanner s installation guide for the specifics on your particular model Note Read the scanner manufacturer s directions BEFORE installing your scanner You may need to install items in a specific order 4 2 2 Scanner Drivers Communication between software and a scanner occurs through a driver There are several different scanner communications protocols Remark Office OMR supports the most common protocol TWAIN TWAIN is a standard protocol for controlling scanning equipment With TWAIN each scanner manufacturer provides a TWAIN compliant driver for their scanners and each software application includes TWAIN support as part of the software Software applications supporting the TWAIN protocol can control many different scanners When using the TWAIN option in Remark Office OMR you will have the option of using legacy support for older scanner drivers Important Note Remark Office OMR will work with legacy ISIS drivers When you are setting up your scanner you will notice ISIS lis
238. ies link in the left task pane 3 In the Recognition Threshold applies to region section set the Threshold value to the desired number Choose a higher value to have the software be less sensitive and choose a lower value to have the software be more sensitive when processing forms Tip Use caution when setting extreme Recognition Threshold values Decreasing to 1 will cause the software to be quite sensitive and it may pick up unintended marks such as erasures and stray marks Increasing to 6 may cause the software to be quite discriminate and it may choose the most filled mark for you when two marks are selected and are not permitted 4 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view Tip If you are having trouble recognizing an entire form you can override the form template Recognition Threshold settings for all regions by going to Tools Preferences Recognition in the Data Center Using the Template Editor 7 3 1 e Blank and Multiple Exception Handling You can specify how Remark Office OMR should handle blank and multiple responses in OMR regions when processing forms and exporting data By default the word BLANK is inserted for items that are not answered and the word MULT is inserted when more than one response is chosen Also by default only one answer response is allowed You can replace these values on a region by region basis You may choose one of the default options listed or type in a custom va
239. iew every available report in this tutorial you will want to explore the other available reports and eons ti DE experiment with the report options by clicking Tools Report Properties and Tools Preferences 4 To gain some comfort with the Remark Quick Stats window go to the toolbar and use the Full Screen button to expand the report Then toggle back to the default view by ek the button again If you need to use the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons to increase or decrease the size of the report image Learning Remark Office OMR Condensed Item Analysis Report Hospital una Langa of Seay ioe Teal Percent tae Tool Percent S Presdmissien and admission procedures were wet The saM loob od after ary comfort and wel being ee a The statt me mith respect Medical procedures were explained in terms understood nd lee Tetal___ Percent tae Total Percent iy eve go oa pe ni ar M eae Pen 7 7 j e Default View Full Screen 5 Return to the Task Pane to display the available report options again 6 Select the Detailed Item Analysis Report link The Detailed Item Analysis report provides a more detailed look at individual question statistics including frequency percent valid percent and cumulative percent A corresponding graph is also displayed by default 7 View each page by using the
240. imum of 128 questions permitted Try saving the data to another file format 6007 Too much data to save in dBase DBF format Maximum of 4 000 bytes per record Try saving the data to another file format 6008 Unable to save to Fixed SDF file format 6009 because responses are not of a fixed size Data in each column must contain the same number of bytes For example if the possible answers for a question are 1 10 you should set the region up using the labels 01 02 03 09 10 so that each answer item will contain two bytes 6100 File Import 6100 Error importing specified file format Errors 6104 Incompatible data encountered during the conversion 319 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Class Category Error 6105 6106 6108 6109 6110 7000 Database 7000 Memory Errors 7001 7002 7003 7004 320 Error Text The data contained in the data file do not correspond to your form template file The data were truncated The data file contains more grid columns than the current template grid Make sure you have selected the correct form template and data file Error importing SPSS SAV file format Note that SPSS reformats data when saving consequently data saved as compressed in SPSS may not import back into Remark Office OMR Error importing the Fixed SDF format file The application doesn t have enough memory or resources to complete the selected database operation Close
241. ing When an OMR region is not positioned correctly around the marks Remark Office OMR will flag the region by coloring the region definition box a solid red color In addition the same node in the tree view will be red and italicized The red box indicates that you need to move the box so that it is properly positioned around the mark or group of marks or you need to correct the region definitions in the region properties window Proper positioning means that the region definition does not touch or include any items other than the marks e g text lines graphics etc The region will also be flagged as incorrect if the number of columns and rows specified in the Properties window do not match what was selected in the region Place your mouse over any solid red region to see the source of the problem To reposition or redefine a region 1 Ifa region is solid red in color check the borders of the region definition to ensure that they are not touching any marks text lines etc Also make sure that only the marks are included in the region Adjust any region borders if necessary If you need to move the entire region place the mouse over the region until you see a cross symbol with four arrows Drag the entire region with the left mouse button to its new position and release the mouse 2 Ifthe region appears to be positioned properly but still appears as solid red double click inside the red box to display the Region Properties window
242. ing of each data record You can start processing a new batch and its corresponding forms at any time To create a batch you create form templates for the batch header form s and the form you wish to process with that batch header form You will then combine these form templates into a batch file Both forms must have different Page IDs on them Remark Office OMR will use the page IDs to understand when a batch header form is being processed along with the regular forms To use batch header forms 1 Create a form template for the form you wish to process as a batch header form See Chapter 7 for further information about creating form templates 2 Create a form template for the form you wish to process along with the batch header form Processing Forms In the Remark Office OMR Data Center select the File menu and then click Batch Wizard Alternatively select the Batch Wizard link from the Task Pane In the Batch Wizard Step 1 window select the form template that will be used as the primary form template This is the form template that corresponds to the form you wish to process with the batch header form Click the Add File s button to add the form template to the Primary Form Template box You may add more than one form template for processing if desired Click the Next gt gt button to continue In the Batch Wizard Step 2 window select the form template corresponding to your batch header form Click
243. ion may contain more than one question Example 1 Form Data Output ME Using the Template Editor Gender Gender Female F O Male Example 2 Form Data Output Question1 Question2 Question3 Question 1 A B C Question 2 Question 3 Grid Region A Grid region designation is used for questions where the output from the rows and columns needs to be one piece of data The respondent typically fills in several bubbles that make up one response e g student ID regions name regions social security number regions Example Form Identification Number 0123 45 6 0000000 0000000 000000 000000 00006000 115 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 116 0000 0000 00000 00000 CZOVOROmG 0000 0000 0O Data Output Id Number 0123456 List Region A List region designation is used for regions that contain multiple choice style questions but the response bubbles are not contained in a single row or column Each bubble has a unique output value Example Form What is your middle initial 0000000 OROROR MORORORO ODOC00000OO Data Output Using the Template Editor Add Region An Add region designates a region where the values of all of the chosen OMR bubbles will be added together to produce one value You can assign individual values to each answer choice or mark on the form Example 1 For this ex
244. ional more advanced features that may be defined These features will be discussed in detail beginning with Section 7 3 1 4 Click the OK button Properties Image Region Comments Properties W Image Region properties Set overall properties for the region Q Region item properties Set properties for items within a region EJ Question text and names Set question text and question names for the region s items 3 Region Definition Region name Comments Region type Image clip x Textual l o Attempt to detect the presence of handwriting in the region Image Clip Options Target directory C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Images Begin names with comments Insert the path of the clipped file into the grid during the read process o Include region in read operation After creating an Image region a new node will be added to the tree view Image regions are blue in the image representation area 7 2 9 Barcode Regions Barcodes are a reliable way to capture information from a form while using a small amount of space Barcodes can be placed directly on a form or on a sticker that is placed on a form The barcode must be located in the same position on each form You can create barcodes using special barcode generation software or by using a barcode font in a word processing program Barcodes can be placed horizontally or vertically on the form The
245. ith a new look and feel plus some new reports A new comparative report allows you to look at cross sections of your data on a single report o Grading The Grade Wizard now supports the following features Benchmark scores to compare student progress to established benchmarks Multiple test version answer key scoring Easier to use learning objective measurement screen including benchmarks for each objective and a separate grade scale for all of the learning objectives The ability to change question properties on the fly for one or more questions e g points awarded respondent identifiers question text etc o Surveys A new survey wizard supports the following features Benchmark scores to compare respondents responses to established benchmarks The ability to group questions together to gain an overall survey analysis as well as a concentrated analysis on specific related questions You can also weight individual questions within the group for emphasis on those questions that are most important to you For those of you who have a favorite report in your current version of Remark Quick Stats now called Legacy Analysis you can still use this version too Legacy Analysis can be turned on in the software preferences via the Tools menu All of the new features in this version are too numerous to mention We have highlighted some of the bigger features here Take some time to review this manual and the s
246. ith the rest of the data can be useful for verification of processed data 7 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view When you are ready to process forms open the form template containing Page ID regions in the Remark Office OMR Data Center Use the Read Wizard to 147 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 148 process your forms Remark Office OMR will begin processing the forms searching for the Page ID regions first When it matches a region on the form to the region in the form template it will automatically place that data in the correct page order Any regions that are not recognized will be flagged for your review or placed in the Unrecognized Images queue Note that if you are not using the Respondent Tracker feature you must process all of the pages belonging to one respondent s form before beginning those of a different respondent See Section 8 6 for further details about processing forms using Auto Page ID regions Tip Page IDs can be used alone if you only want to recognize various pages within the same form If you want to be able to recognize various pages within different forms at the same time you will need to use Form IDs as well 7 3 3 c Setting up a Respondent Tracker region Respondent Tracker regions can be setup to identify each respondent s form To use Respondent Tracker you must also have a page identifier on each page of your form see previous section When you create a form
247. itional fields C Required item Survey Settings Do not tabulate this item Tabulate this item Recognition Threshold applies to region Threshold value 3 Multiple Exception Handling Multiple responses Not allowed Replace with MULT MULT 137 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 138 7 3 1 d Recognition Threshold The Recognition Threshold setting allows you to compensate for degraded images and poorly marked forms and assists you with the recognition of handwriting in Image regions Use the Recognition Threshold setting to increase or decrease standards for mark recognition You can set the Recognition Threshold on a region by region basis The Recognition Threshold setting ranges from 1 to 6 with 3 being the default setting It is recommended that you use the default values unless you encounter problems Use a lower Recognition Threshold to compensate for errors when reading light pages degraded images or pages where the respondent has not filled the marks completely Use a higher Recognition Threshold to compensate for errors when reading dark pages or pages with many erasures Note The Recognition Threshold can only be set on a region basis If you have a region containing multiple OMR questions the Recognition Threshold setting will apply to all questions in the region To set the Recognition Threshold 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Region item propert
248. its borders 2 Click the down arrow on the cell s list box 3 Click the correct response Remark Office OMR User s Guide 224 Note An asterisk appears next to selected responses 4 If more than one response is permitted repeat steps 2 and 3 to select more than one response Editing a cell removes any exception case flags that may have been present 9 3 3 Cutting Copying Pasting and Deleting The Remark Office OMR template grid supports all normal Windows clipboard functions cut copy and paste In addition it supports the Paste Special command which allows you to copy the contents of one cell and then paste them into multiple cells Tip This section refers to making grid selections in order to select grid cells See Section 9 3 1 Making Grid Selections for detailed information about this topic To cut data from the grid 1 Select an area to cut Select the Edit menu and then click Cut click or press Ctrl X The selected data are cut from the grid and placed on the Windows clipboard To copy grid data 1 Select an area to copy 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Copy click or press Ctrl C The selected data are copied to the Windows clipboard To paste data from the clipboard to the grid 1 Select the area to which you want to paste 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Paste click or press Ctrl V The data on the Windows clipboard are pasted into the selected grid cell s Workin
249. k up the scanning from where you last left off 8 6 Overwriting Data Records 196 The Remark Office OMR Data Center also allows you to process forms in their original order beginning on a selected form template page This method is useful if your reading session was interrupted unexpectedly and you need to resume form processing midway into your data To use this method you must first select a grid row You can then use the Read Wizard to process new forms either at the beginning of the selected data grid row or beginning with a certain form template page The latter option is the same as reading from the scanner or image files normally except that you can choose the page on which to begin To overwrite data 1 Highlight the data grid row s containing the data you wish to overwrite 2 Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click ca Alternatively you may select the Read Wizard link from the Task Pane 3 Inthe Read Method window select the radio button for the option you wish to use Read from scanner or Read from image files 4 Inthe Advanced Collection Options area mark the checkbox for Start reading from form template page Enter the page number at which to start processing You may use the up and down arrow keys or type a number If you are using a single page form template or overwriting the entire data grid row you do not need to use this setting Processing Forms 5 Configure the remaining Read Wizard options
250. kbox in the Scanner Properties window If any problems occur you will need to show the scanner user interface again Tip If your scanner is used for scanning in programs other than Remark Office OMR there is a good chance its settings will be altered In this case we recommend that you make a note of what settings you are using in Remark Office OMR Keep the Show TWAIN interface option on at all times so that you can see what settings are being used and maintain consistency with your forms This practice may help you achieve a higher level of accuracy in the software 4 3 2 b Obtaining Updated TWAIN Drivers Most scanner manufacturers release new TWAIN drivers on a regular basis Updated drivers are created to correct problems If you experience any problems scanning in Remark Office OMR while using a TWAIN driver contact your scanner manufacturer to ensure that you have the latest driver release You can find drivers on the web sites of most scanner manufacturers 4 3 3 Using the ISIS Scanning Protocol ISIS is a scanning protocol developed by Pixel Translations Inc for controlling scanning equipment Some scanners ship with an ISIS driver especially high end scanners Important Note Remark Office OMR only supports legacy ISIS drivers Legacy ISIS drivers ship with older scanners Newer scanners may not be supported under the ISIS protocol Therefore we provide limited information about ISIS scanning in this user s guide Always
251. ke a change to the form template remember that major changes will not change data that have already been processed These types of changes would include changing Labels rearranging the order of regions and changing the size of a region If you make such changes you will need to process your forms again because the existing data will no longer match the form template You can either scan the forms or read the stored image files to recreate your data file Tips and Helpful Hints If you change your form slightly but have already created a form template you do not have to create a new form template You can scan the new page with the existing form template by using the Reset Images feature or by editing the page properties and acquiring a new image Once you have scanned or imported a new image use the Auto Align feature to move the existing regions to their proper location on the new image double check positioning after using the Auto Align feature and adjust as needed Test your form and form template with the software before duplicating and distributing forms Create a form template and fill in a few forms to get an idea of how well the form will work and whether you have set up the form template properly for your data analysis needs A 5 Reading Forms When the form and template guidelines in the above sections are followed reading forms is a smooth process Here are some tips to keep things running efficiently Scan filled in forms a
252. l Cells Cells can be edited individually by clicking the cell you wish to change You can use the drop down arrow to select correct responses or type the desired text into the cell As you click in a cell the Image Viewer at the bottom of the screen will update automatically select View I mage Viewer if you are not seeing the Image Viewer You may also zoom to the selected region by enabling the toolbar button for Zoom to Region on Selection in the I mage Viewer toolbar Note Editing a cell removes any error flags Processing Forms To reconcile cells individually 1 Click the cell that you wish to change 2 If the cell contains a drop down arrow click the arrow and choose the correct response from the list 3 If the cell does not contain a drop down arrow type the appropriate response in the cell and press Enter or click another cell Note Each cell contains either a text box or a drop down list box depending on its region type Grid Binary and Add OMR regions barcode regions and Image regions that are not using the Database Lookup feature are considered text regions You will not have a drop down list box for these region types All other types of OMR regions are considered list regions and will have a drop down list from which you can choose responses 8 4 2 Using Review Exceptions Remark Office OMR provides the Review Exceptions feature as a method to validate data You may use the Review Exceptions feature to r
253. l forms to Principia Support before you duplicate them The support department will provide feedback on your form s compatibility with Remark Office OMR and provide suggestions if necessary Test your form with the software before duplicating and distributing it Create a form template and fill in a few forms as you expect to have them returned not perfectly to get an idea of how well the form will work A 4 Form Templates The form template is another key to accurate form processing Every form that is scanned will be compared to the form template in order for Remark Office OMR to locate the marks on the page and output the correct information Therefore the form template must be the same as the forms that will be scanned The form template determines the order of fields in your data as well as the labels your data contains If you plan to export your data to another file format e g Access Excel SPSS etc adhere to the limitations imposed by that specific file format see Appendix B and your file format s documentation for these limitations Make sure you know where your data will eventually end up before you create your form template so that the form template can be setup to meet your database s needs Note the following points when creating your form templates Always use a form that has not been filled in to create the form template Use the same quality form to create the form template that you will be distributing to your re
254. late will be listed in Pemakomccovrnesawicora the Begin image names eae Pe TaS ENESE e VAE EA EA ETSE 2 with box If another user has aama ovn changed the defaults type a ere A Tana J the form template name in mirana Craan a ___ this box Tutorial2 The date Sevedimege ype POC el and time will be appended to ou 4 ites i this name to create unique pMa val as ae het file a relict MORNE NEE at gets stored during scanning 6 The Image target directory box is used to hold the stored images You may accept the current setting or click the Browse button to choose a new location on your computer Learning Remark Office OMR 7 If not already selected mark the checkbox for Save images in a subfolder based on the form template s name Using this feature places all images belonging to one form template in the same folder on your computer for easy access 8 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Review Exceptions window appears This window allows you to configure options for reviewing exception cases such as blank and multiple responses We will not be using this feature in this tutorial 9 If the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox is marked click in the checkbox to deselect this option 10 Click the Read button to begin scanning forms 11 When all forms have been scanned and the Would you like to continue scanning prompt appears click the No button As each form is scanned you will see a ro
255. le label scales drop down list to select 1 6 These labels will automatically fill the Labels grid The Labels represent the data output you will see when you process forms Click the Region item properties link in the Task Pane In the Test Settings area mark the radio button for Do not grade this item We do not want a student s grade level to be included when we grade this exam Data will still be collected from this region when we are processing the completed forms Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window You will now see a green box around the column representing grades 1 6 in the image area identifying it as an OMR region and a new node in the tree view titled Grade Level To link the second set of grade levels to the first Remark Office OMR User s Guide 82 The next step is to create another OMR region around the column representing grades 7 12 However since they logically belong to the OMR region you just created Grade Level we will use the Append Linked Region feature to create this OMR region 1 With the Grade Level node highlighted in the tree view select the Region menu and then click Append Linked Region or click The mouse changes to a crosshair 2 Draw a box around the second column of the Grade Level region representing grades 7 12 When the Properties OMR a Region window opens you will eee ma lo Ge ee Eek K H H Sat over AA cecoeetes te the regen ee
256. lect Numeric for the Data type We will be capturing a five digit number In Region Layout area select Column for the Region orientation Each column in this region represents one digit of the Properties OMR Region Room Number room number ae nae i Region name Room Number Region orientation Column v In the Columns in ee omie ra fa Cohummsintheregin 5 E i Data type Numeric x Rowsintheregion 10 region box enter 5 and ee in the Rows in region Set properties for items within a region Posbie b oroctas Possible label scales box enter 10 ES Question text end names y Labets a Set question text and question names El 7 for the region s items rom Enter the appropriate Ba Treino S Set Form dent 4 Labels in Possible prea eae Mica ih Define Format Grid Type Only Responses For the no TEE Label lick th Betas Run Sine ToL a e S area c IC e Z Include region in read operation down arrow for Possible err cancel label scales and choose the scale 0 to 9 from the list of choices This range represents the response choices for bubbles in all five columns moving from top to bottom The numbers will fill the Labels grid automatically The Labels represent the actual data that will be returned from the processed forms when filled in by the respondent and the Grid region will return all selections to make a five digit number Click the OK button to return to t
257. lick the Next Row Next Column button at the bottom of the window 4 When you have completed reviewing exceptions click the Finished button Tip If you need to return to the processed data at a later point to complete reviewing exceptions save the data to the Remark or Remark Archive format These formats will save the exception case flags and links to the stored images so that you may continue reviewing the data If the data is exported to other formats these flags and image links will be lost See Section 9 5 Saving Grid Data for complete details on saving data 8 5 Using Collate Mode Scanning Double Sided Forms with a Single Side Only Scanner 194 The Remark Office OMR Data Center provides Collate Mode to read duplex double sided forms when you have a simplex single side only scanner Therefore if you do not have a duplex scanner one that reads both sides of a form in a single pass you can still process double sided forms in the software To use Collate Mode you will perform three basic steps place a stack of forms in the scanner s automatic document feeder and scan the odd numbered pages flip the stack over and then scan the even pages The forms are placed in the scanner in regular page order The Data Center will read all odd numbered pages first regardless of how many sets of forms you place in the scanner The software will then read the even numbered pages in reverse order so that the data are written to the correct
258. ll The row will be added above the row containing the active cell Deletes a row in the template grid The row containing the active cell s will be deleted Displays a window asking for the search text Remark Office OMR searches forward from the cursor position for the text requested Searches for the next instance of the previous search If Find has not yet been chosen or could not locate the previous search Find Next disables Displays the Replace text window The search text box contains either the highlighted text or the previous search text and the replace text contains either the previous replace text or is blank You can replace all occurrences of the search text by clicking Replace All Highlights the entire text document This is equivalent to clicking the top left corner of the grid and dragging the mouse to the bottom right selecting all cells in the process Allows the sorting of data in ascending or descending patterns based on particular regions Remark Office OMR User s Guide 28 3 5 3 View Menu The View menu allows you to choose which toolbars you would like to be displayed and allows you to customize the current view Template Editor Menu Pull Down Item Task Pane Fit Height Fit Width Zoom In Zoom Out Data Center Menu Pull Down Item Task Pane Image Viewer Function Displays the task pane that is used as a shortcut to perform functions e g open save etc Posi
259. llection Read from scanner Scanner Properties O Read from image files Advanced Image Recognition Properties Collate Mode a Adyanced Collection Options Server Mode o order and then click the OK button The Data Center begins reading the odd numbered pages the front sides of the forms When finished processing the odd numbered pages you will be prompted to read in the other direction 7 When prompted turn the stack of forms over and place it back in the automatic document feeder of the scanner Do not rearrange the forms The Data Center will collate the forms properly 8 Click the checkbox for Begin Reading in Other Direction 195 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 9 Click the Continue button 10 When finished reading the even pages the back sides you will be prompted to start a new batch or finish processing Continue reading forms in this manner until all forms have been processed Tip When using Collate Mode scan complete form sets in batches Complete an entire set of odd and even pages before scanning more forms in a single direction This way if the scanning process is interrupted unexpectedly you will be less likely to lose any data and it will be easier to recover If the scanning process is interrupted Remark Office OMR has a Resume option Follow the directions above but mark the checkbox for Resume last Collate Mode session in the Read Wizard This option will pic
260. lowing e One copy of the software on CD ROM e One printed user s guide e One Remark Quick Stats user s guide in PDF format installs with the software e 30 days of free technical support from the date of purchase see Section 1 2 for further details regarding technical support Remark Office OMR Overview 1 2 New Features in this Version Remark Office OMR 6 has many new features The following list provides an overview of what is new in this version Please see the specific sections of this user s guide corresponding to the listed feature for complete details e New Interface The interface for the software has been completely updated In addition to the new look and feel you will find a task pane on the left side of every window to help you navigate the software This task pane updates automatically based on the last step performed to help you understand your possible next steps The task pane can be turned on or off via the View menu e New Terminology What was once a field in your template is now called a region Templates are now called form templates to help distinguish them from analysis grading templates in version 5 Joined fields in a form template are now called linked regions Finally Review Mode the process of reviewing exception cases is now called Review Exceptions All of these new names more accurately describe the feature or function being performed e New Template Editor Look As you create r
261. lue To set blank response settings 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Region item properties link in the left pee ener task pane a C omnt grade tistem Donat abate tistan U OMR regan propertios Grade this kem CE Takadate the tem Set ereat properties for the region Oragnate as key derrier 3 Inthe Blank Exception Testing Pot System x Region Rem properties Item test type Obseutive Rem v Correct points 1 000 Handling section choose stscontere tenet aren capa tose py ports a value from the Replace Pe ela lets with drop down list or enter a unique replacement of your own Pre set choices include BLANK Asterisk luna Nothing Space Leafs Lc Character and Tilde 4 For Grid regions only You may optionally use the Flag Blanks setting Using this setting allows you to further customize how Remark Office OMR interprets blank responses Grid regions are often used to capture data that vary in length which can lead to unintended blank responses For example you may have respondents fill in bubbles corresponding to their name and allow for ten characters If a name only contains five characters the region may come up as blank simply because the respondent did not utilize all ten characters In such a case you can replace blank characters with Nothing and use the Flag Blanks parameters to further define the output The options are as follows oa Oooo No response prints 0 000 Analy
262. m template know what you will be doing with the data after the forms are scanned The format in which you want to save your data should determine how you set up the form template For example if you want to export the data to SPSS your form template Region Names must be unique and limited to eight characters allows for general SPSS compatibility If you plan to export the data to a survey design and analysis package find out the data requirements of the particular survey design and analysis package before creating the form template When you create an OMR region you may only capture the marks on the form no text lines etc If text or lines separate the marks you must use the Append Linked Region feature Take advantage of the Append Linked Region feature as you go to link the regions as you define them This is a great time saver The Remark Office OMR form template editor utilizes basic Windows commands such as cut copy paste drag drop and undo These shortcuts can be tremendous time savers when you are creating regions You may also copy regions from one page to the next or from one form template to another use Copy Paste Special for the latter case The order in which the regions are defined in the tree view is the order in which they will be processed e g the order in which the data will appear in your data set You can move regions in the tree view using drag and drop or cut and paste to reorder them If you need to ma
263. mage region Note that performance may be affected by template grid cells that contain very large amounts of text 251 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Preference Option Replace missing data values with System poll interval during Server Mode secs 252 Description Enter the value to be used when missing data are encountered during a data file export Missing data means that the piece of data captured does not match what was defined as Labels in the form template A MULT BLANK and ERROR left in the data set would all be considered missing If you typed a response in a list cell in the grid but it did not match the labels defined this data would also be considered missing e g A is defined in the form template but you type a The Missing Value will also be used when running reports in Remark Quick Stats The default value is 1 Enter the number of seconds in between polls for Server Mode The software will search for image files in a directory or pages in the scanner s sheetfeeder based on this time interval Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences 11 3 File Storage Location Preferences File Storage Location preferences allow you to setup the default directories that will be used to store various file types If you prefer to store files on a network drive you can enter that location here ensure that you have permission to fully access that drive The following options are available
264. mark Office OMR You will do this by entering basic information about your form including the form template description page size and pa g e o r i e n ta t i o n New Form Template Properties New Form Template Properties 4 E nte r G e n era l An SW e r S h eet Enter a form description and the page scale and orientation to be used as the basis for all pages i n t h e F orm tem pl ate Form template description desc ri ption box General Answer Sheet 5 Locate the Page Size area Page Size phe ize etter v Portrait where you can tell the software 77 Fee e TE You have specified a page size of Letter which has dimensions t h e size pa per yo ur fo rm uses mon 11 inches All pages in the form template must be of All pages inthe form template Select US Letter in the Size Reset Page Images Existing Pages Only Form Template Details dro p down list Clckrreset in order to acquire new images for al existing form Total number of pages 0 template pages Total number of regions 0 6 Locate the Orientation area CA and select Portrait 7 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Create Page Elements window appears The Create Page Elements window allows you to either acquire an image of your form from your scanner or acquire an image of your form from an existing image file Each page in a form template is created using an image of the appropriate page in your form The image allows you to see the form so tha
265. mark Office OMR Data Center Remark Office OMR can read from the following image file formats Graphics Interchange Format gif Portable Document Format pdf JPEG jpg jpeg PNG png Macintosh Pict pct pict Tiff tif tiff Multipage PCX dcx Windows Bitmap bmp PCX pcx Windows Meta File wmf Photoshop Format psd To read image files with the Read Wizard 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template y 2 Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click ta Alternatively you may select the Read Wizard link from the Task Pane 3 Inthe Read Method window select the radio button for Read from image files 4 If desired click the link for Advanced I mage Recognition Properties This link will allow you to set the following options Invert image Auto deskew images during recognition Auto despeckle images during recognition Caution We do not suggest making changes to the Advanced Image Recognition Properties unless you encounter difficulties related to these settings 5 If desired mark the appropriate checkboxes under Advanced Collection Options The following options are available Option Server Mode Auto Form ID Mode Start reading from form template page Processing Forms Description Automates form processing by having Remark Office OMR run in the background using specific options See Section 8 9 Server Mode for further de
266. mark Office OMR User s Guide Preference Option Image Directory Search List Active Dictionary Description Sets the locations s in which images will be stored for processed forms and Image region Image Clips When a cell in the template grid is clicked the stored image file is displayed in the Image Viewer The Image Viewer can be used for image assisted data entry Review Exceptions and in cell editing Use the Add Directory button to add any directories in which you plan to store image files for processed forms Remark Office OMR will search for these images in the order in which the directories are specified Use the Move Up or Move Down buttons to change the order and the Remove Directory button to remove a directory from the search list Sets the active dictionary to be used for Spell Check Click the down arrow to view any dictionaries that are currently installed in your default Dictionaries directory 12 4 Recognition Preferences Recognition preferences allow you to setup the default settings for how basic recognition functions are handled The following options are available Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences General Preferences TA General Set the generic Remark Office OMR Data Center preferences eG File Storage Locations Set target file storage locations JA Recoanition Specify advanced threshold parameters to be used during the read operation Use Enhanced Reading Mod
267. mark Office OMR on a fixed drive with at least 1GB of free disk space To scan directly into Remark Office OMR you must install the software on the same system to which the scanner is attached If you are upgrading to Remark Office OMR 6 from version 5 or earlier do not install the software in the same directory as your previous version Once the installation is complete you can copy information from your old installation that you want to use in the new version e g form templates data etc Note Form template files are upward compatible only Remark Office OMR 6 will convert form templates from previous versions of the software automatically However once a form template has been converted it cannot be opened in a previous version of the software Always make copies of form templates before converting them To install Remark Office OMR The Remark Office OMR CD ROM contains an auto play feature so that when it is inserted into your CD ROM drive the installation will begin automatically This feature is only available if your CD ROM drive s auto play feature is enabled If the software installation does not automatically start use the following instructions to install the software 1 Insert the installation CD ROM into your CD ROM drive 2 Select Start on the taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 3 Double click Add or Remove Programs 4 Click Install and then follow the on screen instructions to display the Rem
268. mark Office OMR to recognize marks on your form and convert them into data You will accomplish this by dragging boxes around areas containing barcodes OMR marks or written comments Barcodes OMR marks and written entries are three differing types of information requiring three specific methods of capture The software employs three types of regions to accomplish this task The following table details the three region types employed by Remark Office OMR Region Name Description OMR Region OMR regions recognize data from filled in marks such as bubbles or checkboxes An OMR region only contains these marks not surrounding text A single OMR region can contain either one question or multiple questions Barcode Region Barcode regions recognize preprinted barcodes from the forms you process Do not capture anything other than a barcode in this region Image Region Image regions tell the software to allow for the subsequent data entry of handwritten information or to allow for the storing of an image clip of the actual response Both types of image regions can be reported on in Remark Quick Stats Learning Remark Office OMR The following table lists the six regions on the Hospital Stay Evaluation form and their corresponding region types Area on Form Corresponding Practical Use in the Field Region Type Hospital Division Barcode Displays the name of the hospital so Name that performance can be linked to a specific hospital Hospi
269. mes are not entered here the Region name on the OMR region properties window will be used to sequentially name each question in the region Use Region as a Unique I dentifier Mark this checkbox to designate the region as an ID region Then select whether it is a form identifier page identifier or respondent identifier ID Value Enter the unique value that identifies this region If using a barcode you may click the Recognize button to have the software read the barcode C 2 10 Database Lookup Use Database Lookup Mark this checkbox to link the region to an external database for data verification and the extraction of data from the database Type Select the type of external database to which you are linking Click the Browse button to locate the database Remark Office OMR Windows DSN If using ODBC select the database from the DSN list Select whether it is directory or DSN based see you database administrator for this information Connect Authorization If the database is password Properties Barcode Region Last Name Properties Jl Barcode Region properties Set overall properties for the region ra Region item properties Set properties For items within a region Efi Question text and names Set question text and question names for the region s items FEl Tracking Set region as page form or respondent identifier 8 Database lookup Verify region s val
270. mmarizes the screens and options that are found in the Custom Wizard and the corresponding descriptions of each option Custom Wizard Screen Step 1 Configuration File Option Configuration File Step 2 File Type and Start Row File Type Automatically format questions that allow multiple responses Description Use the Browse button to locate a previously saved configuration file that you created when using the Custom Wizard Delimited Fields are separated by a delimiter such as a comma or tab Fixed Width Fields are aligned at fixed character spaces Mark this checkbox to automatically set formatting for questions that allow more than one answer choice e g 1 5 12 becomes 15 12 237 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 238 Custom Wizard Screen Step 3 Column Delimiter and Text Qualifier Delimited Fields Only Option Start export at row Column Delimiter Text Qualifier Field Size Start Position Pad With Pad On Description Enter the row number that you want to use as the first record in the exported data file All rows from this point forward will be included in the data file Enter 0 to include region names as the first record Select the item to be used to separate the columns in the data file Comma Tab Semi colon Space Other Select an item to be used to qualify text Textual responses will be encapsulated within this setting Options include N
271. mplate Editor portion of the Remark Office OMR software to create a form template definition To create the form template scan a blank copy of the form into the software and use the mouse to drag boxes around the areas you want recognized You then provide the software with information about the area including what type of data to output e Process filled in forms using a scanner or saved image files Remark Office OMR displays the data in a spreadsheet style grid based on the form template you created Each row of this grid corresponds to one scanned form in its entirety and each column corresponds to one question or variable on the form e Correct any exception cases Remark Office OMR denotes exceptions with color coded flags and by providing a descriptive word in the answer cell e g BLANK for a question that was not answered The software provides a Review Exceptions function to correct exception cases as you process the forms or after the forms are processed Remark Office OMR assists you in the data cleaning process by storing an image of each Remark Office OMR User s Guide form as it is being scanned The software then uses these images to help automate the correction of output errors and exception cases without needing to locate the appropriate paper form e Save the data to one of over thirty output formats including Access Excel SPSS Survey Pro The Survey System dBase etc Or use the software s built in analyt
272. ms Click the Read button to begin processing image files When you click the Read button in the Read Wizard window Server Mode begins and you may continue working in other Windows applications By default the Data Center will poll the specified image directory every five seconds for images If you want to change the number of seconds between 217 Remark Office OMR User s Guide polls select the Tools Menu and then click Preferences You will see the System poll interval during Server Mode setting under the General section Important Note About Using Server Mode and Page IDs If you are using Page IDs with Server Mode form processing will stop if a Page ID cannot be recognized You will need to sort your forms images so that each respondent s form is scanned in its entirety before another form is processed See Section 8 7 2 Auto Page IDs for further information about using Page IDs To end Server Mode 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Stop Server Mode or click e to stop Server Mode and allow access to the complete Remark Office OMR feature set 8 10 Respondent Detection 218 Remark Office OMR includes a facility for determining which respondents forms have been processed as well as locating duplicate respondents This feature called Respondent Detection is used in conjunction with Database Lookup If a region is linked to an external database using Database Lookup the software will provide a report of which r
273. n region names in Remark Office OMR are used as field names when saving to a dBase table A dBase database is represented by a directory A dBase table is represented by a DBF file within a dBase database Remark Office OMR can save data to a new dBase table and append data to existing dBase tables Extension DBF Options None Limitations Field names called region names in Remark Office OMR can contain a maximum of 10 characters including underscores Spaces in region names will be automatically converted to underscores 277 Remark Office OMR User s Guide All region names called region names in Remark Office OMR must be unique Region names called region names in Remark Office OMR cannot include punctuation A dBase table can hold a maximum of 255 fields If saving data to an existing table grid column headers region names in Remark Office OMR must match table region names When Remark Office OMR creates a dBase table textual fields can contain a maximum of 255 characters If you would like a field to support more than 255 characters edit the database table in the dBase software program and change the region type from a Text region to a Memo region Alternatively click the Advanced button in the Save Data window and change the field type B 14 Paradox Formats DB The Paradox Formats are proprietary to the Paradox database program by Borland International Inc Use a Paradox file format when ex
274. n Properties Window 00eeeee 288 C 2 5 Barcode Region Properties Window 655 289 C 2 6 Image Region Properties WindOW cceeeeaes 290 C 2 7 Region Item Properties Window ceeeeee 291 C 2 8 Question Text and NaMes cccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 292 C 229 TraGkinG orrian one aa a a Gand Se a ieee 292 C 2 10 Database LOOKUDP 0 ccceee eee ee eee eee eee ene 293 C 2 11 Reset IMaQe S ccc eee eee eee eee ee eee nents 294 C 2 12 Template Editor Preferences General 295 C 2 13 Template Editor Preferences OMR Regions 296 Contents C 2 14 Template Editor Preferences Image Regions 297 C 2 15 Template Editor Preferences Barcode Regions 298 C 3 The Remark Office OMR Data Center 299 C 3 1 Data Center Main Window ceeee cnet eee 299 C 3 2 Read Wizard Read Method ceee 300 C 3 3 Read Wizard Scanned Image Naming Convention Sss scr acerite nui hd Savoie a aA A 301 C 3 4 Read Wizard Image Selection Window 302 C 3 5 Read Wizard Review Exceptions 6068 303 C 3 6 Server Mode Reading from Image Files 303 C 3 7 Respondent Detection cece cece eee eee eee 304 C 3 8 Review Exceptions ccccceeeee cece eee e eee eens 304 C 3 9 Batch Wizard aseri epee edad even Cede eens iaa ov es 306 C 3 10 Unrecognized Images Utility cee 307 C 3
275. n area of the screen When you drag a box around an OMR region do not include any surrounding text lines or graphics 5 Place the crosshair in the top left corner of the region hold down the left mouse button and drag a box to the lower right hand corner of the region 6 Release the mouse button The Region Properties box appears Region types and properties are explained in the following sections Using the image representation area to create regions 1 Right click the mouse in the image representation area and then click Insert 2 Select the type of region you want to create The Region Properties box appears Tip Right clicking anywhere in the image representation will insert the new region after the last region that was defined on the page To insert a region in a specific order first select a region then right click and choose Insert Next make the selection that best indicates where you want the new item to be placed relative to the selected region Page After OMR Region After etc Region types and properties are explained in the following sections Using the Task Pane to create regions 113 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 1 If the Task Pane is not visible select the View menu and then click Task Pane The Task Pane will update automatically based on your last action 2 Click the Define regions link 3 Select the link corresponding to the type of region you would like to insert Insert OMR region Insert Ima
276. n click Review Exceptions or click k Alternatively select the Review exceptions link in the Task Pane The Review Exceptions window will appear in the Task Pane Learning Remark Office OMR 2 The top half of the pane allows you to select the search cases e g multiple responses blank responses etc Make sure Multiple responses and Blank responses are checked 3 The bottom half of the window allows you to configure and begin the search You may search by Row Respondent across rows or by Column Item down the columns For this tutorial select Row Respondent 4 Click the Begin Review button to start the automated review The software will search through the data set to locate the flagged cells The first piece of flagged data is a multiple response in the second grid row for the item called Grade Level In the Review Exceptions window you will see a green flag and Response for Grade Level The green flag tells you that a multiple response was encountered The text in the brackets Grade Level tells you the question or item where the multiple response was encountered In the box beneath Response for Grade Level use the drop down list to select the appropriate response Use the Image Viewer beneath the data grid to review the student s exam In this case you will see the student accidentally marked 10 and then put an X through it The intended response was 11 Select 11 from the drop down list
277. n consists of the letters following the period in a file name A grid stores data from processed forms Each template has its own specially sized and labeled grid The prepared page s that are intended to be hand marked Forms can consist of one or multiple pages A file that contains information that allows Remark Office OMR to correctly process the regions of a form The structure of a data file Highlighted indicates that an item has been selected A graphical representation of an application program Labels identify the responses for the markable areas For example TRUE FALSE and MAYBE are possible labels for a region with three choices See the listing under OMR Region for more information mark menu menu bar node OMR OMR region orientation ParadoxNetSytle Glossary The term for the bubbles checkboxes or other shapes that are to be filled in with pen or pencil A mark is either empty or filled in to designate the selected response A list of commands appearing under an item on the menu bar Located below the title bar the horizontal bar containing menu pull down items An element in the tree view in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor Optical Mark Reading or Recognition A method of automated input of hand produced data into a computer OMR differs from OCR in that block hand printed or machine printed data are processed by OCR and bubbles checkboxes and other marked are
278. n node Esl in the tree view select the Edit menu A mE and then click Copy or click 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Paste After or click el A red region will be drawn near questions 1 10 re E lt Pu EN E IP School District 3 Place the mouse directly over the red region until it becomes two double ee ces arrows and then drag the new region to questions 11 20 positioning it directly over the ten questions 4 Release the mouse Check your positioning if the solid red color disappears this is an indication that you have moved the box successfully 5 Select the Edit menu and then click Paste After or click El Another red region will be drawn near questions 1 10 6 Using your mouse drag the new region to questions 21 30 and position it over the ten questions 7 Repeat steps 5 6 for questions 31 40 and 41 50 Tip You can use the keyboard shortcut keys for Copy Ctrl C and Paste Ctrl V for quick copying and pasting You should now have five OMR regions one covering each of the groups of ten questions and 5 nodes in the tree view titled Question 1 10 Question 11 20 and so forth To save the Tutorial 2 form template Learning Remark Office OMR 1 Select the File menu and then click Save or click E Alternatively select the Save template link in the Task Pane 2 Inthe File name box type Tutorial2 and then click the Save button Note If someone has already completed the tutorial wit
279. n press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the rectangle to the bottom right corner of the region capturing all four bubbles in the region Tip When defining an OMR region include only the actual marks never include the nearby labels text etc Also create a buffer space between the marks and the edge of the defined region This buffer will allow Remark Office OMR to accommodate minor shifting or skewing during form processing and decrease the number of data exceptions you will need to clean in the resulting data After positioning the box release the mouse button The Properties OMR Region window appears The Properties OMR Region window allows you to enter information that will define the OMR region and the data it produces including O Region Definition the area containing Region name the type of OMR region or OMR type and the Data type Region Layout of the region the area detailing how many Rows and Columns of marks are contained in the region Possible Responses the Labels you actually want to see as your data 4 Inthe Region Definition area enter Hospital Unit in the box titled Region name Learning Remark Office OMR 5 For the Region Type select Multiple The Multiple region designation is used for typical multiple choice style questions Note There are other types of available OMR regions which can be seen if you click the down arrow to the right of Multiple These additional region types
280. n storage or retrieval system except as expressly permitted in writing by Principia Products a division of Gravic Inc 301 Lindenwood Drive Suite 100 Malvern PA USA 19355 1758 USA Attention Product Manager Trademarks Remark Office OMR Remark Quick Stats Remark Web Survey and Principia are registered trademarks of Principia Products a division of Gravic Inc All other products mentioned are trademarks of their respective holders Copyright Copyright 2005 Principia Products a division of Gravic Inc All Rights Reserved Contents LICENSE AGREEMENT 0cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaees ii Disclaimer ainra SOL iel aad ans on Riess eaaa AeA ANEDE EAE vi NOTICE vsti ca ia aa a iaaea ia aaia aa Aaaa SAA ves vi Trademarks nine Aa A ated vi CODVRIGNE e e EE a dean a eingi oes vi Contents 1 Remark Office OMR Overview 9 1 1 What is Included with your Software eeseseeseeserere 10 1 2 New Features in this Version ccceeeeeeee teen eee 11 1 3 Technical Support cece eee eee eee ee eee tee eae 14 Installing Remark Office OMR 15 Qed OVEVIOW Srana t musen ibue aa ia ii AA 15 2 2 System RequireMentS c cece eee eects eee eee eee eee 15 2 3 Installing the Software ceceeeeeeee eee eee e eee eee eee 16 2 4 Uninstalling the Software ccce cece eee cece eee eee eee 17 2 5 Starting and Exiting Remark Office OMR 64 17 Navigating Remark Office OMR 19 3 1 O
281. n the region Enter the number of columns within the region mono Rows in the region Enter the number of rows contained in the region Label Scales and Labels Enter a label for each mark within the region Use the Possible label scales as a shortcut to select a pre defined range of labels Values If using textual Define Format For Grid data enter a corresponding regions only you may value for each label Values define the format of the are used to calculate data output The delimiter statistics and when an asterisk by default exporting t o certain file represents each character formats e g SPSS within the region Put formatting options between these delimiters Include region in read operation Mark this checkbox to include this region and produce output when processing forms 288 Remark Office OMR Windows C 2 5 Barcode Region Properties Window Region name Enter a name to identify the region Barcode type Select the type of barcode you are using Auto Detect let Remark Office OMR determine Code 39 Codabar Interleaved 2 of 5 Properties ig Barcode Region properties Set overall properties for the region Region item properties i Question text and names Set question text and question names For the region s items 2 Tracking identifier j Database lookup Verify region s value in a database a
282. n the Syntax Editor window change the word COMPRESSED to UNCOMPRESSED Press Ctrl A to select the text then select the Run menu and click Current SPSS cannot import multiple responses e g A B C as numeric data Questions which allow multiple responses in Remark Office OMR will be formatted as a string when exported to the SPSS file format which will not import properly To import questions that allow multiple responses into SPSS as numeric data choose the Boolean region type when defining the region in Remark Office OMR Template Editor As a result Remark Office OMR will output either a 1 for filled responses or a 0 for blank responses to a separate cell for each mark in the region Once the data have been opened in SPSS you can combine the data for each mark in the region back into one question Refer to the SPSS User s Guide for more information 273 Remark Office OMR User s Guide B 8 Survey Pro File Format SRV The Survey Pro File Format is a comma delimited ASCII file designed for importing into older versions of Survey Pro by Apian Software Use the Survey Pro file format when exporting data to Survey Pro Survey Pro imports numeric data most readily Therefore when creating a template for a form that you want to use in Survey Pro choose the Numeric data type for multiple choice questions For example if the possible answers for a particular question are Excellent Good Fair and Poor use 4 3 2
283. n the form template such as which questions to grade and their point values In addition Easy Grade uses the first row of data in the template grid as the answer key therefore you should process your answer key before your tests if you plan to use Easy Grade The Grade Wizard allows you to customize the grading process by choosing which questions to include assigning point values setting benchmarks adding question text specifying learning objectives and more 247 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 248 To access test grading features 1 Inthe Remark Office OMR Data Center open a form template and then process forms or open an existing data file 2 Select the Tools menu click Analysis and then click Easy Grade or Grade Wizard MAIE Alternatively select the Easy Grade or Grade Wizard links in the Task Pane Remark Quick Stats will open allowing you to configure and display reports Please consult the Remark Quick Stats user s guide PDF for further details about using Remark Quick Stats Tip The Grade Wizard and Easy Grade screens and functions are described in complete detail in the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file Access the file by clicking Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences Chapter 11 11 1 Overview This chapter details how to customize the Remark Office OMR Data Center software by setting up preferences Preferences allow you to set the way t
284. names due to the problems they could cause when exporting data to certain formats Period Exclamation Singe quote Left bracket Right bracket Comma Double quote Left paren Right paren To insert individual question names 1 2 3 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 Click the Question text and names link in the left task pane Double click the first grid cell under Question Name Type the desired question name in the first grid cell Alternatively right click and select Paste from the menu or press Ctrl V on the keyboard to paste the contents of your Windows clipboard into the cell Press the Enter key on the keyboard or double click in the next cell going down to continue adding question names only applies to regions with more than one question Once you have entered all of the desired question names click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view Using the Template Editor 7 3 3 Tracking Remark Office OMR offers three types of tracking to assist with the automation of forms processing e Auto Form ID Provides automatic identification of a form when processing multiple form types at the same time e Auto Page ID Provides automatic identification of pages within a form template e Respondent Tracker Provides automatic identification of respondent data With Auto Form ID Remark Office OMR can automatically recognize a form and match it to its templa
285. nd optionally return additional fields Properties Barcode Region Last Name Set properties for items within a region Set region as page form or respondent Region Definitio Region name Last Name Barcode type Auto Detect Barcode orientation Horizont x Data type Textual Include region in read operation x Include region in read operation Mark this checkbox to include this region and produce output when processing forms Data Type Select the type of data to output when exporting the processed data Textual or Numeric Region orientation Select whether the barcode is oriented horizontally or vertically 289 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 2 6 Image Region Properties Window Region name Enter a name to identify the region Region type Select the type of Image region Data entry you hand enter data while looking at an image or Image clip the software takes a snapshot image of the region Data Type Select the type of data to output when exporting the processed data Textual or Numeric Properties Image Region Other Region Definitii Default Fill Enter a value for the software Properties Other Region name Image Region properties A Man Onon Region type Data entry y Datatype Textual Set overall properties for the region to automatically place in the region for ev
286. nd resolution 200 DPI Acquire I mages from File Click the radio button for Read from image files in the Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition area Click the Acquire I mages from File button The Select Images window will open Select the Tutorial 2 General Answer Sheet pcx file from the Tutorial 2 folder of your Remark Office OMR installation directory e g C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Tutorials Tutorial 2 and then click the Open button Once an image is acquired either by scanning or by opening an existing image file the Template Editor will display a thumbnail of the image for your approval 4 When a thumbnail image of your form appears click the OK button to accept the image If you see a crooked or skewed image in the thumbnail display place your form back in the scanner and acquire another image Once the thumbnail image is accepted the Template Editor will open the new form template where you can begin to define the regions To define form template regions The purpose behind making a form template is to tell the software where to locate the information on your specific form and how to understand your specific data requirements The following table lists the six regions on the General Answer Sheet form and their corresponding region types Learning Remark Office OMR Area on Form Corresponding Region Type Student ID Number Barcode Grade OMR Questions 1 50 OMR
287. nd then click the OK button A Browse for Folder window will appear Use this window to select a location in which to unzip the files associated with this form template form template data and stored images We suggest putting them in a folder based on the form template name so that you can easily associate the files with the right form and change the Files of type to Remark Click the OK button once you have selected a folder The files will automatically be unzipped to the location specified The template and data will load normally into the template grid All associated image files will then be available so that you can click in a cell and view the corresponding image or use Review Exceptions to clean the data 9 5 3 Custom Format Working with Your Data The Custom format allows you to create a customized text file This format is useful for exporting data into a database that has very specific requirements The format can also be used to break apart rows of data into multiple rows For example if you are processing an attendance sheet where each student should be one data record you can use the Custom format to separate the data into separate records Note When saving to an existing custom data file regions are not matched by region name instead they are matched by position in the data file Ensure that the data you are saving matches the existing custom wizard data file before appending new records The following table su
288. ned in a form template must be of the same size 4 Select the orientation of the form in the Orientation area All pages contained in a template must be of the same orientation Tip You may not change the Size and Orientation once the form template is created Therefore make your selections carefully in this window 5 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Create Page Elements window appears From this window select how you want to import the images of your form You may scan pages directly into the Template Editor or you may import image files that you previously scanned and saved of the form Regardless of how you import these images remember to always base your form template off of a blank copy of your form To create an image source using the scanner 1 Inthe Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition section click the Read from scanner radio button Note If you need to configure your scanner you may click the Scanner Properties link just after Read from scanner to view the Scanner Properties window See Chapter 4 for further details about using a scanner 2 Place the blank page s to be scanned in the scanner You may scan pages one at a time or all of the form s pages at once 3 Click the Acquire Images from Scanner button to scan the page s The page s will be scanned and then a thumbnail image of the form will appear in the Image window If scanning multiple pages at once use the arrows under the imag
289. ng how well your students are mastering topics Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Answer Key window appears This window is where you specify an answer key You may scan a key import a erewag s o afeLe key from an image file use a grid a _ Aamo Key n row as the key or type an answer key In our case we processed the answer key as the first row of our data grid 5 7 Define the comect answers for the answer hey by importing from a wakd hey source or by manually erten resporoes w Get xev Gidrom 1 Correct Armer Grade Question m cs In the Answer key source box use the drop down arrow to select Grid Row By default the Grid Row box will be filled with the number 1 JAONOQANAAAAA Click the Get Key button to obtain the answer key responses from the data grid Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Question Properties window appears This window allows you to change properties you defined in the form template for this grading session You may change things such as respondent identifiers point values correct answers data type and question text You may also add a benchmark value for individual questions Changes made here do not change the form template You may hold down the Shift or Ctrl keys and select multiple questions to make the same change to each question For the purposes of this tutorial we are not going to make any changes to the question prope
290. ng Remark Office OMR Locate the Page Size area where you can tell the software the size paper your form uses Select US Letter in the Size drop down list Locate the Orientation area and select Portrait Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Create Page Elements window appears The Create Page Elements window allows you to either acquire an image of your form from your scanner or acquire an image of your form from an existing image file Each page in a template is created using an image of the appropriate page in your form The image allows you to see the form so that you can easily teach Remark Office OMR how to read it To obtain a form template image As previously mentioned there are two ways to acquire an image for a form template page Images can be acquired by scanning to create a new image file or by opening an existing image file To acquire an image locate the Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition area of the window Beneath it are two choices Read from scanner and Read from image files To see how easy it is to acquire your image either way try moving the radio button from Acquire images from scanner to Read from image files When you select Read from image files the I mage Acquisition button text will change to read Acquire Images from File This option allows you 49 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 50 to import a previously scanned and saved image file of your f
291. ng just a few corrections Review Exceptions will allow you to automate the review process and allow you to refer to images to make large scale corrections When exporting data to another program know the limits and specifications of the file format You may need to set up your form template in a specific manner to accommodate your file format File Format specifications are outlined in detail in Appendix B of this user s guide A 7 Analysis The Remark Quick Stats program can provide detailed analysis of your data Detailed information about Remark Quick Stats is included in a separate user s guide in PDF format which is installed with the software Go to Start Programs Remark Office OMR Documentation 6 to locate this file 262 Keep the following in mind when using Remark Quick Stats There are two versions of Remark Quick Stats included with the software The legacy version is the version in included with version 5 of the Remark Office OMR software It is useful if you have existing report files you want to use or have a report style that you would like to keep using The latest Tips and Helpful Hints version of Remark Quick Stats is the default reporting tool It contains updated reports that existed in the previous version of the software as well as new reports You are encouraged to review the new reports to see if they meet your needs The reports can be customized by clicking Tools Report Properties You may toggle betwe
292. ng new Image regions When creating new Image regions the selected settings will be used automatically However you can always change individual Image region properties as you go The following options are available Preferences Preferences Preferences A General Set general preferences H OMR regions Set default OMR region properties W Image regions Set default image region properties it Barcode regions Set default barcode region properties Set the preference values to use throughout the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting Default Region Definition Image type Data entry Datatype Textual Default Image Clip Options Target directory C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR 6 Imar PA Default Grading amp Survey Analysis C Grade region O Tabulate region a A Iv Threshold 3 x Section Option Default Region Definition Image type Data type Description Sets the default Image region type Data Entry or Image Clip Data Entry regions allow you to hand enter data from the region into your template grid with the assistance of image files Image Clip regions capture a snapshot image of the information in the region and store it on your computer The information captured from either type of Image region can be viewed in reports in Remark Quick Stats Sets the default Image region data type to be used w
293. ns Review Exceptions Auto search the response combo box when typing Review Exceptions Play sound on review exceptions startup Review Exceptions Play sound when an exception case is located Maximum length for a value in a data grid cell Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferences Description Mark this checkbox to have the Image Viewer update with a new form image each time a form is processed The Image Viewer is located beneath the template grid window Using this option could alert you to issues such as skewed forms Mark this checkbox so that you can type the first letter s of a response into the Response box of Review Exceptions and the software will automatically select the response that begins with those characters This option applies to questions that employ list box style cells only Multiple List and Boolean OMR regions and Image regions that utilize Database Lookup Mark this checkbox to play a sound when Review Exceptions first starts This feature is useful as an alert if you are processing forms in an unattended manner Mark this checkbox to play a sound every time an exception case is located in Review Exceptions Click the button to select a wav sound file You may also click the button Lf to preview the sound Enter the maximum number of characters allowed in a template grid cell You will not be able to enter more characters than allowed e g when entering text using a Data Entry I
294. ns are typically multiple choice or true false questions A subjective question is one that is open ended and must be graded by a human such as an essay or short answer question Remark Office OMR cannot automatically read this type of question however you can include points from a subjective question when grading First place a region on the form where the instructor can enter the appropriate amount of points earned on the subjective portion of the test This is typically an OMR region where the instructor bubbles in the points earned Then designate the region as a subjective item in the form template This region must be set to the numeric data type in order to use the region as a Subjective region When setting up your answer key enter the maximum number of subjective points that can be earned see the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file under Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation for further details about setting up answer keys When grading Remark Office OMR will display the overall objective and subjective scores Using the Test Settings section sets the options on an individual region basis You can change the default setting for whether to grade each region type globally in the Preferences tab control under the Tools menu 135 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 136 To set grade options 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Region item properties link in the left task pane 3 Inthe
295. ntinue to Step 8 to build a new data file Working with Your Data Advanced 8 Make any desired changes in the pavancea I nc l u d e N ames D at a Type or Optionally configure the following advanced properties for the export file type S i z e co u m n S Advanced Properties n K Include Name Data Type Size a Load 9 Optional If desired click the 1 utn nteger z Save button to save the settings 3 to a configuration file ini file s 7 8 a Questor ret Question Text 2 You can then open this corer re 5 configuration file for future save z Queen et gt operations with this same form m Questore Er 2 template This feature can save i quesinis Tx E time when saving future data sets men 10 Click the OK button to save the changes Question Text 2 Iss sf cs cafes ca caf cs caf 11 In the Save Data window click the OK button to save the data 9 5 2 Remark Office Archive Format The Remark Office Archive format saves the form template data file and stored images in one zipped file By having all items stored together the information becomes portable For example this feature is useful if you own and use multiple copies of the software One person can scan forms on one system and then save the data to the Remark Office Archive Format Another person can then open that Remark Office Archive file which will provide the form template data file and stored ima
296. ny are present as well as the link from the data to the stored images so that you can open your data and still view the image that corresponds with any piece of data Learning Remark Office OMR To save the Hospital Stay Evaluation data Save Data Select the appropriate file type and file name and then click OK 1 Select the File menu and then click Save or click f Lookin Data 7adac ae 2 Data can be saved anywhere on your system By default a Data folder is installed in the Remark Office OMR directory we recommend using this folder for storage of data files In the Look in box navigate to this Data folder on your Fie name Toi system e g C Program Files Principia Save astype Remark RMO Products Remark Office OMR 6 Data 3 Click the Save as type down arrow to display a list of file types 4 If not already selected click the Remark RMK format 5 Type Tutoriall in the box titled File name 6 Click the OK button to save the file 5 2 5 Analyzing the Hospital Stay Evaluation Data Remark Office OMR provides statistical analysis functionality for tabulating data from your forms The Easy Survey feature is one such facility and will provide you with a choice of standard reports based on your data Before beginning this portion of the tutorial ensure that the legacy analysis for the software is not being used Remark Office OMR includes two analysis packages legacy analysis for previous
297. o STL ASCII commas ASCII tabs Spreadsheet commas Spreadsheet tabs Survey System dBase 5 0 dBase IV dBase II Paradox 5 X Paradox 4 X Paradox 3 X Lotus WK3 Lotus WK1 Lotus 1 2 3 LXR Test Working with Your Data Extension Description QSF SAV SRV STL ASC ASC TXT TXT DAT DBF DBF DBF DB DB DB WK3 WK1 WKS MRG Perception Questionmark format save only SPSS format Survey Pro standard format Apian Software Survey Pro STL format Apian Software Comma delimited ASCII Tab delimited ASCII Comma delimited ASCII with quotes around non numeric data Tab delimited ASCII with quotes around non numeric data The Survey System format Creative Research Systems dBase 5 0 format dBase IV format dBase III format Paradox 5 X format existing files may only be overwritten there are no append options Paradox 4 X format existing files may only be overwritten there are no append options Paradox 3 X format existing files may only be overwritten there are no append options Lotus Works 3 format existing files may only be overwritten there are no append options Lotus Works 1 format Lotus 1 2 3 format LXR Test format 231 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 232 File Format Extension Report RPT Data Interchange DIF Format CCI Assessment DAT XML XML HTML HTM ODBC Custom ASC TXT To save grid data Description Fixed format
298. o Section 8 7 5 for detailed information about the Unrecognized Image Utility window To use Review Unrecognized I mages after form processing 1 After processing forms select the Tools menu and then click Review Unrecognized I mages The Unrecognized I mages Utility window will appear displaying any images that were not recognized during the read operation You will use this window to 203 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 204 make changes Please proceed to Section 8 7 5 for detailed information about the Unrecognized Image Utility window 8 7 5 Using the Unrecognized I mages Utility When an image is not automatically recognized the Unrecognized I mages Utility will appear You will use this window to see which specific ID region was not recognized and then match the image to the appropriate form template form template page or respondent The following table details the available Unrecognized mages Utility options Option Form Templates Pages Respondent ID Details Image Description Provides a list of open form templates from which you can match the form that is not being automatically recognized Use the drop down list to select the correct form template for the image that is displayed in the image area and then click the Read button Provides a list of pages corresponding to the form template that the unrecognized page matches Use the drop down list to select the correct form template page for the ima
299. o the next section To read from images files and use the supplied images files 1 Place the supplied completed Hospital Stay Evaluation forms in your scanner in the following order use the Room Number area to locate each form 12345 34567 78901 sh 2 Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click ta Alternatively select the Read wizard link in the Task Pane The Read Method window appears Remark Office OMR User s Guide 66 3 4 The Scanned I mage Naming Conventions window appears The Data Center In the Select Method to Use for Data Collection area mark the radio button for Read from scanner Click the Next gt gt button to continue will automatically store an image for each form that is scanned You can use these stored images to clean your data later instead of looking through the actual paper forms This window allows you to set the parameters for the images that will be stored 5 8 By default the name of the form template will be listed in the Begin image names with box If another user has changed the defaults type the form template name in this box Tutoriall The date and time will be appended to this name to create unique names for each image file that gets stored during scanning Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Scanned Image Naming Conventions a Select the naming conventions that will be used when saving scanned images Scanned Image Naming Conventions Begin image
300. o use with Auto Page ID in the Data Center see Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template 4 Read forms from either scanner or image file ii selecting the Tools menu and then clicking Read Wizard or by clicking See Section 8 3 The Remark Office OMR Read Wizard for more details about processing forms After recognizing the page the Data Center places the data into the appropriate template grid section Any images that the Data Center cannot recognize enter a list of unrecognized images You can review these images during or after form processing See Section 8 7 4 Reviewing Unrecognized mages for further information about reviewing unrecognized images 8 7 3 Respondent Tracker The Respondent Tracker feature allows you to scan respondents form pages in any order Remark Office OMR will use the respondent identifier region of the form template to determine the appropriate record for each respondent This 200 Processing Forms feature is only useful for multi page forms Therefore you will need to also use the Auto Page ID feature along with Respondent Tracker Remark Office OMR will first identify the page being processed and then the respondent Optionally you may use Auto Form ID as well Using all three features will allow you to process various forms form pages and individual respondent pages in any order and still have Remark Office OMR properly record the data Respondent Tracker ID regions can be OMR or Barcode regions No
301. of different file formats Opens an existing report file that was saved in Remark Quick Stats Launches the Template Editor with the active template automatically open for editing Opens the batch wizard so that you can create batch files Batch files allow you to process a header sheet with identifying information for the forms that will follow Saves data from the grid to a new or existing data file Clicking the Save button will create a new data file or save the data to the current file if one has already been established Saves an existing data file under a new name allows you to select an output format or allows you to change the path to which the file saves Closes the current document The document may be a form template grid window or image window Prints the contents of the grid results or image For results you can also choose whether to print all sections the current section or the current page Displays he most recently used files Click a file to open it Exits Remark Office OMR Navigating Remark Office OMR 3 5 2 Edit Menu Use the items in the Edit menu to perform common Windows functions on one of the Remark Office OMR documents The operations include typical clipboard operations such as copying and pasting information and several data manipulation operations such as finding amp replacing Template Editor Tool Menu Pull Function Down Item wy Undo Ctrl Z Undoes the most recent
302. of the ADF regardless of how the ADF is positioned note that not all scanners utilize this feature Mark this checkbox if the scanner you are using has duplex capabilities for double sided form scanning Use this setting to correct an image that scans in reverse black background with white text The default setting is No Mark this selection to have Remark Office OMR automatically correct for skewing during the scanning process Mark this selection to have Remark Office OMR automatically remove unwanted specks on the scanned image Mark this selection to show your scanner s interface Principia recommends turning this selection on initially to verify your scanner s settings e g scanning mode page size resolution brightness Some scanners but not all will support having the interface hidden Mark this checkbox if you have selected a duplex scanner and wish to scan both sides of a page Use this option to rotate the front side of each page that is scanned Select the rotation degrees in the box provided Only use this option if the front side of your form does not rotate correctly on its own Use this option to rotate the back side of each page that is scanned Select the rotation degrees in the box provided Only use this option if the back side of your form does not rotate correctly on its own Tip It is recommended that you initially show the scanner s interface so that you can set the scanner settings Once
303. offer differing types of data output Additional region types are explained in detail in Chapter 7 6 For the Data Type select Textual This region contains Hospital Unit names so textual data is appropriate When creating your own form templates the data type you select can be textual or numeric depending on the type of data you require 7 Inthe Region Layout area to the right select Column for Region orientation Region orientation lets Remark Office OMR know how the region is structured on the form For this question the question s answer choices are listed in one column 8 Enter 1 in the Columns in the region box and 4 in the a a Bagn tarat Rows in the region box The region size lets Remark Office OMR know how many rows and columns of marks are in the region K Regen tem properties 9 Locate the Labels area and then type in the text for each unit Maternity Cardiac Pediatric ICU one per line Cae iem Your choice of Labels in the form template determines what you will see in the data set when your filled in forms are processed The Labels represent the response choices for each bubble moving from top to bottom You will notice that as you type the Labels numbers will automatically fill the Values column to the right While the Labels represent the actual data you will see returned from the processed forms the Values represent the information Remark Office OMR uses to perform any statistical
304. oftware to see all of the new enhancements Remark Office OMR User s Guide 1 3 Technical Support Remark Office OMR includes a printed user s guide and online help You will also find a knowledgebase on the Principia Products web site see the back of this user s guide for the web address where you will find the answers to frequently asked questions In addition there are two tutorials included in this user s guide which we strongly recommend you perform before using the software with your forms Most questions can be answered by consulting these reference materials If a problem with Remark Office OMR arises that cannot be solved using the materials above customers may contact Principia Products technical support Note If you are past your 30 days of free technical support starts from date of purchase Principia Products makes support available only to registered users of the Remark Office OMR software who hold a valid support agreement For more information about purchasing a support agreement please go to our web site address provided on back of this user s guide Before contacting technical support please gather the following information e The version and serial number of the Remark Office OMR software you can find this information by selecting the Help menu and then clicking About e The steps required to reproduce the problem e The type model and configuration of your computer and scanner if applicable
305. oftware to zoom in on your image to see if your marks are complete When marks are not complete 127 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 128 Remark Office OMR cannot properly recognize them If this problem occurs reacquire your form template image by scanning it at a darker brightness setting sometimes called threshold on your scanner Note that you may save templates that have solid red OMR regions but you will need to correct the problem before you begin processing forms to have the software recognize the forms properly 7 2 8 Creating an Image Region Image regions are used for areas on a form that contain handwriting or machine printed text e g a person s name an address a department name comments etc Remark Office OMR cannot read this type of information automatically but does provide you with two options for capturing this information as an Image region Data Entry Image regions reserve space in the template grid for the manual insertion of text You can type the information contained in the Image region into the data grid using image assisted data entry Image Clip regions save a snapshot image of the particular region to a user specified location on your computer You can have this location displayed in the data grid as the forms are being scanned After collecting the Image region information you may optionally run a report in Remark Quick Stats to view the results see the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file
306. oice questions in another All marks you want to define in a single OMR region must align horizontally and vertically When possible place the labels for a group of questions on the top of each column or at the beginning of each row at least 3 8 inch away from the marks this will allow you to select the entire group of questions within one region when you create a form template in the software If the labels are between marks you may have to select questions individually and or link marks together to form logical questions Example Original Layout Better Layout What is your gender What is your gender O Female O Male O Female O Male 6 6 Shading Remark Office OMR works best with marks printed in black ink on white paper without shading While we do not recommend the use of shading in areas containing marks you can create shading that completely drops out when scanned a 5 10 gray typically works well A better alternative is to shade the questions but leave the area containing the marks white Example Excellent Good Fair Poor Text for Question 1 Text for Question 2 101 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Text for Question 3 O O O O Text for Question 4 O O O O Text for Question 5 O O O O Always test your form with your scanner before printing large quantities Note You cannot photocopy forms that use shading as the shading will become too dark Use clean printouts for forms utilizing shading 6 7 Margin
307. ok in drop down list to locate a folder on your computer for the file For this tutorial use My Documents 6 Set the Acrobat version to its default value 4 x and the Image quality to its default value of High there are no images in this report 7 Click the Export button to export the report You may now go to the My Documents folder on your computer and view the resulting PDF files 5 3 8 Tutorial 2 Summary The second tutorial illustrated basic and some more advanced features of the software including e Creating a form template including linking regions and setting grading options e Processing forms e Using Review Exceptions e Saving data e The Grade Wizard e Exporting Reports You are encouraged to read the rest of this user s guide to gain a more in depth understanding of the concepts explained in these tutorials as well as other functionality within Remark Office OMR 96 Learning Remark Office OMR Designing Forms Chapter 6 6 1 Overview Remark Office OMR provides a flexible solution for scanning forms you create and producing data and reports Because there is so much flexibility a wide variety of forms can be created Good form design is a key component to using Remark Office OMR successfully Therefore Principia Products has created a set of form design guidelines to help you create forms that will work well with the software Remark Office OMR User s Guide Note Remark Office OMR is not a fo
308. omfort In the Review Exceptions window you will see a green flag and Response for Comfort The green flag tells you that a multiple response was encountered The text in the brackets Comfort tells you the question or item where the multiple response was encountered 5 Inthe box beneath Response for Comfort Strongly Agree Agree Disagree Strongly Disagree use the drop down list to select the appropriate response Use the Image Viewer beneath the o wx o o data grid to review the respondent s form It appears that the patient changed his response from Agree to Strongly Disagree by crossing out the original mark and filling in a second bubble We will assume that Strongly Disagree is the correct response Select Strongly Disagree from the drop down list oOo 00 e ces Oo ooo Oo ooe 6 Click the first green arrow titled Search Forward to move to the next exception Or simply press Enter 7 The next exception is a multiple response in row one for the item called Respect Look at the Image Viewer to see the intended response In this case it looks like the respondent also changed his response from Agree to Strongly Disagree Select Strongly Disagree from the drop down list 8 Click the first green arrow titled Search Forward to move to the next exception Or simply press Enter Remark Office OMR User s Guide S Remark Offies OMR Data Center Tutoriali ome Untitind 1 AAKI The next exception is an image region
309. on A file location in a directory tree Random Access Memory See OMR region A name assigned to an OMR Region If an OMR Region contains more than one question Remark Office OMR will append numbers sequentially to the specified region names to provide a name for each question Or you can specify individual region names in the OMR Regions Properties window Region names are used as grid column headers in the template grid window When saving data to databases the column headers are used as the field names in the database table If opening linking or saving to an existing database table the column headers must already exist in the selected table or an error will occur Additionally most databases have field name limitations If you are planning on exporting to a particular database type consult your database s documentation or Appendix B Understanding File Formats for region field name limitations The operation of changing the order of the regions in a template It is necessary when the reading operation does not produce data in the correct order Horizontal or vertically aligned bars that facilitate scrolling through displays Located at the bottom of a window a status bar is the horizontal bar that displays pertinent information about Glossary application processes or the currently selected item task pane A guide to help you navigate through the software The task pane appears on the left side of the Template Editor D
310. on is on by default Under most circumstances you will want to leave this option enabled Mark this checkbox to override the Recognition Threshold settings defined for OMR regions in the form template Use a higher setting if you are having problems discriminating among filled marks Use a lower setting if you are having problems picking up light less filled marks See Section 7 3 1 d Recognition Threshold for detailed information about the Recognition Threshold setting Mark this checkbox to override the Recognition Threshold settings defined for Inage regions in the form template Use a higher setting if the software is picking up stray marks Use a lower setting if you are having problems picking up light text or smaller amounts of handwriting See Section 7 3 1 d Recognition Threshold for detailed information about the Recognition Threshold setting Select the type of file to be used when storing Image Clips PCX TIF or PDF Note The PDF option is only available if you have enabled PDF support see next page If using the TIF or PDF format for Image Clips select a compression level Uncompressed largest file Group 3 Group 3 2Dd Group 4 smallest file 255 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Preference Option Bit Depth Conversion Threshold Set the global threshold value to Enable PDF Image File Support 256 Description Use this setting to adjust pixel depth on images that are scanned in color or
311. on this feature by selecting the Tools menu clicking Preferences and then clicking the Recognition link in the Task Pane 181 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 182 10 11 12 When saving to the PDF or TIF formats you can choose the compression rate under Image compression level Uncompressed Group 3 Group 3 2d and Group 4 Group 4 will create the most compressed smallest file size image Mark the checkbox for Save multiple page form templates as multiple page image files if you are scanning with a multi page form template and would like all of the images for one complete form to be saved as one image file Using this option will create fewer image files If you would like to configure Review Exceptions options click the Next gt gt button to continue Otherwise click the Read button to begin scanning pages Review Exceptions is a way to correct exception cases found on forms such as blank and multiple responses see Section 8 4 Review Exceptions for further details about using this feature 13 14 In the Review Exceptions window specify whether to review exception cases during the scanning process by marking the Activate Review Exceptions checkbox In the Review Exceptions Options area mark the checkboxes for those cases that you wish to review d urin g Remark Office OMR Read Wizard scannin g Th e Review Exceptions optional Select the desired items to be flagged when running Review Exception
312. one double quote single quote The maximum number of characters allowed in the field The position in characters where the field will begin For example if your field sizes are 25 the first field will start at position 1 and the second field will start at position 26 25 characters later Enter the character to use to pad the field typically a space character Select whether to pad the field on the left or right of the text that resides in the field Working with Your Data Custom Option Description Wizard Screen Step 4 Record Delimiter Sets the delimiter to be used to Record separate records Carriage Delimiter Return Line Feed Carriage Return Line Feed Other Step 5 Field Exclude Mark this checkbox to exclude the Exclusion and region listed from the data file Record Breaks Break After Mark this checkbox to start a new record in the data file after this field Every Record Mark this checkbox to include the field in every record that of the data file e g repeat the field for each record To use the Custom format 1 Select the File menu and then click Save As The Save Data window opens allowing you to choose a file name a file type the directory in which you would like the file saved and advanced saving options Select the desired directory location using the Look in drop down box Enter a name in the box titled File name Select the Custom ASC TXT format in the box titled Sav
313. ories where they can be found Uninstall and reinstall the software This error indicates that a problem was encountered trying to copy or paste data to or from the Clipboard This error could occur it too much data is requested or if an invalid object is being copied to the Clipboard 327 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 328 Glossary active ASCII batch bubbles checkbox choose click clipboard copy A term that refers to the window to which the next keystroke or command applies American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII is a standard code for representing characters as binary numbers In addition to printable characters ASCII code includes control characters A group of form templates that contains a batch header form to process descriptive information and regular scannable forms such as student tests Batch header forms are useful for collecting information about the group of forms that you are scanning e g school teacher and class name for a test A mark that can be either filled in or empty Bubbles are arranged in rows and columns creating a region that has an orientation A small square that can be selected or cleared When selected it contains an X The act of selecting an item by clicking on it or by using the appropriate key sequence To quickly press and release the left mouse button Whenever you cut or copy a section of text the contents are placed on the cli
314. orm and is helpful to many users who work with a networked scanner The following table provides instructions for either using a scanner or an image file as the image source Create Page Elements E Create Page Elements la Use the acquire button to obtain the image file s you want to use for your form template pages Select Method to Use for Image Acquisition O Read from image files Read from scanner Scanner Properties Image Acquisition Acquire Images from Scanner gt Cancel e If you have a supported scanner installed and the forms included with the tutorial follow the instructions for using a scanner entitled Acquire Images from Scanner e If you do not have a supported scanner you may still complete the tutorial using special image files of scanned forms that were installed on your computer as part of the Remark Office OMR application In this case follow the instructions for using image files entitled Acquire Images from File Acquire I mages from Scanner from scanner in the Select Method to Use for I mage Acquisition area 4 Place the blank copy of the Hospital Stay Evaluation form in the scanner 5 Click the Acquire Images from Scanner button Note If scanning with a TWAIN driver your scanner s TWAIN interface may appear after clicking the acquire button Use this interface to set scanning parameters including the scanning mode black and white or
315. ormat when exporting data to Perception This format has specific parameters that must be defined including a Snapshot ID the value that uniquely identifies the assessment and the Participant the region that identifies each respondent Additionally there are optional parameters you may specify including the Group Details Date and Monitor This information should closely match what was originally defined in Perception For example the Snapshot ID used should already be defined in Perception as the ID for this particular form the Participant IDs should already be defined in Perception as the student identifiers Group should already be Understanding File Formats defined Questions should already be defined in the same order as they appear in this form Special fields should already be defined in the appropriate order Details should already be defined as to what type of information the field should contain Please see the table below for further details Extension QSF Required Snapshot ID A value that uniquely identifies the Parameters assessment Each record in the data file must contain the same Snapshot ID The Snapshot ID must be a numeric value from 1 to 99999999 Choose a region containing the Snapshot ID or enter one manually Participant Participant student or respondent identifier This field uniquely identifies each respondent Every record in the data file must contain a unique Participant identifier Choose the
316. our scanner s scanning interface mark the checkbox for Show TWAIN interface highly recommended the first time you scan and if the scanner is used in other applications O Auto deskew O Auto despeckle O Scan duplex O Show TWAIN interface Flatbed and ADF O Center feed Rotate Front side 9 Rotate front back side Use these options if your images Hardware Options Select the type of scanner you are using Flatbed only ADF sheetfeeder only or Flatbed and ADF are improperly rotated when Mark the Center Feed box to have each scanning especially for page aligned with the center of the ADF landscape and duplex forms If using a duplex scanner one that scans two sided pages in one pass mark the checkbox for Duplex scanner C 3 12 Preferences General Shade alternate grid rows to look like Mark this checkbox to shade every other row in the template grid Click the paint bucket to choose a shading color Use Legacy Analysis as your Default Analysis Tool Mark this checkbox to use the Remark Quick Stats from version 5 of the software instead of the Remark Office OMR Windows Update the I mage Viewer During Read Operations Mark this checkbox to update the Image Viewer window with each processed form new reporting tool Remark Office OMR Data Center Preferenc General Preferences T General Set the generic Remark Office OMR Data Center preferences p File Stor
317. ow allows you to specify options about the images that will automatically be stored each time you scan forms 6 Inthe Begin image names with box enter a file base name that the software can use to name the images stored for this form The default base name is the form template name however you may use any name you like We suggest using something that identifies to you that the images belong to Processing Forms a certain form The images that are stored will all begin with this base name and then have the page number if scanning a multi page template date and time appended to them to keep track of the various images You may optionally choose a region from the form template to use as the base name The value that is collected from the form for the specified region will be used as the base name for the corresponding stored image along with the date and time If you leave the Begin image names with option blank your images will only have the page number if applicable date and time as the name of each image 7 Inthe Image target d i recto ry box cl ic k Remark Office OMR Read Wizard I Scanned Image Naming Conventions a t h e B row se a bu tto n Select the naming conventions that will be used when saving scanned images to select a location in Scanned Image Naming Conventions which to store the Begin image names with Tutorial iv Images for this form Image target directory C Program Files Principia Produ
318. padded if necessary to the specified length Grid rows are delimited by a carriage return line feed sequence The specified record length is written to the beginning of the file followed by the actual data Extension RPT Options Save Headers The Save Headers option in the Save Data window will save the grid column headers region names as the first record in the Report data file Record Length The Record Length option in the Save Data window allows you to choose the fixed length of each piece of data written to the file Limitations If any cells contain data longer than the specified record length Remark Office OMR will display an error message that lists the cell location B 18 Data Interchange Format DIF The Data Interchange file format is a standard method of exchanging data between non compatible programs By its nature DIF cannot support program specific information such as cell formats 280 Extension Options Limitations Understanding File Formats DIF None None B 19 CCI Assessment Format DAT The CCI Assessment file format is used to save data to the CCI Assessment System This format is specific to the CCI Assessment package please see the CCI documentation for specific information about using this format Extension Options Limitations DAT None See CCI Assessment documentation for information about using this format B 20 XML Format XML XML stands for Extensible Markup
319. pages are scanned out of order With Respondent Tracker Remark Office OMR will recognize a specific respondent s page and place it in the correct data grid row with the rest of that respondent s data if the pages are processed out of order Form Page or Respondent IDs can be either OMR or Barcode regions Note See Section 7 3 3 Tracking for detailed information on setting up Form ID Page ID and Respondent Tracker regions in a form template 8 7 1 Auto Form ID Remark Office OMR provides an Auto Form ID option for automatically matching a form with its corresponding form template This type of form recognition allows you to process many different form types without pre sorting the forms 197 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Note You cannot use the Collate option with Auto Form ID Each form type you want to use with Auto Form ID must contain an ID region on every form template page The ID region can be an OMR or Barcode region Note For backwards compatibility forms with an ID region on the first page only will still work in Auto Form ID mode when using Auto Form ID by itself If you wish to use Auto Page ID or Respondent Tracker in conjunction with Auto Form ID you must have identifying regions on every page of the form To use Auto Form ID 1 Outside of Remark Office OMR create a form that contains a unique identifier on each page that can be captured as an OMR or Barcode region in the Remark Office OMR form templa
320. paper selection with your scanner before printing large quantities of your forms Tip You can test colored paper by scanning a form in the Remark Office OMR Template Editor The resulting image should have a white background with black text If you see speckles or other black marks in the background your paper may be too dark You can try raising the brightness setting on your scanner to see if the rest of the color from the paper will drop out without compromising the marks on the form Remark Office OMR will support any paper size or thickness supported by your scanner Consult your scanner s user s guide for further information 6 10 Form Duplication 104 Quality and consistency in form reproduction reduce form processing errors You have the flexibility to duplicate forms in several ways using a laser printer a high quality photocopier or a professional printer Consistency from form to form is important Try to use the same source to duplicate all of the forms you will need for a single form type When photocopying forms the accuracy of page placement into the photocopier and your overall form design are the limiting factors as to how large your margins must be in order to minimize errors Forms with inadequate spacing will have a low tolerance for offset skew Carefully placing forms directly on the photocopy machine s glass tends to yield better copies than using the document feeder which can skew the page as it is pulled into th
321. pboard This intermediary holds the information so that it can be pasted multiple times if desired until you place something new on the clipboard by cutting or copying something else The clipboard is also shared by other programs Data can be copied from a document of one program and pasted to a document of another as long as the data are compatible Remark Office OMR only uses plain text To place the selected text or item on the Windows 329 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 330 Ctrl current cut defaults double click drag duplex Esc exception cases extension grid form form template format highlighted icon label clipboard so that you can paste it into another location The Control key on your keyboard The window to which the next keystroke or command applies To remove the selected text or item and place it on the Windows clipboard Pre defined Remark Office OMR settings Double click means to click the left mouse twice in succession To move the mouse while holding down the left mouse button Two sided Some scanners support duplex mode in which the reader will scan both sides of a sheet of paper at the same time The Escape key on your keyboard Portions of the data that do not contain valid entries and require cleaning such as blanks multiple responses region recognition errors barcode errors Database Lookup errors and data entry Image regions An extensio
322. ple responses and enter image region information When processing forms with Auto Form ID Auto Page ID or Respondent Tracker regions unrecognized images enter a list for later review Use this command to review images that Remark Office OMR did not recognize when processing the forms Tool Menu Pull Down Item Analysis View Image Automation Wizard Respondent Detection Perform Spell Check F7 Scanner Properties F8 Preferences F9 Navigating Remark Office OMR Function Access the grade and survey options in the software Easy Grade grades the current data set using the first grid row as the answer key and grading options as defined in the form template F6 Grade Wizard launches the Grade Wizard for customized grading Ctrl W Easy Survey tabulates the current data set using tabulation options as defined in the form template Ctrl U Survey Wizard launches the Survey Wizard for customized survey tabulation Analysis Preferences accesses the Remark Quick Stats preferences to customize report options Opens an image file Launches the Automation Wizard which allows you to set up executable files that automate basic Remark Office OMR functions Allows you to determine which respondents in your data have been processed not been processed or have been processed multiple times This feature is used in conjunction with the Database Lookup feature Checks the selected data file
323. port an invalid range of spreadsheet cells The first row of data contains invalid region field names such as quoted and unquoted strings in the same field name Check the import table for properly matched quotation marks and then try the import operation again An error occurred creating the table or index definition because it does not contain any fields An error occurred attempting to change a table or field definition because the object has already been appended to the corresponding object An error occurred attempting to delete a field You can t delete a field included in an index To delete a field that is part of an index you must first delete the index Class 9000 9100 9200 Category Miscellan eous Program Errors DLL Errors Clipboard Errors Error 7613 9000 9100 9101 9200 Understanding Error Messages Error Text Text file specification field separator matches decimal separator or text delimiter Two or more delimiters settings used by the Text ISAM are the same These miscellaneous errors signify an internal problem or undocumented error type Please report any reproducible occurrences of these errors to Principia Products Technical Support The DLL file is in use by other applications and could not be opened Close other applications The DLL could not be loaded because it could not be located on your system Make sure all required DLL files are in direct
324. porting data to Borland s Paradox Remark Office OMR supports Paradox version 3 X 4 X and 5 X file formats Column names in Remark Office OMR are used as field names when saving to a Paradox database 278 Remark Office OMR can save data to a new Paradox database or overwrite existing tables Extension 7 Options g Limitations DB Primary Index When saving to a Paradox database you must select a region to use as the primary index For Remark Office OMR to save data to a Paradox table you must select a region to use as a primary index A primary index must contain a unique value for every record For Remark Office OMR to save data to a Paradox table the ParadoxNetStyle must be set to the selected Paradox save format See your Paradox database documentation for more information on the ParadoxNetStyle property Understanding File Formats For Remark Office OMR to link to an existing Paradox table the table must contain a primary index All field names called region names in Remark Office OMR must be unique A Paradox table can hold a maximum of 255 fields columns A Paradox record can hold a maximum of 10 800 bytes If saving data to an existing table grid column headers region names in Remark Office OMR must match table region names When Remark Office OMR creates a Paradox table textual regions can contain a maximum of 255 characters If you would like a region to support more than 255 characte
325. pplications By default Remark Office OMR will poll the scanner every five seconds for pages If you want to change the number of seconds between polls select the Tools Menu and then click Preferences You will see the System poll interval during Server Mode setting under the General section 215 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 216 To read image files using Server Mode 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template sh Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click ta Alternatively you may select the Read Wizard link from the Task Pane In the Read Method window select the radio button for Read from image files If desired click the link for Advanced I mage Recognition Properties This link will allow you to set the following options Invert image Auto deskew images during recognition Auto despeckle images during recognition Caution We do not suggest making changes to the Advanced Image Recognition Properties unless you encounter difficulties related to these settings In the Advanced Collection Options area mark the checkbox for Server Mode Click the Next gt gt button to continue Remark Office OMR Read Wizard n t he I m age Sou rce Image Filters and Source Directories lsi Di rectori s area tice Select the source directories and the corresponding image types to be processed during Server Mode the Add Directories Image Source amp Filter Sele
326. presenting the Length of Stay then press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the rectangle to the bottom right corner capturing all of the bubbles in the region 4 Inthe Region Definition area enter Length of Stay in the box titled Region name 5 For the Region Type select Multiple UE Region Definition Region Layeut 6 For the Data Type select Eee Regno Length cf stay Regn exertion on yje r M OMR region properties Ry Mhie w comnsntheregon 5 Textual This region Sot overal prccertins for the regen mome aS A llinon S contains numbers of days Oromoon nanena but because one of the j E m A choices 5 is not numeric a textual is the correct data i t i S s ype B Databas o 7 Inthe Region Layout area ceo retin oer ee to the right select Row for eee Region orientation a Ea Learning Remark Office OMR Region orientation lets Remark Office OMR know how the region is structured on the form For this question the question s answer choices are listed in a row 8 For Columns in the region enter 5 and for Rows in the region enter 1 9 For the Labels area type the number for each length of stay on each of the rows 1 2 3 4 5 one per line This label range represents the response choice for each bubble moving from left to right Again you will notice that as you type the Labels numbers will automatically fill the Values column in the grid 10 Click the OK button to return to the m
327. procedures Admission were well handled 2 The staff looked after my comfort and well being Comfort 3 The staff treated me with respect Respect 4 Medical procedures were explained in terms Explanations understood 5 My doctor was confident and knowledgeable Knowledge 6 My overall rating of this hospital is favorable Overall 11 Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window You will now see a green box around the Hospital Stay Evaluation region in the form area identifying it as an OMR region You will also see that Evaluation has been added to the tree view To define the Comment area as an I mage region Areas in which you expect your respondent to use handwriting can be captured by Remark Office OMR as Image regions Image regions can either take a snapshot of the handwriting and store it on your computer as an image file or can allow you to hand enter the written information into your data set using image assisted data entry In either case you can run a Comment Report in Remark Quick Stats to view the information from the Image region Learning Remark Office OMR 1 Highlight if not already highlighted the Evaluation node in the tree view and then click the blue toolbar button 2 to insert an Image region 2 Once the cursor becomes a crosshair place the cursor at the top left of the area where you would expect the respondent to enter their comments Press and hold the left mouse button while dra
328. py the Software or Documentation except to make one backup copy of the Software and to transfer the Software to a single hard disk drive or other permanent storage device e License sublicense sell transfer distribute publish rent lease lend electronically transfer or communicate use in a network timesharing arrangement interactive cable television computer service business multiple central processing unit or multiple user arrangement or otherwise make available or grant rights in the Software or Documentation except as expressly provided under Permitted Uses e Remove alter or obstruct Principia s copyright notices or trademarks on the Software and Documentation e Transfer the Software or Documentation in violation of this License Agreement or applicable laws e Use any trade secrets or proprietary information of Principia contained in the Software or Documentation except for the Permitted Uses set forth above Limited Warranty For a period of 90 days after your purchase of this License Principia warrants that the Software disks and the Documentation materials will be free from material physical defects under normal use and that the Software will perform in substantial conformity with the Documentation Principia does not warrant that the Software or Documentation is error free or that any error or non conformity can be remedied THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE PRINCIPIA MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES ORAL OR WRITTEN EXP
329. r Resolution Brightness Flatbed only ADF only Flatbed and ADF Mark this checkbox if you are using an older TWAIN driver Legacy support allows you to use scanner drivers that support older versions of the TWAIN scanning protocol It is not recommended that you use this option unless you find that your scanner driver is not working correctly Use this setting to set the scanning resolution in Dots Per Inch DPI We recommend scanning at 200 DPI This setting is not available if you have chosen to show the scanner s user interface you will select DPI when you scan a page Use this setting to set the scanner s brightness We recommend scanning at your scanner s default brightness setting unless you encounter problems The default setting in Remark Office OMR is 0 This setting is not available if you have chosen to show the scanner s user interface you will select brightness when you scan a page Mark this checkbox if your scanner only contains a flatbed area for scanning Mark this selection if your scanner only contains a sheetfeeder ADF for scanning Mark this setting if your scanner contains both a flatbed and a sheetfeeder ADF Option Center feed Duplex scanner Invert image Auto deskew Auto despeckle Show TWAIN interface Scan duplex Rotate front side Rotate back side Setting Up Your Scanner Function Mark this checkbox to have the page aligned with the center portion
330. r you can go back to this window to EAN select more images in 3 succession SB A thumbnail image of the form a File name Tutorial 1 Hospital Stay Evaluation pox pci Open will appear in the Image My evo Files of type Image Files Cancel window Help 4 Repeat Steps 2 3 to add any other images to the form template 5 If you are satisfied with the image s click the OK button Otherwise click Acquire I mages from File again to reselect an image Remark Office OMR will open a window with a tree view on the left and an image representation of your form on the right In this window you outline the areas to be recognized 111 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 112 Tip For multi page forms you can decide whether you want to start with a single template page or all pages at once If you need to add pages later simply click a page node in the tree view and use the Page Insert menu to add new pages 7 2 3 Creating Regions Regions can be created several different ways by using the tree view menus Task Pane or image representation area The following sections detail these methods You can create regions using the tree view by utilizing the appropriate menus and or the mouse The tree view contains nodes representing each page and region of your form You can double click or right click each node in the tree view to perform specific actions Using Menus to I nsert Regions Using a Mouse to Insert Re
331. re is used for regions that have text or lines separating the answer choices because the OMR box cannot be drawn around all of the marks together Links multiple regions together so that they are considered one question Separates a linked region into individual regions Shows the properties for the page or region Navigating Remark Office OMR Note Help is context sensitive Press F1 while any Remark Office OMR window is active and help text appropriate to that window displays Tool Menu Pull Function Down Item Contents Displays the contents of the Remark Office OMR help file Copyrights Displays copyright information for Remark Office OMR About Displays the About Remark Office OMR window showing information about Principia Products as well as the serial number and current version of the software that is running 3 6 Accessing the Software Help File Remark Office OMR includes a help file to provide answers to your questions Use the following procedures to access help when running Remark Office OMR To access online help 1 To view context sensitive help on the current window press F1 2 To view the main help contents window for Remark Office OMR select the Help menu and then click Contents or click o Remark Office OMR User s Guide 34 Setting Up Your Scanner Chapter 4 4 1 Overview This chapter will provide general information about scanners and how to configure your scanner in Remark Office OM
332. red attempting to open or access the database file The file is either invalid or corrupt An error occurred trying to access a necessary database file or table Resolve the error condition and then retry the operation An attempt was made to import or attach to an empty text file To import or attach a text file the file must contain data You tried to perform an operation that would have violated referential integrity rules for related tables The installable ISAM you are using does not allow updates and or deletes to records in external tables You can add new records though Class Category 7300 7400 ODBC Errors Database Index Errors Error 7211 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7400 7401 Understanding Error Messages Error Text You cannot use ODBC to access an external Microsoft Access or ISAM database table Use Remark Office OMR s direct support of the database instead Using ODBC you tried to perform an operation on data in a SQL database This error may occur when the SQL database is on a network drive and the network is not connected or when the path specified is invalid An error occurred attempting to update the ODBC table Possible causes could be the database is read only the database is on a network drive and the network is not connected or the update would have caused a rule violation The ODBC remote query timeout expired The ODBC server may not be properly in
333. reer rrr cate a EAA 155 Uninstalling seereis 17 Unrecognized Mages 202 a A E ere TS 204 307 Using Advanced Collection Options 194 AUTO AlN aieeaii 159 Auto Form ID ccececeeecteeeeeeeeeeees 197 Auto Page ID enrera esia 199 Batch Header Forms e 210 Collate Mode ccceccccsessteeeeeeneees 194 cic EE AEA crete nny rere ernere et 221 Database Lookup e 149 ale N A E 226 Kaypa eseese Erene EEE E E E 21 cS 910 41010 Se 21 MOUSE inhoaa aa aa a cevegiates 20 REPCE e 226 Reset IMages cceeeseeeeeenteeeeeenaes 157 Respondent Detection 008 218 Respondent Tracke c 0cceeeeee 200 Review Exceptions 186 Server Mode cccceeeeeeesteeeeeneeees 212 Spell Check cccescceceeeeesseeeeneeeees 160 Template Editor eee 108 Unrecognized Images Utility 204 V VAlUCS zia aate on aS 122 View M nU sssssessserrssrerresrirrssrrrsesrennnesne 28 Index Ww Windows Template Editor i r 285 WIRES E etsiiediy ici sds iiaclondanishonvesicd 279 X aa E A A E AE te 270 XML File Format cccccccececeseeeeeeeeeees 281 341 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 342 Remark Web Survey If you want to gather information from the Internet quickly and easy Remark Web Survey is the solution for you With Remark Web Survey you can create online surveys evaluations tests assessments registrations and more without knowing any HTML Remark
334. rincipia Products cannot guarantee that all TWAIN drivers will work correctly Scanner manufacturers typically revise TWAIN drivers frequently to correct for any problems therefore it is a good idea to check for updated drivers for your scanner from time to time Manufacturer web sites often have updated drivers available for download In order to select a TWAIN driver in Remark Office OMR the driver must first be installed Consult your scanner s documentation for installation instructions and information about obtaining a TWAIN driver for your scanner Once the driver has been installed use the following procedures to select the driver in Remark Office OMR To select the TWAIN scanner protocol 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Scanner Properties to display the Scanner Properties window 2 Click the Scanner Type down arrow to display a list of available scanner types Remark Office OMR User s Guide 38 3 Select TWAIN to select the TWAIN protocol 4 Click the Source button to display the TWAIN drivers that are currently installed on your computer Note You must install your scanner s TWAIN driver in order for it to be displayed in this list 5 Click the appropriate TWAIN driver and then click Select to return to the Scanner Properties window When you return to the Scanner Properties window you will notice several options which are summarized in the following table Option Function Use legacy drive
335. rk Office OMR There are three basic categories of scanners low end mid range and high end Generally speaking a low end scanner is capable of scanning up to 10 pages per minute ppm Low end scanners are often geared toward graphics scanning rather than document scanning and therefore are not typically recommended for use with Remark Office OMR A mid range scanner is capable of scanning about 11 to 40 pages per minute A high end scanner is capable of scanning over 40 pages per minute Speed will have a direct effect on price There are three major points to consider when purchasing a scanner your budget the volume of forms you will be processing and whether the scanner will be used for purposes other than scanning forms in Remark Office OMR If you have low volume e g a few forms processing applications a year a few hundred forms each time a low end scanner may be fine For moderate volume e g several forms processing applications a year a few thousand forms each time look into a mid range scanner For high volume e g a many forms processing applications a year several thousands of forms total look into a high end scanner Note that price goes up considerably with speed If the scanner will be used for other purposes as well look into its color and resolution capabilities Remember that you get 257 Remark Office OMR User s Guide what you pay for when it comes to scanners Know what you need before you begin s
336. rm designer Forms that will be used with Remark Office OMR are created independently of the software in programs such as word processing and survey design packages Remark Office OMR will work with plain paper forms no special inks or marks are needed Respondents can use pen or pencil to complete the forms Designing scannable forms for Remark Office OMR can be broken down into the following elements e Finding an application for designing forms e Mark selection e Form spacing e Question grouping e Using shading e Barcodes e Paper selection e Duplicating forms e Testing forms e Form review service 6 2 Finding an Application for Designing Forms 98 The first step in designing a scannable form is determining where you prefer to design the form Some of your options include e Word processing software e Survey design software e Form design software Word processing software e g Microsoft Word Corel WordPerfect is commonly used for creating forms as many people already have this software and are familiar with using it If you are comfortable with word processing software this may be the best choice for you Software created specifically for survey design and analysis can offer the additional benefits of question banks the ability to draw and save questions to and from a question library layout assistance and analysis components Form Designing Forms design software can give you advanced layout tools to cre
337. rmat delimiter Grid Asterisk vi de fa u It Sia ean Z Perform logging undo redo ee _ sa OMR region properties Dictonary Settings Form at delimiter Dictionary location C WINDOWQ system32 P Specifies asym bol to display in the OMR Region Properties window when formatting grid regions This symbol represents the characters in your expected response da Image regions tionary English dct Set default image region properties tf Barcode regions Set default barcode region properties Perform logging Maintains a log file should the program Dictionary location Active dictionary terminate Specifies the location Specifies the unexpectedly The log of spelling dictionaries dictionary to use file will recover any on your computer when using the Spell lost work Under most Check feature circumstances you will want to leave this option on 295 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 2 13 Template Editor Preferences OMR Regions Note All preferences are default settings to make form template creation faster However you can change settings on a region by region basis any time OMR type Specifies a default OMR region type to be used when creating new OMR regions Data type Specifies a default data type Textual or Numeric to be used when creating new OMR regions Orientation Specifies the default orientation Row or Column to be used when creating new
338. rms that contain information about the group of forms you will be processing The batch header form is scanned first and the information gathered from it is pre pended to each data record that follows Respondent Detection If using Database Lookup you can run a report that shows which of your respondents have been processed which have not and which have been processed more than one time Remark Office OMR will look at what is in the data file and compare it against the external database used for Database Lookup Remark Office Archive Format A new Remark Office OMR Archive format is available when saving data This format packages the form template data file and stored images from scanning forms into one file You can then open this file on another system with a Remark Office OMR license and you will have everything you need to process more forms clean the data or run reports Remark Office OMR Overview e Review Exceptions formerly Review Mode Review Exceptions has been updated with a cleaner interface and more searching options You can even play sounds to alert you when an exception is found e PDF Support Remark Office OMR can now read PDF files and save scanned images as PDF files Note that use of this feature is very memory intensive and should only be used on systems with robust processors and memory e New Remark Quick Stats Remark Quick Stats has been completely overhauled You will still see your favorite reports but w
339. rocess Or create a custom filter and then click the Add button to add it to the Image Filters window 303 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 3 7 Respondent Detection Respondent Detection Respondent Detection Select detection region and any additional database fields you would like in the Detection Region Settings Regions available for detection Student ID g Please note that by default the Student ID field will appear first in the results Database Field List Additional Fields in order Respondent Detection Respondent Detection Print or export the respondent detection results below Detection Results 75 15 out of 20 respondents detected in the database Student ID Detected Duplicates 1000006 1000007 1000008 1000009 1000010 1000011 1000012 1000013 1000014 1000015 1 2 3 4 5 6 FA 8 A Export Click the down arrow to export Fa missing detected or duplicate data values found during form processing 304 Regions available for detection Select a filter representing the types of images you wish to process Or create a custom filter and then click the Add button to add it to the Image Filters window Database Field List Additional Fields If desired add additional fields to your report by
340. rs edit the database in Paradox and change the region type from a Text region to a Memo region Alternatively click the Advanced button in the Save Data window and change the field type B 15 Lotus Formats WKS WK1 WK3 WK4 The Lotus file formats are proprietary to the Lotus 1 2 3 program by Lotus Development Corporation Use the Lotus file formats when exporting data to Lotus 1 2 3 Remark supports the Lotus 1 2 3 WK1 WK3 and WK4 formats Extension Options Limitations WKS WK1 WK3 WK4 None Data saved to a Lotus 1 2 3 version 2 0 format can have a maximum of 240 characters per cell Remark Office OMR will display an error message listing the cell location if any cell exceeds 240 characters when saving to a Lotus 1 2 3 file format If a cell contains any textual data the entire column will be saved as a String text rather than numeric data Data in the WK4 format can only be opened not saved 279 Remark Office OMR User s Guide B 16 LXR Test Format MRG The LXR Test format by Logic Extension Resources is a tab delimited ASCII file made for exporting data to LXR Test The file contains a custom header followed by the data Grid rows are delimited by a carriage return line feed sequence Use the LXR Test format to export data to the LXR Test software package Extension MRG Options None Limitations None B 17 Report Format RPT The Report file format is a fixed width ASCII file Each cell is
341. rs in the data grid Each column in the grid corresponds with one variable or question in the form template as the column headers indicate Each grid row will contain information from one processed form regardless of the number of pages the form contains The data grid will fill row by row as your completed forms are processed Remark Office OMR User s Guide 86 To scan completed forms The Read Wizard is used to scan completed forms and produce data The Read Wizard has several steps to help customize the scanning process This tutorial will focus on the basic scanning functions 1 Place the supplied completed General Answer Sheet forms in your scanner in the following order use the number beneath the Student ID barcode to locate each form KEY 12345 67890 09876 2 Select the Tools menu and then click Read Wizard or click ta Alternatively select the Read Wizard link in the Task Pane The Read Method window appears 3 In the Select Method to Use for Data Collection area mark the radio button for Read from scanner 4 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Scanned I mage Naming Conventions window appears The Data Center will store an image for each form that is scanned You can use these stored images to clean your data later instead of looking through the actual paper forms This window allows you to set the parameters for the images that will be stored 5 By default the name of the form temp
342. rt Row 225 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Note You may also select multiple rows to insert the same number of rows above the selection e g select two complete rows to insert two rows above the highlighted rows 3 Click the OK button The row will be inserted above the row you initially selected To delete rows from the grid 1 Select the rows to delete 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Delete Row Or right click the mouse and then select Delete Row Tip You may delete multiple rows by selecting more than one grid row Use the row headers to select the rows 9 3 5 Using Find and Replace The Remark Office OMR Data Center provides find and replace commands for locating and replacing text You can search for each occurrence of characters including uppercase and lowercase letters whole words and parts of words By default the Data Center will search the entire data grid when performing a find and replace operation However you can search a specific region by highlighting the area you would like to search prior to using Find and Replace See Section 9 3 1 See Making Grid Selections To find text 1 Select the Edit menu and then click Find or click EJ 2 If searching for text enter the search text Find in the box titled Find Find Replace Ww h at Find what find this phrase 3 Select the other options you want to O Case sensitive SIT use to contro I th e O Include partial matches searc h
343. rties Learning Remark Office OMR H Grade Wizard s wlelole 8 Click the Next gt gt button to es oa Helela co ntinue aN Create New Learning Objective Nong The Learning Objectives window appears This window is where you define learning objectives sometimes called subtests You may assign questions to each learning objective you define so that the software will provide a separate grade for that subset of Define Benchmark Valse Baratynarh percert gt questions This feature allows you m e n to track progress on specific objectives that you are teaching your students For this tutorial we will define two learning objectives 9 Inthe Create New Learning Objectives area enter Spelling in the Name box 10 Click the Add Objective button 11 Enter Grammar in the Name box 12 Click the Add Objective button You should now have two learning objectives defined Spelling and Grammar The next step is to pick the questions that belong to each Learning Objective 13 Highlight Spelling in the Learning objectives column 14 In the Available questions column click Question1 Hold down the Shift key and then click Question5 Question1 through Question5 should be selected 15 Click the Add questions to the selected learning objectives button gt gt The questions will appear under Spelling in the Learning objectives column 16 Mark the Define Benchmark Value box and en
344. s Margin space along the edges of a form is important We recommend leaving a 1 inch margin around all sides of the page At a minimum do not go below inch margins The margin space will allow some shifting in forms without having the marks fall off of the page when scanned The smaller the margin the less tolerance you will have for inconsistencies from form to form 6 8 Barcodes In addition to marks Remark Office OMR can also read barcodes Barcodes can be used to capture a variety of information including but not limited to names ID numbers session class numbers other demographic information etc The software recognizes three different barcode types e Code 3 of 9 Code 39 Alphanumeric e Interleaved 2 of 5 Numeric only e Codabar Numeric only The Code 39 barcode is created by installing the Code 39 barcode font This font installs automatically with the software or can be downloaded from our web site see the back of this user s guide for web site information Important Tip When using the Code 39 barcode font you will need to begin and end the barcode with asterisks These asterisks become bars in the barcode and aid with proper recognition of the 102 Designing Forms barcode In addition do not use spaces in the barcode If you need to represent a space use the exclamation point character Example To barcode the name Jane Doe you would type ane Doe and then convert the entire sequence to the Code 3
345. s following options are a V a i a b e H M u Iti p l e Review Exceptions amp Unrecognized Images B I k Review unrecognized images is the process of viewing and matching Tracking regions that are not are not automatically re s po n s e s gt a n recognized during a read operation r e s p o n s e s Review unrecognized images when using region tracking He Review Exceptions is the process of cleaning data that have been flagged during a read operation Please note that when reading R e c o g n iti o n e rro rs in Server Mode the read operation will pause so that you can review the desired exceptions Image regions Activate Review Exceptions D at a b ase L oo ku p O Multiple responses O Image regions Required items m B d O Blank responses O Database lookup regions reg l on S a rco e Recognition errors O Barcode regions regions and Required items Reviewing Exceptions during scanning will cause the software to stop scanning when it encounters any exception cases you select You can then make the appropriate adjustments and the scanning will then resume 15 Place the completed forms in the scanner 16 Click the Read button to begin processing pages Processing Forms Remark Office OMR will continue scanning pages until the scanner s sheetfeeder is empty 17 After processing all of the pages you will be prompted to continue scanning Click Yes to scan more pages or No to end the reading pro
346. s 188 Multiple Responses 0 0ceeeee 187 Exception Handling Blanks MUIts ccecceceessceeeesseteeeeees 139 Exiting Remark Office OMR cccccssceeeesees 17 F File Formats ACCOSS 3 xcciietiese ont cite neers a 269 AS Cll essccesceesesttes cuss daaediseaaacess E 275 CCI ASSESSMENL ceccccceetteeeeetteees 281 GUSTON ee 283 Data Interchange Format 280 BASG irei enini EEE RE 277 EA E E A 270 TU Moves EE E E 282 COUS aer a a R aT 279 LXR Tesi rneer n nE 280 ODBC e e SOAR 282 Parado A aa t eoa LO 278 QuestionMalk ccccccceeeesseeeeseeeees 270 Remark ymroi ranne eaea i 267 Remark Office Archive 0 ccc00 268 REDO g AE EE E E 280 Spreadsheet n eeen 276 SPSS RONE AE T E E EE 272 Survey PrO ceecseeeeceeceeeeeeeteeeeeneeee 274 Survey System 277 Understanding ccccccecccceseeeeenees 265 AME ieee cece aaa d aae 281 Fle MON oaae N E idaleides 22 Finding DEEE EARE A PE E E A Aen eet See 226 Form Errors siir diii aii 187 Form Review Service seee 105 Form Templates csscceeeeeees 259 330 Creating 05 iii an iiine iiid 107 Solia E E EE 107 163 ODGNING eee aaa ayaa 177 SAVING axenic Ah awa 163 Format Delimiter ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 FOM S iraa E a idensdacaviene 97 258 COPYING ihc siti idt aiig 103 DUpliCating siss eeii eeeeeeenteeeeeeeeteeeeeeee 103 Form Review Service 105 REAGING ceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 177 261 T S
347. s window you only have access to the response scales that fit the region you are defining For example if you have defined an OMR region that has five possible answer choices you will only have access to response scales that offer five answer choices Therefore the software allows you to access all of the saved response scales under the Tools menu To view or modify response scales 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Response Scales 2 Select a scale to view or modify from the Saved scales drop down list 3 To delete the scale click the Delete button 4 To edit the scale click the Edit button and then type the new Scale Properties i nfo rm atio Fl Possible Response Scale Properties Aa Create modify or delete scales that can be used when editing OMR regions 5 To create a new response scale click the New button provide a OMR Scale Labels and Values Saved scales Scale name and then enter the Poor to Superior 4 x osts possible responses in the Labels grid and their corresponding numeric values in the Values Labels m Values e grid one per line You may also a click the down arrow on the New Good 3 button and choose From Copy es is This will copy the selected scale new JE eae and allow you to make modifications to the copy instead of starting over when you want to create similar scales Click the Save button when you have finished creating your new scale 6 When you
348. se legacy driver Parameters Resolution dpi 200 Hardware Options Flatbed only O ADF only Flatbed and ADF O Center feed A x x Source Brightness 0 Scan Options Invert image No v O Auto deskew O Auto despecke O Scan duplex O Show TWAIN interface Rotate front side o v Click the OK button to save the scanner settings Setting Up Your Scanner 4 3 2 Configuring a TWAIN Driver Most TWAIN drivers will not require any special adjustments but some drivers may have special requirements If you experience problems scanning in Remark Office OMR with your TWAIN driver use the following sections for assistance When scanning in Remark Office OMR with a TWAIN driver there are several basic settings that you want to use Remark Office OMR will support color and grayscale scanning However it is not necessary Most scanners will achieve optimum scanning rates when used in black and white scanning mode sometimes called line art The resolution on the scanner measured in dots per inch DPI should be set at 200 DPI If your scanner allows you to adjust the scaling setting you want it to be set at 100 You should also verify that the page size your scanner is using matches the actual page you are scanning You can also utilize the scanner s brightness Sometimes called threshold setting to make scanned images lighter or darker Under normal conditions
349. sed in conjunction with Default Fill Remark value Office OMR will assign the next value in the range you Data Entry Image define to the Image region in sequential order For region only example you can enter the number 1 as the default fill and then mark the Auto increment fill value checkbox Remark Office OMR will automatically place sequential numbers in the Image region during form processing When using a default fill you can create the Image region anywhere on the form as a placeholder Attempt to detect Use this setting to have Remark Office OMR attempt the presence of to determine whether handwriting is in the region For handwriting in the Data Entry Image regions when text is detected the region Image Region will contain a blue indicator flag For Image Clip Image regions the clip will be captured when handwriting is detected and will not be captured 129 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 130 Property Link Region to an Existing OMR Region Data Entry Image region only OMR region Data Entry Image region only Question Data Entry Image region only Answer Data Entry Image region only Target directory Begin names with Image Clip Image region only Function when handwriting is not detected If you are not using this feature image clips will be captured for every Image region Use this setting to link a Data Entry Image region to one of the responses from another OMR region on t
350. sis Respondent ID Recognition Threshold apples to region o Threshold yave 3 S Blark Exception Handing Migle Exception Handing Replace with Nothin w Mulbple responses Not adiowed m Replace yth Astensk x 139 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 140 Option Always Ignore leading trailing Never Description If any character in the Grid region is left blank regardless of the replacement characters being used the region will be considered blank Replacement characters if used will still be utilized but the region will contain a yellow BLANK flag If a leading or trailing character in the region is left blank it will be ignored This will allow you to capture data smaller than the allotted region without it being considered blank You will see whatever data is captured and the region will not contain a yellow BLANK flag If any character within the region is blank Remark Office OMR will ignore it The region will never appear with a yellow BLANK flag in the data grid Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view To set multiple response settings 1 2 3 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 Click the Region item properties link in the left task pane In the Multiple Exception Handling section select the number of responses allowed in the Multiple responses drop down list Select Not Allowed to only allow a single response Select Allow All to allow an unlimite
351. sly scanned image files to replace the current image s Reset Page Images Acquire Images Reset Page Images O Read from image fil Image Acquisition from Scanner File After selecting the image acquisition method click this button to acquire the image s l Acquire Images from Scanner Page Details Number of regions Number of items Form ID region Page ID region Respondent tracker region Page Details a Displays information 2 about the currently Ay selected page of the a form template Image Representation Displays the form image that you acquire Use the Delete button to remove images Use the Next and Previous Page buttons to between pages Navigation Buttons Use Delete to delete the current image and Delete All to delete all pages Use the Next and Back buttons to review your images Remark Office OMR Windows C 2 12 Template Editor Preferences General Note All preferences are default settings to make form template creation faster However you can change settings on a region by region basis any time Preferences Preferences EA Default reg ion Set the preference values to use throughout the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting cies name Specifies a General Preferences ee ee value to use for each Preferences Default region name Q reg i on name by P Eo
352. spondents This means that if you photocopied the forms use a blank photocopy to create the form template If you had the forms professionally printed use a printer s copy to create the form template If you printed them on a laser printer use a copy from the same laser printer to create the form template When forms are duplicated offset may occur By using the same quality form you will compensate for this offset If your scanner has an automatic document feeder feed the form through the document feeder when scanning it for the form template Do not place the form directly on the flatbed glass as the positioning will be different 259 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 260 Scan the form for the form template at a resolution of 200 DPI dots per inch Use the same setting when you scan the filled in forms that was used when you created the form template Resolution will affect the size of the image which in turn will affect the location of the marks on the page Changing the resolution midway may lead to recognition errors Use the default brightness setting on your scanner when you scan the form for the form template You should only change the brightness setting when you encounter a problem e g the image for the form template looks too light and the marks are not complete If you change the brightness setting for the form template use the same brightness setting when you scan the filled in forms Before you create the for
353. ssing will cause the software to stop reading image files when it encounters any exception cases you select You can then make the appropriate adjustments and the image processing will then resume 14 Click the Read button to begin processing image files The Data Center will continue processing images until all of the specified images have been read You will then see a spreadsheet of data Each row represents one complete form and each column represents each question you defined in the form template 8 4 Reviewing Exceptions 186 As forms are processed exception cases will occur You should edit cells containing exception cases to validate your data before performing any analysis operations or exporting the data to another application Each exception case is assigned a specific flag with a corresponding color so that you can easily distinguish different types of exceptions The following table summarizes the types of exception cases and their possible causes Error Type No Response Multiple Responses Form Errors Barcode Errors Text BLANK MULT ERROR 22 Flag Color Yellow Green Red Orange Processing Forms Possible Causes Unanswered questions Response not completely filled More than one answer selected when multiple responses are not permitted Partially erased forms Carelessly marked forms Forms that have been enlarged reduced offset or skewed by more than 3 8 inch could
354. stalled or a required network connection isn t active Check the network connection or contact your system administrator and then try the operation again The ODBC table definition has changed since you created the link End the current operation and then retry An error occurred attempting to lock records in the ODBC database All records in the database cannot be locked An error occurred attempting to create an index for the database because the index already exists An error occurred trying to create an index because the index definition is invalid 323 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 324 Class Category 7500 Database Registry Errors Error 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7500 7501 7502 Error Text An error occurred adding a record to the table or updating the table because the current record contains an invalid value in the region s defined as the primary key An error occurred making changes to the table because of a duplicate value ina field that is the underlying table s primary key or an index that doesn t allow duplicates The changes were unsuccessful The operation you attempted requires a primary database index An index was not found The operation was unsuccessful Create a primary index for this database and then retry the operation An error occurred creating the index Possible causes the key fields are named improperly there are duplicate records based on
355. ste e Copy special paste special e Drag drop reordering e Delete e Undo redo e Adjusting region borders e Moving regions e Reset images e Auto align e Spell check e Scales e Zoom e File properties All of these features can be accessed from the menus Many also have toolbar buttons or can be accessed by right clicking the mouse on a node in the tree view or in the image representation area 7 4 1 Copy Paste When creating regions with similar attributes using the Copy and Paste options will speed the template creation process You can copy regions on the same page or on different pages within the same template To copy and paste a region 1 Activate the region you want to copy by clicking within the region boundaries in the image representation area or clicking its node in the tree view 152 Using the Template Editor 2 Select the Edit menu and then click Copy click Pal or press Ctrl C on the keyboard 3 Highlight the node before or after where you would like the region copied 4 Select the Edit menu and then click Paste Before Ctrl B or Paste After Ctrl V to place the copied node either before or after the selected node Note You may also use the toolbar button for Paste bes the region after the highlighted node to paste After pasting a region the region will appear in the image representation area of the template editor window You will then need to position the region correctly in the image r
356. students enter their ID number the grade report will show the ID number and then that student s grade When exporting data to some gradebook packages you may also be required to set an Analysis Respondent ID Note Analysis Respondent IDs are included as identifiers in the analysis but they are not tabulated or graded In order to set a region as an Analysis Respondent ID make sure it is set to Do not grade this item and Do not tabulate this item To set an Analysis Respondent ID 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Region item properties link in the left task pane 3 In the Analysis Respondent I D section mark the checkbox for Designate as a respondent ID 4 Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view Properties OMR Region Yersion Test Settings Do not grade this item Grade this item C Designate as key identifier Properties Tf OMR region properties Set overall properties for the region Testing Point System Q Region item properties jbjective item Set properties for items within a region EJ Question text and names Set question text and question names for the region s items iy Tracking Set region as page form or respondent identi 02 5 Blank Exception Handling Replace with BLANK BLANK Analysis Respondent ID Designate as a respondent ID Database lookup Verify region s value in a database and optionally return add
357. t ID barcode as an Analysis Respondent ID You can also view the benchmark information and learning objectives This report provides a nice overview of how your class is performing Next we will take a look at the Student Grade Report To run the Student Grade Report 1 Inthe Task Pane select the Student Grade Report link in the list the report will display on the right The Student Grade Report shows an individual report of each student s grades You can show the correct and incorrect responses as well as an image of the actual test as it was scanned You can also add customized headings such as high low and mean scores for the class 5 3 7 Exporting the Student Grade Reports Once you have tabulated your data you can save a report and or export the report to one or more formats for either storing or sharing with others For this tutorial we will export the Student Grade Reports to PDF files Saving to this format could allow you to email exam grades to parents for example To export the Student Grade Reports Remark Office OMR User s Guide 1 Select the File menu and then click Export or click Lal Alternatively click the Export report link in the Task Pane 2 In the Export format box select Portable Document Format PDF 3 Inthe Page Range area select All 4 Inthe Export Options area click the ellipse next to File name to choose a location and file name for the PDF file 5 In the Save As window use the Lo
358. t page Upon canceling you will have three options 1 Restore Original Data Cancels any changes made to this page during Review Exceptions and restores the original data 2 Discard Page Data Discards the current page s data all together You may rescan or re import an image file after discarding the data 3 Cancel Returns to Review Exceptions Click the Response box down arrow if available to view a list of possible responses and then click the correct answer s or type the desired text into the Response box The down arrow is available for Multiple Boolean and List OMR regions as well as Image regions that use Database Lookup For Grid Add and Binary OMR regions as well as Barcode and any other data entry Image regions you may type the appropriate response S Remark Office OMR Data Center Tutoriali omr Untitled 1 Strongly Agr Strongly Agr Agree Strongly Aare Strongly Agr Strongly Agre Strony Agr rongy A sanana on 5 193 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Note The displayed text e g BLANK remains in the output data unless you replace it 2 To skip to the next exception case on the current form click the Search Forward button at the bottom of the window You may also press the Enter key on your keyboard to advance to the next exception 3 To skip any remaining exception cases on the current form and move to the next form containing exception cases c
359. t the same resolution and brightness settings that were used for the form template If you are unsure of theses settings open your form template in the Template Editor Double cl as ny page node and then hover your mouse over the information button in the image viewer to view details about the stored image You have two options when it comes to cleaning your data 1 Use Review Exceptions during form processing to stop processing when selected exception cases are encountered and make a correction immediately or 2 Use Review Exceptions after form processing the forms to have the software cycle through the data and allow you to make corrections based upon an image of the problem area If you want to review the data after scanning you must save your data to the Remark RMK or Remark Office Archive ROA formats These formats will preserve the links between the data and stored images as well as the exception case flags If you receive a recognition error consider the following when trying to resolve it 1 Did you use the same quality forms for the form template and filled in forms 2 Did you set up the region properly in the form template 3 Have you changed any settings on the scanner since you scanned the form for the form template 4 Did you use the ADF for both the form template and the filled in forms If you want to scan your forms in batches over a period of time use the Remark RMK format to save the data This format will allow
360. t the top of the scroll bar Drag the elevator on the scroll bar Click the mouse pointer above the elevator in the scroll bar Click the mouse pointer below the elevator in the scroll bar 3 5 Menu Items Result Moves your view in the list down one line Moves your view in the list up one line Allows you to see various parts of the window To drag the elevator point to the elevator with your mouse press the mouse button and drag the elevator along the scroll bar Moves the elevator up one section Moves the elevator down one section Context sensitive help is available for all menu items by highlighting the item in question and pressing F1 The following sections provide menu options for the Remark Office OMR Template Editor and Data Center Menu options for Remark Quick Stats are detailed in the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide which you can access under Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation Please see the corresponding sections in this user s guide for complete descriptions of the features that can be accessed from the menus 3 5 1 File Menu Use the items in the File menu to perform operations on files The operations include creating editing opening closing saving displaying and printing the data contained in these files The file types include form template files data files and analysis files 22 Navigating Remark Office OMR Template Editor Tool Menu Pull Down Function Item N
361. t will display a blank spreadsheet style data grid The Data Center offers a Task Pane on the left containing the most commonly requested actions 2 Select the File menu and then click Open Form Template or click za Alternatively select the Open form template link in the Task Pane You must open a form template in order to process forms 3 Select the Tutoriall omr file or the file you created in the previous section of this tutorial and then click the Open button The omr file extension is the one used for all Remark Office OMR templates When the Tutoriall form template opens its name will appear on the title bar at the top of the screen and you will see the region names you specified as your column headers in the data grid Each column in the grid corresponds with one variable or question in the form template as the column headers indicate Each grid row will contain information from one processed form regardless of the number of pages the form contains The data grid will fill row by row as your completed forms are processed To scan completed forms The Read Wizard is used to scan completed forms and produce data The Read Wizard has several steps to help customize the scanning process This tutorial will focus on the basic scanning functions Note If you wish to scan the supplied forms for the tutorial it is assumed you have already setup a scanner in Remark Office OMR If you do not have a scanner setup in the software skip t
362. t you can easily teach Remark Office OMR how to read it Learning Remark Office OMR To obtain a form template image As previously mentioned there are two ways to acquire an image for a form template page Images can be acquired by scanning to create a new image file or by opening an existing image file The following table provides instructions for either using a scanner or an image file as the image source e If you have a supported scanner installed and the forms included with the tutorial follow the instructions for using a scanner entitled Acquire Images from Scanner e If you do not have a supported scanner you will be able to complete this tutorial by using special image files of scanned forms that were installed on your computer as part of the Remark Office OMR application In this case follow the instructions for using image files entitled Acquire I mages from File Remark Office OMR User s Guide 1 Acquire Images from Scanner Click the radio button for Read from scanner in the Select Method to Use for I mage Acquisition area Place the blank copy of the General Answer Sheet form in the scanner Click the Acquire Images from Scanner button Note If scanning with a TWAIN driver your scanner s TWAIN interface may appear after clicking the acquire button Use this interface to set scanning parameters including the scanning mode black and white or line art page size US Letter a
363. tails Allows the software to automatically recognize form templates form pages and respondents by placing identifiers on the forms See Section 8 7 Form Page and Respondent IDs for further details Allows you to start processing forms starting with a specific form template page instead at the beginning This feature is useful for overwriting data Click the Next gt gt button to continue In the Select Images to Read area use the drop down list to locate the folder on your computer that contains the images you wish to process Once you have located the correct folder select the images you wish to process You may make multiple selections by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking images or holding down the Shift key and selecting a range of images click the first and last image and all images in between will be selected Click the Add Selected Images button to move the images into the bottom window Alternatively you can select an entire folder s images by clicking the Add All I mages button The images will be moved to the Images in Read Order box The selected images will be processed in the order in which they appear in this box Remark Office OMR Read Wizard Image Selection S Select the images that you would like to read Select the Images to Read Tutoriali 790422 Images In Read Order Ss Ea eS Tutoriali 2005 03 24_ 14 07 ia edi Se AR n oe Tutoriali 2005 03 24 _14 07 aa
364. tains a Template Editor component a Data Center component and a Remark Quick Stats component The Template Editor is used to create form templates for each form you want to process in the software The Data Center is used to process forms clean data and save export data Remark Quick Stats is used to grade or tabulate processed data A shaded title bar designates the active or current window Minimize documents on the desktop by clicking the minimize button located in the upper right hand corner of the window Double clicking the minimized icon causes the document to become the current window The software contains a menu bar a toolbar and a status bar The toolbar displays tools that when selected perform the function of an option under a Remark Office OMR User s Guide menu pull down item Shifting between different types of windows causes the menu bar and the toolbar to change Tools and options that lack functionality in a particular window do not display The status bar displays information about the active document or the selected command 3 3 Navigation Tools Remark Office OMR includes many wizards and navigation shortcuts to help you move through the software The left portion of each component contains a task pane that acts as a guide to help you decide what you would like to do Once you perform a function this task pane will automatically update with new options based on the last function you performed You may use this tool
365. tal Division Name Fie Edit Page wiew Tools Progress Note and Tip 7 3 Have you noticed the region A H p 4 ke you defined in the form template is now represented H Page 1 in the list on the left of your E Hospital Division screen This list is referred to as the tree view The order of the regions as displayed in the tree view will determine the order of the fields in the data set you create If needed within any single page these region nodes can be dragged and dropped into a preferred order for your resulting data set Remark Office OMR User s Guide To define the Hospital Unit as an OMR region 1 Highlight if not already A i Fs Regi vi Tools Hel a a Di a de b clickin it in I Page After Selected Region VISION NO y g IZ OMR Region After Selected Region the tree view Region or click the green Image Region Before Selected Region E Image Region After Selected Region 2 Select the Region menu click l Barcode Region After Selected Region Insert and then click OMR BE Align Page IZ Page Before Selected Region Region After Selected 5 Properties E OMR Region Before Selected Region Barcode Region Before Selected Region toolbar button Alternatively select the Insert OMR region link in the Task Pane The mouse changes to a crosshair 3 Place the cursor just to the left of the top bubble in the column of marks representing the Hospital Unit the
366. tal Unit OMR Allows respondents to choose the unit in which they stayed in order to better understand how each unit is performing Length of Stay OMR Specifies how long respondents were in the hospital Reviewing length of stay could show trends in performance versus time spent in the hospital Room Number OMR Specifies a room number so that performance can be reviewed based on specific departments and personnel within the hospital Hospital Stay OMR Evaluates various aspects of the Evaluation patient s stay based on a scale of Strongly Agree to Strongly Disagree Comments Image Allows the respondent to enter additional comments that may not have been reflected in the questions on the form Tip You can change the way you see the Tal portion of the screen by using the Fit Height fal and Fit Width buttons on the toolbar For the tutorial it is recommended that you use the Fit Width setting and also maximize the window as you normally would do ina Windows environment To change the magnification of the image use the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons on the toolbar Remark Office OMR User s Guide To define the Hospital Division as a Barcode region The Hospital Division barcode will be defined as a barcode region The advantage to using a barcode is that Remark Office OMR can read and enter the information collected from the barcode directly into your data without the need for any manual data entry Remark Office OMR Templa
367. te Tip The Auto Form ID region could be a series of bubbles that represent form numbers such as 1 4 Or it could be a barcode that identifies a specific form such as Form A Create a form template for each form you wish to process in Auto Form ID mode When creating the form template set the region to be used as the Form ID region in the Tracking section of the region s properties Mark the checkbox for Use Region as a Unique Identifier Then select the radio button marked Form ID See Section 7 3 3 a Auto Form ID for further information about setting up ID regions in the form template When you are ready to start processing forms open the form templates you wish to use in Auto Form ID mode in the Data Center see Section 8 2 Opening Form Templates Only open form templates that contain Auto Form ID regions Read forms from either scanner or image file by selecting the Tools menu and then clicking Read Wizard or click L i 198 Processing Forms Remark Office OMR Read Wizard gt Inthe Read Wizard IE eee aes aa go to the section titled Ad va n c ed c o l l e cti o n Read from scanner Scanner Properties Oo pti on sS a n d m a r k t h e O Read from files Advanced Image Recognition Properties Cc h ec k box fo r Auto Advanced Collection Options Form I D Mode Server Mode Auto Form ID Mode 6 Click the Next gt gt a button to configure remaining Read Wizard options See Section 8 3 The Remark Office E
368. te If you are only processing one multi page form use of Auto Form ID is not necessary If you would like to process various form types at once and use the Respondent Tracker feature you will need to also use Auto Form ID To use Respondent Tracker 1 Outside of Remark Office OMR create a form that contains a unique identifier on each page that can be captured as an OMR or Barcode region in the Remark Office OMR form template Remember that if you are using Auto Form ID and Auto Page ID you will need a third unique identifier to be used as the Respondent Tracker Tip The Respondent Tracker region can be a bubble region where the respondent marks identifying information such as name ID number etc It can also be a Barcode region that contains similar information and is pre printed The information must appear on every page of the form Create a form template for each form you wish to process using the Respondent Tracker feature When creating the form template set the region to be used as the Respondent Tracker region in the Tracking section of the region s properties Mark the checkbox for Use Region as a Unique Identifier Then select the radio button marked Respondent tracker See Section 7 3 3 c Respondent Tracker for further information about setting up Respondent Tracker regions in the form template When you are ready to start processing forms open the form templates you wish to use with Respondent Tracker mode in the Data
369. te allowing you to process various form types at once without pre sorting the forms With Auto Page ID Remark Office OMR will take it a step further and identify specific page order within a form template if the pages are processed out of order With Respondent Tracker Remark Office OMR will recognize a specific respondent s page and place it in the correct grid row with the rest of that respondent s data even if the pages are processed out of order These features can be used with OMR or Barcode regions When combined the three types of tracking will allow you to process forms without pre sorting and Remark Office OMR will be able to match each page to the correct form template page number and respondent within the appropriate template grid 7 3 3 a Setting up an Auto Form ID region You must have a form identifier on each page of your form to use the Auto Form ID feature When you create a form place optical marks or barcodes that will identify the form on the form pages These markings must be the same on each page of the same form However they should be unique from any other types of identifiers you are using such as Page IDs or Respondent IDs on this form or other forms To setup an Auto Form ID region 1 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 2 Click the Tracking link in the left task pane 3 Mark the checkbox for Use Region as Unique Identifier 145 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 146 4 7 Select the r
370. te Editor Hospital Stay Evaluation omr File Edit Page View Tools Help AG I Page After Selected Page Hi 1 Highlight the Page 1 node on the left side of your screen if it is not already highlighted 2 Select the Page menu click Insert and then click Barcode Region After Selected Page or click the s Align Page 7 OMR Region After Selected Page 5 Properties Image Region After Selected Page I Page Before Selected Page 12 Barcode Region After Selected Page 2 TE orange toolbar button Alternatively select the Define regions link in the Task Pane and then select I nsert Barcode region The mouse changes to a crosshair 3 To create the Barcode region place the cursor just beyond the top left of the barcode then press and hold the left mouse button while dragging the rectangle beyond the bottom right corner of the barcode making sure you have selected the entire allotted space Because barcode length may vary depending on the text of each barcode capture a little extra space at the end of the barcode to accommodate the largest possible barcode you might process Tip When creating form templates for your own forms that include barcodes use a blank copy of the form with the longest barcode you intend to process for the form template By creating the region around the longest barcode you have you will be ensured that the region will be large enough to c
371. ted in the choices However we recommend using the TWAIN driver for your scanner If you have a legacy ISIS driver that you would like to try to use please see Section 4 3 3 for further information Once you have connected your scanner to the computer install the appropriate drivers and verify that the scanner is functioning properly Then proceed to the next section 4 3 Selecting Your Scanner Setting Up Your Scanner Note Read the scanner manufacturer s directions BEFORE installing your scanner and drivers You may need to install items in a specific order 4 3 Selecting Your Scanner To use your scanner with the Remark Office OMR software you must first select your scanner from the list of supported scanners protocols Remark Office OMR supports some scanners through both TWAIN and ISIS drivers In general try using the TWAIN driver first 4 3 1 TWAIN Support TWAIN is a standard for controlling scanning equipment Most scanners ship with a TWAIN driver If you are uncertain whether you have a TWAIN driver check with your scanner manufacturer Note Individual scanner manufacturers write their own scanner drivers The TWAIN standard leaves some areas unclear open for interpretation and as a result the functionality of some TWAIN drivers is questionable Remark Office OMR supports the TWAIN protocol however since scanners come onto the market so quickly and different companies have different software quality standards P
372. tem Mark this checkbox to make this region required meaning it must be filled in by the respondent Blank responses will be flagged and you can use the Review Exceptions feature to locate them 291 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 2 8 Question Text and Names Note This screen may vary slightly depending on the type of region selected Properties OMR Region Evaluation Properties of OMR region properties Set overall properties for the region Q Region item properties Set properties For items within a region E Question text and names Set question text and question names For the region s items Question Text and Names Please note that if the question name is blank the default will be the region name Question Text Question Names lt 4 clear statement of objectives assignments attendance policyEvaluation The instructor covered course material relevant to the stated ot Evaluation Textbooks and assignments were used effectively Evaluation Graded work was appropriate in terms of the course o Evaluation 1 2 3 4 5 Graded work was returned within a reasonable time 6 z 8 is Evaluation The instructor treated me with respect Evaluation The instructor communicated interest and enthusiasm for the me Evaluation The instructor is confident and knowledgeable of the subject Evaluation The instructor was available for consultation during posted office Evaluation 10 My overall r
373. ter a Benchmark percent of 75 Using a benchmark score indicates that your students need to score at least 75 on this learning objective Spelling Questions 1 5 to be considered proficient at spelling 17 Highlight Grammar in the Learning objectives column 18 In the Available questions column click Question6 hold down Shift and then click Question10 Question6 through Question10 should be selected Remark Office OMR User s Guide 94 19 Click the Add questions to the selected learning objectives button gt gt The questions will appear under Grammar in the Learning objectives column 20 Mark the Define Benchmark Value box and enter a Benchmark percent of 80 Using a benchmark score indicates that your students need to score at least 80 on this learning objective Grammar Questions 6 10 to be considered proficient at grammar 21 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Grade scales window appears This window allows you to select or create grade scales used to determine final grades 22 For this tutorial we will use the default Grade Scale If it does not appear automatically click the Scales drop down list and select Default 23 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Review selections window appears This window allows you to check all of the parameters you have just specified Grade Wizard slwlelele g Abpea Correct Incorrect No Resp 2 we Pan es Pants 24 Once you are satisfied wi
374. ter form processing Remark Office OMR will include the unrecognized item during the review operation To set an item as required 1 2 3 Create a region as defined in Section 7 2 3 Click the Region item properties link in the left task pane Mark the checkbox for Required item Click the OK button to save the changes and return to the tree view 141 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 142 7 3 2 Question Text and Names The Question text and names section of the Question Properties window allows you to enter custom question text and question names Question text is displayed on reports and exported to certain formats such as SPSS Question names are used as column headers in the template grid and are exported along with your data Question names are limited to 60 characters Important Note The Question text and names section differs slightly when adding fields as opposed to editing them This section will cover adding fields When editing fields Question text and names becomes Question text names and responses this screen is covered in Section 7 6 Editing an Existing Form Template 7 3 2 a Question Text Question text may optionally be added to make reports more meaningful When question text is present it will be used on the reports to identify the question If no question text is entered the region names will be used on the reports You may manually type question text into the question text grid or paste text from the
375. th the review click the Finish button nanaon g You will be prompted to save the answer key Saving answer keys is useful if you administer the same test on multiple occasions poooopoopnooooonon 5 EAMQANQAAK F 3 25 Click the Yes button to save ind Wierd the answer key 26 In the Save Answer Key ea oe Nn a Feat Ta oe window type Tutorial2 in the siete ete niowetsiennere 12 e r an File name box 4 o wm 20 00 0 00 0 00 27 Click the Save button to save the file You will receive a fiz confirmation notice that the file was saved and then Remark Quick Stats will open mot cct teat gt gt Com Learning Remark Office OMR 5 3 6 Reviewing Grade Results Once Remark Quick Stats opens you have access to a variety of grade reports You can report on the test itself the class or individual students For this tutorial we will look at the Student Statistics and Student Grade Reports To run the Student Statistics Report 1 Inthe Task Pane select the Display Reports link to view the selection of available reports 2 Select the Student Statistics Report link in the list the report will display on the right The Student Statistics Report displays the grades for the entire class Each student can optionally be identified by an Analysis Respondent ID region chosen in the form template or Grade Wizard if desired In this tutorial we designated the Studen
376. that you have previously created Before attempting to read any pages from the scanner turn on your scanner and open the form template that corresponds to your forms See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template Note The forms you wish to process must correspond to the selected form template The Data Center places the recognized data in the open form template grid All data obtained from reading one form appear in a single grid row Each column of the template grid corresponds to each variable question defined in the form template 8 3 1 Scanning Forms with the Read Wizard Forms can be scanned with most TWAIN compliant scanners See Chapter 4 for more information about scanners and how to set them up in Remark Office OMR As the forms are scanned images of each form are stored on your computer These images are used to review the data for easy clean up To read pages from the scanner 1 Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template 2 Select the Tools menu Remark Office OMR Read Wizard o i Read Method and then click Read Select the method to use For data collection Lid Wizard or click Fal Select Method to Use For Data Collection n Read from scanner Scanner Properties Alternatively you may O Read from image files Advanced Image Recognition Properties select the Read Wizard Advanced Collection Options link from the Task Pane Server Mode o o o 3 Inthe Read Method o D window select th
377. the specified page H Save Form Template Save the form template Save Form Templat Save the Form template td another file Back Task Pane Displays Image Representation available options in the Displays the form image software The Task Pane so that you can outline updates automatically with regions to be recognized new options based on the last process executed Barcode Region OMR Regions Image Region 287 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 2 4 OMR Region Properties Window Region name Enter a name to identify the region OMR type Select the type of OMR region Multiple Grid List Add Boolean or Binary Data Type Select the type of data to output when exporting the processed data Textual or Numeric OMR region properties Pare a eae OMR type Multiple Set overall properties for the region Data type Textual Columns in the region 5 Rows in the region ne Properties OMR Region Question Reg fon Region Definitio gion Layout orie ntat lon He oe the Region name Question Region orientation Row lee Sel ect whether the region is oriented in Rows or Columns Region item properties Set properties for items within a region Si Question text and names Set question text and question names For the region s items Include region in read operation Possible Responses Possible label scales Columns i
378. this tutorial we will demonstrate the Grade Wizard Tip The Remark Quick Stats module of the software includes various ways to tabulate grade data and display reports Review the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file by clicking Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation to see all available analysis features To grade the exam data 1 Select the Tools menu click Analysis and then click Grade Wizard or click B Alternatively select the Analysis tab in the Task Pane Tle T and then click the Grade Wizard link The Grade Wizard Getting Started window appears 2 Inthe Designate Learning Objectives area mark the Remark Office OMR User s Guide 92 checkbox for This test contains one or more learning objectives We will define two learning objectives from the test A learning objective is a subset of questions that pertains to a particular topic e g Spelling or Grammar on a Language Arts exam Questions will be mapped to each learning objective producing a separate score for the objectives in addition to an overall score for the test Mark the checkbox for Define Benchmark Value for Overall Test In the box titled Benchmark percent below enter the number 75 A Benchmark is a target score you want your students to achieve Reports that include benchmarks will show you which students achieved the benchmark percent which did not and the differential Using Benchmarks is useful for seei
379. tiNG enoo Ate avai ies 104 G GIOSS ANY ai tect tiated tee fecal acess 329 Grade Wizard eeeeeceeeteeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeees 247 Grading Tests eneee 247 EIo E ETE TA See Template Grid Grid Columns SOMING aers a a e ANA 229 Grid Region sssssessseessssresrrsssrresrnssrnsens 115 Foma esie s 123 H Header FOrmS sssssssiseessrresrrrrnerrrreeerennns 210 TION o S A oa tn acesteews hain eats 257 ACCESSING ccceceeeeseeeeeeentteeseeneeeeeeeaaes 33 ANALYSIS eia Aattecuaes 262 Data a tde adne aa adni adaa 262 Form Templates cceeseeeeeeeeees 259 POMS Asics tesa ties atien adinei eadun 258 Bia AAE A E E E E eantiee 33 Reading FOrmS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 SCANMEMS ves cesastaets caradhecvastasieevateres nene 257 Technical SUppoOrt eeeeeeeeeees 14 Help M nu ececeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseneeeees 32 PANES 22s ester notuna a a eea aa a aia 257 HTML File Format 0 cccsccccsesseeeeeeees 282 Index l ID ROQIONS eena a 145 Image Clip Region seess 128 Image CompressioN 00 182 255 Mage Files ciro 184 Image Region GreatG in n ett 128 Data EMY reeniri 128 Handwriting 129 IMAGE Clip eseese 128 Selecting 00 eeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 128 IMAQe VICWEL c ceeeeteteeeeeteeeeeeenteeeeees 251 Images ACQUITING eere 294 Inserting Grid ROWS 0 c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeees 225 Installing aasi select oan acct cashews 15 16 EA E heap acter 42
380. tility appears the Form Templates list may be empty if the form was not recognized If necessary click the drop down list to choose the correct form template for this image Use the Image Viewer in the right portion of the screen to assist with understanding which form has been processed NOTE If the form is automatically recognized you will not see this step 3 Once the correct form is identified or if you are not using Auto Form ID you may select the page being processed if it is not recognized Click the Pages drop down list and then select the correct page for the form being processed Use the Image Viewer in the right portion of the screen to assist with understanding which form has been processed NOTE If the page is automatically recognized you will not see this step 4 When the Unrecognized Images Utility appears for an unrecognized Respondent Tracker region the Respondent ID box will show an exception flag indicating why the software could ee not recognize the region bar iether ee nO sl e g BLANK MULT etc Enter the correct response Mewen J u a for this image in the eneee Respondent ID box Use 2 the Image Viewer in the tee right portion of the screen ident ID Number to assist with r aan understanding which form deno ORORONORORO has been processed Once rae the response is entered 2A 000005000 the software will either match the record to an 2 existing
381. tions the image portion of the Template Editor so that it fits in the entire window in terms of height Positions the image portion of the Template Editor so that it fits in the entire window in terms of width Makes the image portion of the Template Editor window larger Makes the image portion of the Template Editor window larger smaller Function Displays the task pane that is used as a shortcut to perform functions e g open save etc Displays the Image Viewer in the Data Center to show images of forms as they are processed or when clicking in Navigating Remark Office OMR a cell 3 5 4 Tools Menu The items available in the Tools menu are the primary Remark Office OMR operations These items vary slightly from the Template Editor to the Data Center Template Editor Tool Menu Pull Function Down Item Reset Images Resets the open form template s images This feature will allow you to reacquire images from the scanner or image file and is useful if your form has changed slightly but you have already created a form template Response Accesses the Scales that have been saved so that Scales you may edit them or create new scales Scales are used as Labels when creating OMR regions and are the output you will see when processing forms Auto Align Remark Office OMR attempts to align regions based Form on where they were originally created and the Template current form image This feature is useful after r
382. u can always change individual Barcode region properties as you go The following options are available Preferences Preferences Set the preference values to use throughout the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting j Default Region Definition Preferences Barcode orientation Horizontal a E9 EA General Deets Textual m Set general preferences ms HE OMR regions Default Grading amp Survey Analysis Set default OMR region properties O Grade region O Tabulate region ta Image regions Set default image region properties H Barcode regions Set default barcode region properties Section Option Description Default Region Barcode Sets the default orientation to be used Definition orientation when creating new Barcode regions Horizontal or Vertical Data type Sets the default Barcode region data type to be used when creating new Barcode regions Textual or Numeric Default Grading Grade region Mark this checkbox to grade Barcode amp Survey regions by default when performing a Analysis grade operation Tabulate region Mark this checkbox to tabulate Barcode regions by default when performing a survey operation 175 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 176 Processing Forms Chapter 8 8 1 Overview This chapter explains how to process forms in the Remark Office OMR Data Center You should refer to your scanner s documentation for instructions on installing and using the sc
383. ue in a database and optionally return additional fields Use Database Lookup 3 Database Selection StudentWlatabase protected enter a username and password Type Excel 97 2003 o Browse l Connect to Database Click this button to B Connection Authorization B Lookup amp Return Lookup Student ID m Additional Return Fields E Student First Name Student Last Name connect to the specified 7 database Table Sheet 1 Replace Student ID Table Select the table within the database that contains the information you wish to link to the Lookup Select the field in the external database to lookup The software will validate the processed data against this field Replace Select the field in the external database to use as a replacement for the data is processed If you only want to verify data use the same lookup and replace fields region Additional Return Fields Optionally select additional fields in the database to add to your processed data You can also specify a name for the field and whether to use it as an Analysis Respondent ID on your reports 293 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 294 C 2 11 Reset Images Read from scanner Choose this option to scan a blank form to replace the current image s Read from image files Cho ose this option to import previou
384. under Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation for further details An Image region has the following basic properties Property Function Region name A name assigned to an Image region Region names are used as grid column headers in the data grid window and are exported when saving data to common file formats Region names are limited to 60 characters Region type Sets the type of Image region either Data Entry or Image Clip Use Data Entry to hand enter the data that is captured ina region Use Image Clip to have Using the Template Editor Property Function Remark Office OMR capture an image of the region for later viewing and output the location of the image in the data grid e g C Program Files Principia Products Remark Office OMR Images imagel pcx Data type Sets whether the data should be considered textual or Data Entry Image numeric when saved exported region only Default fill Sets a default entry to be used in the Image region Data Entry Image The information typed here will automatically be region only output to the data grid when forms are processed You may also select one of the following items from the drop down list to be used as a default fill option Time Stamp Date Stamp Time and Date Stamp Record Number Page Number Record and Page Number When selecting an item from this list you can also insert text before or after the selected item if desired Auto increment fill When u
385. user will be added together to produce a single value for numeric data or concatenated together for textual data Boolean indicates a region where a value e g Yes will be output for filled responses and another value e g No will be output for non filled responses Boolean regions output one piece of data for each mark in the region Binary indicates a region where a value of 1 will be output for filled responses and a value 0 will be output for non filled responses Binary regions output a string of responses 1s and Os to a single cell Sets whether the data should be considered text or numeric when saved exported Sets the orientation of the region in terms of columns and rows Column the region contains questions that are oriented in columns Row the region contains questions that are oriented in rows Sets the number of columns of marks contained in the region Sets the number of rows of marks contained in the region Sets a range of pre determined values as output Labels e g A E or 1 5 Use this setting to quickly enter Labels into the Labels grid as opposed to entering each value individually Each mark on your form is represented by a Label The Label is what is output when the form is processed e g scanned Note that label scales corresponding to the number of answer choices you have selected only will appear in this list Using the Template Editor Property Function Labels Sets the output
386. users who may have existing reports they still wish to use and a new analysis version with updated reports and tools For this tutorial we will be demonstrating the new analysis tool In the Data Center select the Tools menu and then click Preferences Make sure the checkbox for Use Legacy Analysis as Your Default Analysis Tool is not selected Remark Office OMR User s Guide Tip The Remark Quick Stats module of the software includes various ways to tabulate grade data and display reports Review the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file by clicking Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation to see all available analysis features To tabulate the Hospital Stay Evaluation data 1 Select the Tools menu then click Analysis and then click Easy Survey or click El Alternatively click the Analysis tab and then select the Easy Survey link in the Task Pane The Remark Quick Stats window appears 2 Inthe Task Pane select the Display Reports link to view the selection of available reports 3 Select the Condensed Item Analysis Report link in the list the report will display on the right The Condensed Item Analysis ma 22a Report shows several statistics for eee ee pl each question such as Label Total e l and Percent Each table displays 3 statistics for a separate question in the survey This simple straightforward report may be all that you need to communicate your survey s results Although we will not v
387. ve Data File window will save the grid column headers region names as the first record in the Spreadsheet data file Save Image Names The Save Image Names option in the Save Data window will save the path and names of image files for each scanned page as the columns at the end of the data set None Limitations Understanding File Formats B 12 The Survey System File Format DAT CRS The Survey System File Format is proprietary to The Survey System survey design and analysis software program by Creative Research Systems Use the Survey System file format when exporting data to The Survey System When saving to the Survey System file format Remark Office OMR actually creates two files a data file and a questionnaire definition file To import the data into The Survey System first import the questionnaire definition file CRS extension and then open the data file DAT extension within that questionnaire Consult The Survey System User s guide for additional information Data may only be saved to not opened The Survey System format Extensions DAT CRS Options None Limitations The Survey System data files cannot be opened in Remark Office OMR You may create new files or overwrite existing files only B 13 dBase Formats DBF The dBase File formats are commonly used database file formats used to transfer information between applications Remark Office OMR supports dBase version III IV and 5 0 file formats Colum
388. vides an easy reference key to the fao bic an ce aa tags ane their meanings Database Verification Field Barcode Field The software will then assist you to correct exception cases or problems by allowing you to see what was entered on the actual form The stored images for each processed form will be available to show your respondents answer choices You can click inside any cell to view the corresponding image of that form If click in a cell and do not see an image beneath the data grid select the View menu and then click I mage Viewer to open the Image Viewer Learning Remark Office OMR To run Review Exceptions 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Review Exceptions or click gt Alternatively select the Review exceptions link in the Task Pane The Review Exceptions window will appear in the Task Pane 2 The top half of the pane allows you to select the search cases e g multiple responses blank responses etc Make sure Multiple responses and Blank responses are checked 3 The bottom half of the window allows you to configure and begin the search You may search by Row Respondent across rows or by Column Item down the columns For this tutorial select Row Respondent 4 Click the Begin Review button to start the automated review The software will search through the data set to locate the flagged cells The first piece of flagged data is a multiple response in the first grid row for the item called C
389. vity Custom Text format Remark Office OMR can save and open data in dozens of different file formats Each format has its own requirements and limitations The following sections are designed to give you a brief overview of each format some considerations when using the format in Remark Office OMR and some possible format limitations Please consult the User s Guide of any application specific formats e g Access Excel SPSS for more detailed information B 2 Remark File Format RMK The Remark File Format is proprietary to the Remark Office OMR software and therefore can only be used in Remark Office OMR We recommend that you use the Remark file format as your default file format and only save to other file formats when exporting data to other applications Tip The Remark and Remark Office Archive formats are the only formats that will preserve the link between each grid cell and the corresponding image as well as exception case flags If you export data to another format you will not be able to click in a cell and view the corresponding image We do not recommend exporting data to other formats until you have fully cleaned your data 267 Remark Office OMR User s Guide Extension 7 Options m Limitations 7 RMK Saving Images The RMK format will save the link between stored images and the data You may then refer to the image files to review data later None B 3 Remark Office Archive File Format ROA Th
390. w added to the data grid Skip to section 5 3 3 to continue the tutorial Remark Office OMR Read Wizard j jaena DT a S Select Method to Lise for Data Collection To read from image files O fas iom canner Sonner Properties Read from nage fies Advarced Image Recognition Properties 1 Select the Tools menu and a then click Read Wizard or meaz m click Alternatively select the Read Wizard link in the Task Pane cae Bead The Read Method window appears 2 Inthe Select Method to Use for Data Collection area mark the radio button for Read from image files 3 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Image Selection window appears to enable you to view and select the images you want to process Remark Office OMR Read wizard Image Selection 4 Select the images that you would like to read oz Select the images to Read E Torisi 2 Jam a 1087p A 12345 pcx kny pex Tutorial 2 General Answer Sheet pcx loj Image Fles 90 0 0dF bmo dcx of s60 1e0 pet pict pna ped y Romane as Soni lt stxk_ _ tet gt gt Remark Office OMR User s Guide 88 4 From the listed image files double click the images in the following order key pcx 12345 pcx 67890 pcx and 09876 pcx Make sure you select the files in this order As you double click each file it will be added o the Images in Read Order box 5 Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Review
391. w image s You may also use the Auto Align feature to have the software automatically try to readjust the fields see the next section for further details 7 4 9 Auto Align The Auto Align feature will attempt to adjust all regions on a page so that they are situated properly around the marks This feature is useful if you need to scan a new image for the form due to form changes or a badly skewed image It is also useful if you plan to share form templates with another user Form templates created with one scanner should be realigned when a different scanner is used You can align one page or an entire form template To use auto align for one page 1 Select the page node you wish to align 2 Right click the page node select the Region menu or right click in a blank section of the image representation area 3 Choose Auto Align Page from the menu Note You can also select the page node and click the toolbar button for Auto Align Page F To use Auto Align for the entire template 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Auto Align Form Template Once you have aligned pages or the entire form template you should review the changes to make sure the regions are in the right position You may need to do some additional moving of regions 159 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 160 7 4 10 Spell Check Remark Office OMR has a spell check feature which can be used to check spelling on field names question text and labels in the template
392. wer choice to link to the Image region Include in read operation Mark this checkbox to include this region and produce output when processing forms 290 a sequential number in the image region Attempt to detect the presence of handwriting in the region The software will attempt to locate handwriting text in the region and flag the cell as needing attention for data entry regions For image clips if handwriting is detected the path will be written to the data cell C 2 7 Region Item Properties Window Remark Office OMR Windows Note The items displayed may vary slightly depending on the type of region selected Test Settings Select whether to grade or not grade the item If using multiple answer keys for a test you can also designate the region as the answer key identifier e g Key 1 2 3 Survey Settings Select whether to include or exclude the region when tabulating a survey Test Point System If grading choose whether the region is objective or subjective For objective regions enter the number of points to be awarded for correct incorrect and unanswered questions Analysis Properties OMR Region Evaluation Properties dof OMR region properties Set overall properties for the region Region item properties Set properties for items within a region EJ Question text and names Set question text and question names For the region s items ad ro cking
393. wing procedures describe how to set up a form template for the sample General Answer Sheet form included with the software Subsequent sections of this tutorial will detail how to process forms and export or analyze the data The form template creation process consists of e Scanning an unmarked copy of the form or importing an image of a previously scanned copy of the form e Dragging boxes around the areas to be recognized e Providing Remark Office OMR with information about the data you need to collect Remark Office OMR User s Guide To begin the General Answer Sheet form template 1 2 If not already running start Remark Office OMR Begin a new form template Select the File menu and then click New form template or click al Alternatively in the left hand panel known as the Task Pane select New form template Any of these actions will open a second window containing the Remark Office OMR Template Editor Tip If you use File New Form Template or the New form template link in the Task Pane the Template Editor will open with the new form template window already opened for you If the Template Editor opens but you do not see the New form Template Properties window select the File menu and then click New Form Template or click al Alternatively select the New form template link in the task pane The New Form Template Properties window opens The New Form Template Properties window is where you describe your form to Re
394. wizard will appear From the Regions available for detection drop down list select the form template region you wish to use for detection If the region is linked to a database containing additional fields you may optionally select those fields from the Database Field List Use the green arrow to move the desired fields into the Additional Fields box Any fields moved to the Additional Fields box will also be used for detecting respondents Click the Next gt gt button to continue The Detection Results window appears Use the Detection Results s 2 espondent Detection window to VIEW your s Respondent Detection amp results The main region on Print or export the respondent detection results below which you are basing the d tection will be liste d first Detection Results 45 9 out of 20 respondents detected in the database e 7 Student ID Detected Duplicates You will then see a i Mw Detected column which 3 1000003 M O marks the values that were Sooo detected The Duplicates 1000c m column is next which marks a 10000085 m 9 1000009 any duplicate values that 10 1000010 wi are found After the 11 oo M Duplicates column you will 131000013 see any additional return 15 1000015 m m z fields from the external database that you selected Epor 7 in the previous step if you select
395. ws to look like T General Set the generic Remark Office OMR 01 Use Legacy Analysis as your Default Analysis Tool Selecting this feature allows you to utilize the legacy reporting and analysis engine You will have access to the old features and settings which you may need to create your desired report Update the Image Yiewer During Read Operations Selecting this feature will update the Image Viewer after each new image is processed Review Exceptions Auto search the response combo box when typing Play sound on review exceptions startup O Play sound when an exception case is located SS Maximum length for a value in a data grid cell 1024 Replace missing data values with 1 System poll interval during Server Mode secs 5 gt gt Kp Preference Option Shade alternate rows to look like Use Legacy Analysis as your Default Analysis Tool 250 Description Mark this checkbox to shade every other template grid row Click the paint bucket to choose a shading color Mark this checkbox to use the Remark Quick Stats analysis package that was part of Remark Office OMR version 5 This feature is useful if there are certain reports that you created previously and you would like to maintain the style of formatting If this checkbox is turned off Remark Office OMR will use the current analysis version for displaying reports Preference Option Update the Image Viewer During Read Operatio
396. x release the mouse button and the Properties Barcode Region window will appear to allow you to define the region s properties This window allows you to provide pertinent information about the barcode 5 Type Student ID in the Region name box The Region name provides a brief description of the region and will become the name for this column in your data set 6 Set the Barcode type to Auto Detect and the Barcode orientation to Horizontal These settings allow you to specify specific barcode types and or positioning if your form design ever requires it 7 Click the Region item properties link in the Task perenes Pane to the left Properties e ESENE x Region properties C Grade this kem Tabulate this tem 8 In the area called Analysis oS cemalcoreesFetereve Respondent ID mark the A csc gO checkbox for Designate as ee nae a respondent ID When setquenentetondgiestennimes raD you run reports in Remark Ad tetra E Designate as a responderi 0 Set regon 2s page form or respondent idertder Di Regured tem Quick Stats any regions marked as Respondent IDs will appear on select reports to identify each respondent ae 9 Click the OK button to return to the main Template Editor window You will now see an orange box around the barcode in the image area identifying it as a Barcode region and a new node in the tree view titled Student I D To define the Grade Level section as an OMR region The Grade Lev
397. x and Whisker legacy only Error legacy only Volume legacy only Bezier legacy only Radar legacy only Remark Quick Stats 10 2 Tabulating Surveys Surveys can be tabulated in two ways Easy Survey and the Survey Wizard Easy Survey uses the parameters specified in the form template such as which questions to tabulate and then launches Remark Quick Stats The Survey Wizard allows you to customize the tabulation process by choosing which questions to include assigning numeric values to answer items assigning benchmarks adding question text specifying question groups and more To access survey tabulation features 1 Inthe Remark Office OMR Data Center open a form template and then process forms or open an existing data file 2 Select the Tools menu click Analysis and then click Easy Survey or Survey Wizard Ell Alternatively select the Easy Survey or Survey Wizard links in the Task Pane Remark Quick Stats will open allowing you to configure and display reports Please consult the Remark Quick Stats user s guide PDF for further details about using Remark Quick Stats Tip The Survey Wizard and Easy Survey screens and functions are described in complete detail in the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide PDF file Access the file by clicking Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation 10 3 Grading Tests Tests can be graded in two ways Easy Grade and the Grade Wizard Easy Grade uses the parameters specified i
398. xceptions Legend ouonigl Agen agree Multiple responses Blank responses Recognition errors Image region Database lookup region Barcode region AXtorial 2005 03 24_14 07 42 07 pcx page 1 Te mi Omo Strongly Tar Disagree Form Template Data Name Displays the name of the active form template and data file If a data file is open its name is listed in brackets I mage Viewer Displays the corresponding image of each processed form when a cell in the grid is clicked Data Grid This grid displays all processed data Each respondent s form appears in one grid row regardless of how many pages the form contains Each column represents one region in your form template 299 Remark Office OMR User s Guide C 3 2 Read Wizard Read Method Read from scanner Mark this radio button to scan pages with the selected form template file Use the Scanner Properties link to view modify scanner settings if necessary Read from image files Mark this radio button to read forms from existing image files Use the Advanced Image Recognition Properties link to configure reading options if necessary ice OMR Read Wizard Remark Read Method Sele the method to use for data collection Collate Mode Mark this checkbox to scan E Select Method to Use for Data Collecti Read from scanner 5 Properties O Read from image files
399. y Many types of databases have ODBC drivers available To use Remark Office OMR with an ODBC driver it must be installed and configured correctly Consult your database documentation for configuration and installation instructions Extension Options None Limitations Consult your database documentation for specific format limitations 282 Understanding File Formats B 23 Custom TXT ASC The Custom format allows you to create a customized text file This format is useful for exporting data into a database that has very specific requirements The format can also be used to break apart rows of data into multiple rows Please see Section 9 5 3 for further details about using the Custom format Extension TXT ASC Options See Section 9 5 3 Limitations See Section 9 5 3 283 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 284 Remark Office OMR Windows C 1 Overview Appendix C This appendix provides pictures of the basic screens in Remark Office OMR and describes what is contained in each window The appendix is designed to provide and overview of these windows for reference purposes For detailed descriptions of software functions please consult the proper chapter in this user s guide Note This appendix includes windows from the Template Editor and the Data Center Please see the Remark Quick Stats User s Guide pdf file under Start Programs Remark Office OMR 6 Documentation for detailed descriptions for th
400. y right clicking the mouse 1 Select the column by which you want to sort the data See Section 9 3 1 Making Grid Selections 2 Right click the column header click Sort and then click Ascending or Descending The entire data set will be sorted according to your selection To sort data using the menus 1 Select the Edit menu and then click Sort 2 Inthe Primary sort key box use the drop down list to choose a region on which to base the sort operation 3 Mark the checkbox for Descending if you want the data to be sorted in descending order Leave this checkbox perform sort x blank to sort the Data Sort F data in ascending Select up to three 3 keys to use to sort the data order Primary sort key Student ID x O Descending 4 Ifyou want to sort the data by more than one criterion select the appropriate regions on which to sort in the Secondary sort key and Third sort key boxes x O Descending Secondary sort key Grade Level Third sort key None x oO 5 When finished selecting regions click the Sort button The entire data set will be sorted according to your selection s 229 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 9 5 Saving Grid Data 230 You can save the data in the template grid to dozens of different file formats The Remark file format was specifically designed to optimize the data storage process in the Remark Office OMR software Tip When working with data
401. you to save the stored images with the data so that you can make corrections at a later 261 Remark Office OMR User s Guide time Once you have scanned all of your forms you can resave the data in another format for exporting if desired If you are scanning double sided forms with a duplex scanner you do not need to use the Collate Options when reading Instead turn on the duplex capabilities of your scanner in the Scanner Properties window or your scanner s user interface If you are scanning in color or grayscale mode and find that the resulting image quality is not as good as expected try adjusting the Bit Depth Conversion Threshold under Tools Preferences Recognition Remark Office OMR uses a black and white version of the image for recognition Sometimes the conversion to black and white can leave the image a little lighter or darker than expected You can raise the Bit Depth Conversion Threshold to create a lighter image and lower the threshold to create a darker image A 6 Working with the Data Once you have scanned your forms you will need to clean the data After the data is cleaned you have two options for the data 1 Use Remark Quick Stats to grade or tabulate the data or 2 export the data to another program for analysis Note the following points when working with your data To clean your data make use of in cell editing and Review Exceptions to make changes to the data In cell editing is convenient when maki
402. you use the software optimally Use these preferences to customize the software to the way you use it There are four general preference areas you can customize General OMR regions Image regions and Barcode regions Using the Template Editor preferences 1 Select the Tools menu and then click Preferences or click kal to access the preferences 2 Select the link in the Task Pane corresponding to the preference you wish to edit 3 Make the appropriate changes 4 Click the OK button to save the changes Preferences are global changes and will take effect the next time you use the applicable feature Changing the preferences does not affect existing form templates and regions 7 7 1 General Preferences The General screen allows you to customize general features of the Template Editor The following options are available Preferences Preferences EA Set the preference values to use throughout the application as well as the default region values to use when inserting General Preferences Preferences Default region name Q EA General Set general preferences Format delimiter Grid Asterisk x Perform logging undo redo and state restoration after unexpected termination HE OMR regions Set default OMR region properties Dictonary Settings Dictionary location C WINDOWS system32 l Image regions Active dictionary English dct x Set default image region properties H Barcode regions Set default barcode re
403. ypertext Markup Language Open Database Connectivity Custom Text format Tip When working with data in Remark Office OMR use the Remark file format RMK This format will save the link to the image files and exception case flags Only save data to other formats when exporting Open the correct form template See Section 8 2 Opening a Form Template Select the File menu and then click Open Data or click Ell to display the Open Data File window Alternatively use the Open data file link from the Task Pane 243 Remark Office OMR User s Guide 244 3 Select a file from the list Use the Look in box to locate saved data files Note The data contained in the file must correspond to the currently active form template or an error may occur Click the OK button to open the data file Caution When opening a database file type the Data Center attempts to match grid column headers to the Open Data Open Data Select the data file to open and then click OK Look in f Data z it ts amy Access Database mdb File name My Access Database mdb Files of type Access 95 97 MDB y Table name test database s field names If any column headers can t be matched an error occurs Grid column headers do not need to appear in the same order as the database fields Remark Quick Stats Chapter 10 10 1 Overview Remark Quick Stats is an analysis package
404. ystems 1 Override OMR Region Thresholds Image Clips Default image clip file type TIF Bit Depth Conversion Threshold advanced image manipulation techniques in or se note that this may cause the read operatio increase the n slower on some Default image clip file type Select a file type for storing Image Clips PCX TIF or PDF C override Image Region Thresholds Image compression level Group 4 highest x i E mage compression MO level If using the TIF Set the global threshold value to 175 This value determines whether rticular pixel in a color grayscale image will be converted to or PDF formats black or white A lower thres id will produce a darker image and a higher threshold will produce a sp e ci fy a com pressi on lighter image Enable PDF Ima level Uncompressed Group 3 Group 3 2d or Group 4 most compressed Bit Depth Conversio Use this setting to adj or grayscale Remark converts the image to for recognition purpos n Threshold ust pixel depth on images that are scanned in color Office OMR black and white es You can adjust the resulting image quality by raising or lowering the threshold value A lower threshold will create a darker image and a hi gher threshold will create a lighter image Enable PDF I mage File Support Mark this checkbox to enable PDF support Once enabled you can save image files and imag

Remark Office OMR 6 User's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents